Nokia 6165i User Manual
Phone User Guide 6165i Phone by Nokiaî .
Table of Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Your PhoneâÂÂs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii Legal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Section 1: Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1A. Setting Up Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Setting Up Your Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Registering Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Getting Nokia Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 2: Using Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 2A. Phone Basi cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Front View of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Key Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Viewing the Display Scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Features of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Turning Your Phone On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Battery and Charge r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Displaying Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Navigating Through Phone Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Making and Answering Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 2B. Control ling You r Phoneâ s Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Display Setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Messaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 TTY Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Go to Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Call Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Phone Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Resetting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 2C. Se tting Y our Phone âÂÂs Securi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Accessing the Security Settings Me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Lock Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Protecting Your Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Security Features for Data Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 2D. Control ling Yo ur Roam ing Expe rience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Understanding Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Setting Your Phon eâÂÂs Roamin g Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Using Call Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Using Data Roam Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Setting Roaming Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 2E. Managing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Viewing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Call Log Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Contacting Call Log Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Saving Co ntact Information Fro m Call Lo gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Erasing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2F. Using Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Adding and Ed iting Contact Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Creating a Contact Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Finding Contact Entr ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Selecting a Ringer T ype for an Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Deleting Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Contacts Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 2G. Using Y our Pho neâÂÂs O rganizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Alarm Cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Note Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Using Your PhoneâÂÂs To-do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 2H. Using Y our Pho neâÂÂs Voi ce Serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Using Voice Command s and Voice Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Managing Voice Me mos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 2I. Using the Built-i n Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 About Your Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Taking a Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Recording a Video Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Using My Albums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Using Pictur e Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 2J. Using My Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Managing Folders and Fil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 My Content Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 2K. Using Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Turning Bluetooth On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Using the Bluetooth Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Pairing Bluetooth Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Bluetooth Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 2L. Accessories and Enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Rules About Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Section 3: Wireless Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 3A. W ireless Ser vice Fea tures: Th e Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Using Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Using SMS Text Messag ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Using Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Responding to Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Making a Three-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Using Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3B. Data Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Data Services Appli cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Getting Started With Data Servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Accessing Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Downloading Premium Services Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Explori ng the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Data Services FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Section 4: Safety and Warranty Information . . . . . . . 179 4A. Important Safety Infor mat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Phone . . . . . . . . . 183 Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Caring for the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Radiofrequency (RF) Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 OwnerâÂÂs Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Phone Guide Proprietar y Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 4B. Manufac ture râÂÂs Warr anty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Nokia One-Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
i Intr oduction This Phone User Guide introduces you to wir eless ser vice and all the f eatur es of your new phone. This guide is divided into the f ollowing f our sec tions: â½§ Sect ion 1: Getting St ar ted â½§ Sect ion 2: Using Y our Phone â½§ Sect ion 3: Wir eless Service F eatur es â½§ Sect ion 4: Safety and W arran ty Inf ormation Throughout this guide, y ou'll fi nd tips that highlight special shor tcuts and timely reminders to help y ou ma k e the most of y o ur new pho ne and service. The T able of C onten ts and Index will also help y ou quickly locate specific inf ormation. Y ou'll get the most out of y our phone if you read each section. Howev er , if y ou'd lik e to get right to a specific f eature, simply locate that sec tion in the T able o f Con t ents and go directly t o that page. Follow the instructions in tha t sec tion, and you'll be r eady to use your phone in no time. WA R N I N G Please ref er to âÂÂImpor tant Saf ety Inf ormation â on page 181 to learn about inf ormation that will help you saf ely use your phone. F ailure to r ead and follow the Impor tant Saf ety I nf ormation in this phone gu ide may r esult in serious bodily injur y , dea th, or pr operty damage.
ii Y our Phoneâ s Menu The f ollowing list outlines y o ur phon eâ s menu struc ture. F or mor e info rma tion about na vigating thr ough th e menus, please see âÂÂNavigating Thr ough P hone Menusâ on page 26. CAL L LOG S 1: M ISSED CALLS 2: I NCOMING CALLS 3: O UTGOING CALLS 4: M ESSAGE RE C IP I EN TS 5: C LEAR LOG LISTS 1: All call lists 2: Missed c alls 3: Incoming 4: Outgoing 5: Msg. recipients MESSA GI N G 1: T EXT MESSAGES 1: Create message 2: Inbo x 3: Outbo x 4: Sent items 5: Dr afts 6: Archiv e 7: T emplate s 8: My f olders 9: Distribution li sts 10: Delete messag es
iii 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 11: Message settings 1: Sending options 1: P RIORITY 2: S END CALLBACK NUMBER 3: S IGNATURE 2: Other settings 1: M ESSAGE FO NT SIZE 2: M ESSAGE OV ERWRITING 3: S AVE SENT MESSAGES 4: Q UEUE MSGS . WHE N DIGITAL UNAV AIL ABLE 5: I NC OMING MSG . DISPLAY 2: IM & E- MAIL 1: PCS Mail 2: A O L 3: MSN 4: Y ahoo! 5: Earthlink 6: Other 3: P ICTURE M ESSAGE 1: Create Picture Message 1: Send pi cture 1: C AMER A 2: T AKE NEW PICTURE 2: Send vi deo 1: V IDEO RECORDE R 2: T AKE NEW VIDEO 2: Inbo x 3: Delete mes sages
iv 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 4: Settings 1: M essage overw ritin g 2: Inc oming pictur e message di spla y 4: V OICE MESSAGES 1: Listen t o v oicemail mes sages 2: Clear new voicemail i con CO NT AC T S 1: N AMES 2: S ETTINGS 1: Scrol ling vie w 1: Normal name list 2: Name and numb er 3: Larg e name list 4: Name and i mage 2: Memory sta tus 3: G ROU P S 4: V OICE TAGS 5: S PEED DIALING 6: M Y PHONE NUMBER 7: D EL ETE ALL CO NT AC T S
v PICTURE S 1: C AMER A ( press Opti ons to displ a y the following m enus:) 1: Video 2: Z oom 3: Night mode on 4: Flash on 5: Self -timer on 6: Settings 1: Image q u ality 2: Image siz e 3: Ca mer a sounds 4: Self -timer lights 5: Default title 6: Def ault mode 2: C AMC ORDER ( press Options to display the following menus:) 1: Still imag e 2: Z oom 3: Mute 4: Flash on 5: Settings 1: Image q u ality 2: Image siz e 3: Ca mer a sounds 4: Self -timer lights 5: Default title 6: Def ault mode 3: M Y ALBUMS 1: My pictur es 1: Stored in camera 2: Sa v e d to phone
vi 2: My vi deos 1: Stored in Video rec order 2: Sa v e d to phone 3: Online albums 1: View o nlin e album s 2: Upload pictur es 3: Upload vi deos 4: P ICTURE M ESSAGE 1: Create Picture Message 1: Send pi cture 1: C AMER A 2: T AKE NEW PICTURE 2: Send vi deo 1: V IDEO RECORDE R 2: T AKE NEW VIDEO 2: Inbo x 3: Delete mes sages 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 4: Settings 1: M essage overw ritin g 2: Incoming Picture Message display 5: O RDER PRINTS ( DISPLAY ED WHEN IMAG ES AR E STORED IN CAMER A OR PHONE ) 6: S ETTINGS & DETAILS 1: Aut o-deletion af ter upload 1: Enable d 2: Disa bled 2: Account in fo
vii MY CONTENT 1: G AMES 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 2: R INGERS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 3: S CREEN SAV ERS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 4: A PPLICATIONS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 5: M ESSAGING 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er MEDIA 1. Re cor der 2. Equalize r 1: Normal 2: P o p 3: R ock 4: Jazz 5: Classical 6: Set 1 7: Set 2
viii SETTIN GS 1: P ROFIL ES 1: Normal 2: Silent 3: Meeting 4: Outdoor 5: My pr ofile 1 6: My pr ofile 2 2: D ISPLAY 1: Main di splay 1: Standb y mode setti ngs 1: W AL LPAPER 2: S TANDBY MO DE FONT CO LO R 2: Screen sa ver 1: O N 2: O FF 3: S CREEN SAVE RS 4: T IME - OUT 3: Po wer sav er 4: Slee p mode 5: Banne r 1: D EFAULT 2: C USTOMIZE 6: Backli ght time -out 1: A LW AYS ON 2: A LW AYS OF F 3: 7 SECONDS 4: 15 SECONDS 5: 30 SECONDS
ix 2: Mini display 1: W allpaper 1: O N 2: O FF 3: I MAGE 4: O PEN C AMERA 2: Screen sa ver 1: O N 2: O FF 3: S CREEN SAVE RS 4: T IME - OUT 3: Po wer sav er 4: Slee p mode 3: E xpressi ons 1: Select expression 3: C ONNE CTIV ITY 1: Bluetooth 1: Bluetooth 2: Search for audio en hancements 3: Activ e devic e 4: P aired devi ces 5: Bluetooth settings 1: M Y PHONEâ S VISIBI LITY 2: M Y PHONEâ S NAM E 2: Infrared 3: USB data cable (gra yed out if not c onnect ed) 4: T ONES 1: Inco ming call aler t 1: Ringing 2: Ascending 3: Ring once
x 4: Beep once 5: Of f 2: Ringing tone 3: Inco ming call video 1: Of f 2: Incoming call video 1: M Y C ONTENT 2: P ICTURES 4: Ringing v olume 5: Vi b rati n g al e r t 6: Message aler t tone 1: Of f 2: Stand ard 3: Specia l 4: Beep once 5: Long & loud 5: Ringing tone 7: K eypad tones 8: W arning tone s 9: Alert for 1: All call s 5: T IME AND DA TE 1: Clock 1: Hide clock / Show clock 2: Set th e time ( gray ed ou t if Auto-upd ate of date & time is e nabled) 3: Time zone (gray ed out if Auto-update of date & time is enabled ) 4: Time f ormat 1: 24- HOUR 2: 12- HOUR
xi 2: Date 1: Hide date / Show date 2: Set t he date ( gra yed out if Auto-upd ate of date & time i s enable d) 3: Da te forma t 4: Da te separ ator 3: Auto upd ate of date & time 1: On 2: Confi r m first 3: Of f 6: C ALL 1: Loca tion info sharing 1: 911 only 2: On 2: Anyk ey answ er 3: Automati c redial 4: Speed dialing 5: Answ er when f old is opened 6: Ca lling ca rd 7: Interna tional prefix 8: Ca ll summary 9: Show call time on displa y 10: Ringing tone f or no caller ID 7: P HONE 1: Phone lang uage 1: English 2: Español 2: Navigation k ey 3: My shortcuts 1: Right se lection k ey 4: Aut omat ic k eyg uard
xii 5: T ouch tone s 1: Manual touch ton es 1: C ONTI NUOUS 2: F IX E D 3: O FF 2: T ouch tone length 1: S HORT 2: L ONG 6: Star t-up tone 7: He lp text a ct iv ation 8: Phone details 1: User de tails 1: M Y NUMBER (MDN) 2: M OBILE STA TION ID NUMBE R (MSID) 3: U SER NA ME 4: PCS V ISION STATUS 2: V ersion details 1: P HONE MODEL 2: S OF TWAR E VER SI O N 3: B ROWS ER VERS IO N 4: H ARDW ARE VERS IO N 3: S ystem deta ils 1: S YSTEM ID (S ID) 2: C HAN NEL 3: P RE FE RR ED ROAM ING LIST (PRL) 4: M ODE 5: F REQ U E NC Y 4: Icon de tails 9: Phone sof twar e upda tes
xiii 8: R OAMING 1: Set mode 1: Home 2: Aut omatic 3: R oaming only 2: Ca ll guard 3: Data roam guard 4: R oam call ringing tone 5: Ser vic e change tones 9: D AT A S ERVICES 1: Enable/Disable Data Services 2: Net guard 3: Update settings 10: O THER SETTINGS 1: V oice na vigation 1: Profil es 1: N ORMAL 2: S ILENT 3: M EETING 4: O UTDOOR 5: M Y PROFILE 1 6: M Y PROFILE 2 2: Message s 1: C ALL VO I CE M A I L 3: Infr ared 1: A CT IV A TE INFR AR ED 4: V oice r ecorder 1: R ECOR D 5: Call l og s 1: M ISSED CALLS 2: I NC OMING CALLS
xiv 2: Appl ication settin gs 1: Applica t ion sounds 2: Ap plicat ion li ghts 1: A PP . DE FINED 2: D EFAULT 3: A pp li c ati o n v ib rat io n 3: Enhanceme nts (some options appear only when enh ancemen t s are c onnec ted to phone) 1: Headset 1: D EFAULT PROFILE 2: A UTOMAT IC ANSWER 2: TTY / TDD 1: U SE TTY 3: Charge r 1: D EFAULT PROFILE 2: L IGHTS 4: Hearing aid 1: T - COIL HEARING AID MODE 4: Security (en ter lock c ode to access menu) 1: Phone lock 1: OF F 2: L OCK NOW 3: O N POWER - UP 2: Allo wed nos. when phone lo ck ed 3: Change lock c ode 4: Ca ll rest rictions 1: R ESTRICT OU TGOI NG CALLS 2: REST RI C T INCOMING CALLS 5: Pict ure priv acy 6: R eset camer a
xv 5: Netw ork services 1: Call f orwar ding 1: F ORWAR D ALL CALLS 2: Network feature setting 6. R estor e settings ORGANIZER 1. Alarm clock 1. Alarm ti me 1: On (display ed after alarm time is set) 2: Of f (displa yed af ter alarm time i s set) 2. R epeat alarm 1: On/ O f f 2: R epetition da ys 1: M ONDA Y 2: T UESD AY 3: W EDNESDA Y 4: T HURSDA Y 5: F RIDA Y 6: S ATURD AY 7: S UNDA Y 3. Alarm ton e 1: Stand ard 2: Open My Content
xvi 4. Snooze time-out 1: 5 minutes 2: 10 minutes 3: 15 minutes 4: 30 minutes 5: 60 minutes 6: Other 2. Cal endar 3. Notes 4. T o-do list 5. Calc ulator 6. Tim er 1. Normal time r 2. Interval timer 1: Add new time r 3. Settings 1: Continue to the next period 1: C ONFIR M FIRST 2: A UTOMAT IC 7. Stopw atch 1. Split timing 2. Lap timing WE B
xvii Legal Inf orma tion C opyright é 2006 Nokia . All righ ts r eserved. Nokia, Nokia C onnec ting P eople, Pop-P or t, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos ar e trad emarks or r egistered tr ademarks of Nokia C orpor ation. Other c o mpany and pr oduc t names mentioned her ein may be tr ademarks or tr ade names of their r espec tive owners. Bluetooth wir eless technolog y is a r egister ed tr ademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Includes RSA BS AFE cryptogr aphic or security pr otocol sof tware fr om RSA Se cur ity . Jav a⢠is a tradem ark of Su n Microsyst ems, Inc .
xviii The inf ormation c ontained in this user guide was written f or the Nokia 6165 and 6165i pr oducts. Nokia oper ates a policy of ongoing dev elopment . Nokia reserves the righ t to make changes to any of the products described in this document with out prior no tice. UN DER NO CI RCUMS T ANCES S HALL NOKIA BE R ESPONSI BLE FOR ANY L OSS OF D A T A OR I NC OME OR ANY SPECIAL, I NCI DENT AL, AN D C ONSEQU ENTIAL OR IN DIR ECT D AMAGES HO WSOEVER C A USED . THE C ONTENT S OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PRO VI DED â AS IS . â EX CEPT AS REQU I R ED B Y APPLICABLE LA W , NO W ARRANTIES OF ANY KIN D , EITHER EXPRESS OR I MP LIE D , IN CL UD ING , B U T N O T LI MI T ED T O , T H E IM PL IE D W AR RANTIES OF MERCHANT ABI LITY AN D FITNESS FOR A P AR TICUL AR PUR POSE, ARE MADE IN R ELA TION T O THE AC CU RA CY AND R ELIAB I LITY OR C ONTENT S OF TH IS DO CUM ENT . NO KIA RESE R VES THE RIGH T T O RE V IS E THIS DO CUMENT OR WIT H DRA W IT A T ANY T IME WIT HOUT P RIOR NO TICE. The wireless de vices described in this guide ar e appro ved f or use on the CDMA 800 and 1900, AMPS network s, and GP S in the 6165i device. C ontact your network oper ator for mor e inf ormation about netw orks. When using the f eatur es in this device, obe y all laws and r espect local customs as well as priv acy and legitimate righ ts of others. EXPORT CONTROLS This d evice may contain com modit ies, technolog y , or softwar e subject to expor t law s and r egulations by the U .S. and other c ountries. Div ersion c ontr ary to law is prohibited. C opyright pr otec tions may pr ev ent some images, music (including ring ing tones), and the conten t from being copied, modified, tr ansf erred, or f orwarded.
xix FC C/INDUS TR Y CANAD A NO TICE Y our device may cause TV or radio in t erfer ence (for e xample, when using a tel ephone in clos e pro xim ity to receiving equipment). The F CC or Industry C anada can require y ou to stop using your telephone if such interfer ence c annot be elimin ated. If you require assista nce, contac t your local se rv ice f a cility . Th is device com plies with pa r t 15 o f the FC C rules. Oper ation is subjec t to the f ollowing two conditions: (1) th i s device ma y not cause harmful interfer ence, and (2) this device must accept a ny in ter f erence r eceived, including interfer ence that may cause undesired oper ation. Any changes or modifications not e xpressly appro ved by Nokia c ould v o id the userâ s authority to oper ate this equipmen t .
xx
Section 1 Getting Star ted
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 3 Setting Up Service Section 1A Setting Up Ser vice In This Section â½§ Getting Started â½§ Setting Up Y our V oicemail â½§ Vo i c e m a i l P a s s w o r d â½§ Re gistering Y our Phone â½§ Getting Help â½§ Getting Noki a Help Setting up ser vice on your new phone is quick and easy . This sec tion walk s y ou through t he necessary st eps to unlock your phone, set up y o ur v oicemail, and con tact Nokia for help with y our phone.
4 Section 1A: Setting Up Service Getting Star ted Unlock ing Y our Phone T o unl ock y our phone, f ollow these e asy steps: 1. Press and hold to turn the phone on. (If y our phone is lock ed, it will displa y âÂÂPhone lock edâ on the standby screen.) 2. Press Menu . 3. Enter your f our - digit lock c o de. (F or security purposes, the code is not visible as you type.) 4. Press OK . Ti p: If you can âÂÂt recall y our lock code, try using the last four digits of y our wireless phone number , or try 0000. If neither of these work, contact your service pro v ider .
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 5 Setting Up Service Setting Up Y our V oicemail All unans wer ed calls to y o ur phone are automatically tr ansf erred to y our v oicemail, ev en if y our phon e is in use or turned of f . Theref ore, you will w ant to set up y our v oicemail and personal gr eeting as soon as y our phone is ac tiv ated. T o set up y our v oicemail: 1. Press and hold . 2. F ollow the system prompts to: 䡲 Create y our passcode. 䡲 Rec ord your gr eeting . 䡲 Rec ord y our name announcement . 䡲 Choose w hether or not to activa te S kip P ass Code (a f eature that lets you access messages simply by pr essing and holding , bypassing the need f or you t o e nt e r you r p a ss co d e) . V o icem ail Password Y ou'll cr eate y o ur v oicemail pa ssword (or passcode) when you set up yo ur v oicemail. Note: Vo i c e m a i l P a s s c o d e If you ar e concerned about unauthorized access to y our v oicemail accoun t , it is r ecommended that y ou enable y our v oicemail passcode (do not activa te One- T ouch Message Access ).
6 Section 1A: Setting Up Service R egistering Y our Phone R egister your phone at www . wa rra nty .noki ausa. c om or call 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-66 5-4228). Use this number if you ev er need to call the Nokia C are C ontact Center or hav e your phone r epair ed.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 7 Setting Up Service Getting Help Directory Assistance Y ou h av e access to a v ariety of services a n d inf orma tion, including r esidential, busine ss , and government listings. There i s a per - call charge to use Directory Assistance, and y o u will be billed f or air time. T o call Dir e ctory Assistance: ä³ Press . Oper ator Services Oper ator Serv ices pr ovi des assistance when pl acing col le ct calls or when placing calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party . T o acc ess Opera tor Ser vices: ä³ Press . F or mo r e inf ormation, please co ntact your service pr ovider .
8 Section 1A: Setting Up Service Getting Nokia Help If y ou need help with y our 6165i phone, the Nokia C are C ontact C enter is av ailable for assistance. Bef ore calling , we r ecommend that y ou write down the foll o wing inf ormation and hav e it av ailable: 䢠Electronic serial number ( ESN). 䢠Y our zip c ode (only in the US). The ESN is f ound on the type label, which is loca ted beneath the battery on the back of the phone. See âÂÂR emoving the Batteryâ on page 22.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 9 Setting Up Service Co n t a c t N o ki a Please hav e your product with you when cont acting any of these numbers: Nokia C are C ontact Center Nokia Inc . 4630 W oodland Corpor ate B lvd. Suite #160 T ampa, Florida 33614 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-813-249-9619 We b s i t e : ww w .nokiausa.com/ sup por t In Canada, call: T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-2 26-6542) We b s i t e : ww w .nokia.c a F or TTY /TDD users: T el: 1-800-24-NOKIA (1-800-2 46-6542) Accessi bility Solutions Nokia is c om mitted to making mobile phones easy to use f or all individuals , including thos e with disabilities. F or more inf ormation, visit ww w .nokiaaccessibility .com .
Section 2 Using Y our Phone
Section 2A: P hone Basics 13 Phone Basics Section 2A Phone Basics In This Section â½§ Fr ont View of Y our Phone â½§ Ke y F u n c t i o n s â½§ Viewing the Display Screen â½§ F eatures of Y our Phone â½§ T urning Y our Phone On and Off â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Battery and Char ger â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Antenna â½§ Displa ying Y our Phone Number â½§ Nav iga ting Thro ugh Ph one Menus â½§ Making and Answering Calls â½§ Entering T ext Y our phone is packed with f eatur es that simplify y our lif e and expand y our ability to stay c onnected to the people and informa tion that are impor tant to you. This section will guide y o u through the basic fu nctions and c alling fea tures of your phone.
14 Section 2A: Phone Basics Fr ont V iew of Y our Phone 6165i Phone 14. Navigation K ey 11 . V o lu m e Co ntro l s 2. Displa y Screen 15. Signal Stren gth Indi cator 1. Battery Str ength Indic ator 3. Righ t Selec tion K ey 8. Microphone 13. Le ft Se lection K ey (Go to in standby mode ) 6. P ower/End K ey 16. E arpiece 10. Charger Jack 5. Center Selec tion K ey (Me nu in standby mode) 9. Accessory Jack 4. Headset Jack 12. Send/ Call K ey 7. Ca mer a Button
Section 2A: P hone Basics 15 Phone Basics Ke y F u n c t i o n s 1. Battery Strength Indica tor r epresen ts the curren t amount of charge a vaila b le in y our phone. When all bars ar e displ ay ed in the battery ic on, the phoneâ s batt ery is fully charged. W hen no bars are display e d, the phoneâ s battery is c om pletely discharged or empty . 2. Display Screen displa ys all the informa tion needed to oper ate y o ur phone, such as the call sta tus , the C ontact ent ries , the da te and time, the signal an d battery strength, and so on. 3. Right Se lecti on K ey allows y ou to select ac tions or menu items c orresponding to the bottom right line on the displa y scr een. This is usually the Back option, which allows y o u to r eturn to the pre vious menu, or the Exi t option, which cancels the cu rrent oper ation. This k ey also allow s y ou to return to the pr evious scr een in a da ta services session, and it allows y ou to turn on the camera in def ault standby mode. 4. Headset Jack allows y ou to plug in an optional headset f or co nv enient, hands-f ree con versa tions. 5. Cent er Sele ction K ey selects the highl ighted choic e when naviga t ing through a menu. Th is ke y also allows you to access the main menu in standby mode. 6. Po wer/ End K ey ends a call. Press and hold this k ey for about two seconds to turn your phone on or of f . While in the main menu, it r eturns the phone to standby mode and cancels y our inpu t . When y ou r eceiv e an incoming call, pr ess to dismiss the call and send th e caller to v oicemail. CA UTION! Inser ting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone.
16 Section 2A: Phone Basics 7. Camer a Button opens the Pictur es menu and allow s yo u to quickly access your phoneâ s built -in camera. 8. Microphone allows the other cal ler to hear you clearly when y o u speak. 9. Accessory Jack allows you to c onnec t optional accessories, such as a USB cable. 10. Charger Jack c onnects the phone to t he battery ch arger . 11. V olu me Contr ol s allow you to adjust the ringer v olume in standby mode (with the flip open) or adjust the v oice v olume during a call. T o mute the ringer during a n incoming ca ll, press the up or down v olume key . 12. Send/C all K ey allows y ou to place or receiv e calls, ans wer C all W aiting , use Thr ee- W ay C alling , or ac tiv ate Vo i c e D i a l . 13. Navigation K ey allow s y o u to scroll up , down, right, and lef t thr ough the phon eâ s menu options and pro vides shor tcuts from standby mode. T o acc ess the def ault shor tcuts: 䡲 Press Up to acces s Names. 䡲 Press Down to access My C o nten t . 䡲 Press Right to access Data Serv ices. 䡲 Press Left to access Messaging. 14. Lef t Selection K ey all ows y ou to selec t actions or menu items c orrespond ing to the bottom left li ne on the displa y screen. This usually displays Options f or corr es ponding menus. This k ey also allow s you to access the Go to menu in standby mode. CA UTION! Inser ting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone. Ti p: See âÂÂNaviga t ion K eyâ on page 59 to assign shor tcuts t o your f av orit e or often-used functions.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 17 Phone Basics 15. Signal Strength Indicator repr esents the signal strength by displa ying bars. The more bars displa yed, the better the sign al strength. 16. Ea r p i e c e lets you hear cal l ers , calling parties, tones , and automated pr ompts. V iewing the Displa y Screen Y our phoneâ s display scr een provides a w ealth of informat ion about y o ur phoneâ s status and options. The f ollow ing list identifies man y of the symbols youâÂÂll see on y our phoneâ s displa y screen: indicates Bluetooth wirel ess technolog y is active. indicates an inc om ing call, call-in-progr ess, or missed call. indicates that calls ar e not pos sible. indicates you ha v e new text messages. indicates y ou ha ve new multimedia messages. indicates y ou ha ve new v oicemail. (Press and hold to call y our vo icemail bo x .) indicates a car kit is connec ted to your phone. indicates your data services connec tion is ac tive (da ta is being tr ansf erred). indicates da ta services c onnec tion is dormant (no data is being sen t or receiv ed ). indicates that y o ur phone cannot c urren t ly access data services f eat ures.
18 Section 2A: Phone Basics indicates tha t your phone is r oaming . indicates tha t global positioning (GP S) is active. indicates tha t the GPS f eature is inactiv e. indicates tha t y our phoneâ s vibr ating aler t is on. indicates y our phone is in silent mode. indicates y our phone is oper ating in TTY mode. indicates that k eyguar d is on. indicates that the alarm is on. indicates that a hands-fr ee accessory is connected. indicates that the camera is ready for use. indicates that the sto pwa tc h is running . indicates that the countdown timer is a ctive. F ea tur es of Y our Phone C ongr atula tions on the pur chase of your phone. The 6165i phone by Nokia is ligh tweight, eas y-to-use, and r eliable, and it also of fers many significan t f eatur es and ser vice options. The f ollowing list pr eviews some of those f eatur es and pro vides page numbers where y ou can find out mor e: 䢠Dual-Band/T ri-Mode capability allow s you to mak e and receiv e calls while on the network av ailab le to y ou and to Note: Display indicat ors help you manage your roaming charges by letting you know when y ouâ re of f the network av ailable to you and whether youâ re oper ating in digital or analog mode. (F or more inf ormation, see âÂÂC ontrolling Y our R o aming E xper ienceâ on page 71.)
Section 2A: P hone Basics 19 Phone Basics roam on ot her analog network s and 1900 and 800 MHz digital network s where r oam ing agreemen ts hav e been implemen ted (page 71). 䢠Data services pr ovide access to the wireless In tern et in digital mode (pag e 159). 䢠Picture Messaging (page 123) and SMS T ext Messaging (page 153) pr ovide quick and c onv enient messaging capabiliti es. 䢠V oice C om mand lets y ou dial phone numbers b y speaking someoneâ s name or the digi ts of their phone number (page 109). 䢠Games, ringers , scr een sav ers, and other applications can be downloaded to mak e your phone as unique as y ou are (page 168). Additional charges ma y apply . 䢠The C o nt acts list allows you to stor e up to 500 ent ries , with up to fiv e phone numbers per entry (page 83). 䢠The built -in Or ganizer of f e rs a calendar and se ve ral other personal informa tion management featur es to help you manage your busy lif estyle (page 91). 䢠Y our phone is equipped with a GPS L ocation f eatur e that tells e merge ncy services d ispa tchers w here y ou are. The GPS f e atur e will also be used in c onnection with location-based services that may be a vaila ble in the future (page 55). 䢠Y our phoneâ s external L C D displa y allows y ou to monitor the phoneâ s sta tus and see wh oâ s calling without opening the phone. 䢠T9 T ext Input lets y ou quickl y type messages with one ke y press per letter (page 37). 䢠Speed dialing lets yo u dial phone numbers with one or two k ey presses (page 35).
20 Section 2A: Phone Basics Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O n a n d O f f Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O n T o turn y our phone on: ä³ Press and hold f or two seconds. Once y o ur phone is on, it m a y display âÂÂSear c hing f or Serv ice,â which indicates tha t y our phone is searching f o r a signal. When y our pho ne finds a signal, it automatically en ters standby modeâÂÂthe phoneâ s idle state. A t this point, you ar e r eady to begin making and receiving calls. If your phone is unabl e to find a signal af ter 15 minutes of searching , a P ower Sa ve f eatur e is automatically activ ated. When a signal is f ound, your phone a utomatically returns to standby mode. In P ower Save mode, y our pho ne searches f or a signal periodically without your i ntervention. Y ou can also initiate a search f or wireless service by pr essing any k ey (when y o ur phone is turned on). Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O f f T o turn y our phone off : ä³ Press and hold f or two seconds until y o u see the powering down anima tion on the display scr een. Y our scr een remains blank while y our phone is of f (unless the battery is char ging). Note: The P o wer Sa ve f eature helps to c onser ve y our battery power when you ar e in an area wher e there is no signal.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 21 Phone Basics Using Y our Phoneâ s Ba ttery and Charg e r Battery C apacity Y our phone is equipped with a 1150 mAh Lit hium Ion (Li-Ion) battery (BL -6C). It allows y ou to recharge y our battery bef ore it is fully dr ained. The batter y prov ides up to 4 . 0 hours of c ontinuous di gital talk time. (Standby time is measur ed with the phone closed.) When the ba ttery reaches 5% of its capa city , the batter y ic on blink s. When ther e ar e appro ximately two minutes o f talk time lef t, the phone sounds an audible alert and then powers down. WA R N I N G Use only Nokia-approv ed batteries and chargers with your phone. The f ailure to use a Nokia-appr oved battery and charger may incr ease the risk that your phone will overhea t, catch fir e, or explode, r esulting in serious bodily injury , death, or property damage. Note: Long backlight settings , searching for service, vibrat e mode, and brow ser use af fect the batteryâ s talk and standby times . Ti p: Be sure to w atch your phoneâ s battery lev el i ndicator and charge the battery bef ore it runs out of power .
22 Section 2A: Phone Basics R emoving the Ba tter y T o r emov e your battery : 1. Make sure the power is of f so that you donâÂÂt lose an y stored numbers or messages. 2. T o r emov e the back cov er , turn the phone upside down, push down on the back co ver and slide it tow ard the bottom of the phone . 3. Lif t up the ba ttery to remo ve it. WA R N I N G Do not handle a dama ged or leaking Li-Ion battery as you can be burned. Alwa ys switch the phone off and disconnect the charger bef ore r emoving the battery .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 23 Phone Basics Installing the Ba ttery T o install the Li-Ion battery: 1. T o install, insert the batt ery in to the op ening on the back of the phone and gently pr ess down until the latch s nap s into pla ce . 2. Slide the back co ver on to the back of the phone.
24 Section 2A: Phone Basics Charging the Battery Y our phoneâ s Li-Ion ba ttery is r e chargeable and, if not alrea dy , should be charged as soon as poss ible, so that y ou can begin using your phone. K eeping tr ack of your batteryâ s charge is impor tant . If y our battery lev el becomes too low , y our phone automatic a lly turns of f and y ou will lose all the inf ormation yo u wer e just working on. F or a quick check of your phoneâ s batte ry lev el, glance at the battery char ge indicator at the top of y our phoneâ s display scr een. If the battery ch arge is getting too low , the battery ic on blinks and the phone so unds a w arning tone . Alwa ys use a Nokia-appro ved desktop char ger , tra vel charger , or vehicl e power adapter to char ge y our ba ttery . Using the Char ger T o use the tr av el charger pro vided with y our phone: ä³ Plug the r ound end of the AC adapter in to the phoneâ s charg er jack and the oth er en d into an el ectrical outlet . It tak e s appro ximately 1 hour and 45 minutes (model AC- 4 charger) or appr o ximately 3 hours and 45 minutes (model A C -3 charger) to fully recharge a completely discharged ba ttery . Wi th the appro ved Li-Ion ba ttery , y ou can re charg e the battery bef ore it bec omes completely run down. The BL -6C batte ry pro vides up to 4.0 hours of t alk time. Oper ation times are estima tes and may v a ry depending on network conditions , charging , and pho ne use. WA R N I N G Using the wrong battery charger co uld cause damage to your phone and v oid the warran ty .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 25 Phone Basics Using Y our Phoneâ s Antenna Y our phone has an e x ternal an tenna loca ted tow ards the top of the phone with the fold closed. E xtend the ant enna fully . Hold the phone with the an tenna ar ea poin ted up and ov er your shoulder . As with any other r a dio transmitting ph one, do not touch th e antenna unnecessarily when the phone is switched on. C ont act with your phoneâ s antenna af f ec ts call quality and may cause the phone to oper ate at a higher power lev el than otherwise needed. A voiding c ont act with an tenna area when oper ating the phone optimiz es the antenna per f o rmance and battery lif e. An internal GP S antenna is activ ated when y ou place an emergency cal l or when y ou sele c t the L ocation inf o sharing mode from the Menu > Settings > C all menu. See âÂÂLoca tion Info Sharin gâ on page 55.
26 Section 2A: Phone Basics Displa ying Y our Phone Number Just in case you f o r get your phone number , your phone can remind y ou. T o displa y y our phone number : ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Phon e > Phone details > User details > My number (MDN) . âÂÂorâ Menu > Contacts > My phone number . (Y our phone number will be display ed.) Na vigating Through Phone Menus The na vigation k ey on y our phon e allows you to scr oll through menus quickly and easily . Depending on the options di spla yed, a scroll bar a t the right of the menu keeps tr ack of your position in the menu at all ti m es. T o na vigat e through a menu, simply pr ess the na viga tion ke y u p or d ow n . I f yo u are in t h e m ai n me n u , you m ay al so n av ig ate through the fir st -level menu options (su ch as Ca ll Log s , Messaging , Se ttings , etc .) by pressing the na vigati on k ey lef t or right. ( Y our main menu view option must be set to Grid .) F or a diagr am of your phoneâ s menu, see âÂÂY our Phoneâ s Menuâ on page ii. Ti p: To s e l e c t Menu , pres s the cen ter selection k ey wh en in standby mode. T o select menu opti ons (suc h as Settings ), use the na vigation k ey to highligh t the option an d press the cen ter selection k ey . See âÂÂNa vigati ng Thr ough Phone Men us. âÂÂ
Section 2A: P hone Basics 27 Phone Basics Selecting Menu I tems As y ou nav iga te thr ough the men u, menu options a re highligh ted. Selec t highl ighted options by pressing th e center selectio n k ey . F or example, if y ou want to view y our last inc oming call: 1. Press the center sele cti on key ( Menu ) fr om standby mode to access the main men u. 2. Selec t Call l ogs . 3. S c rol l d o w n ( p res s th e do w n n a vigation k ey) to highlight Incoming calls . 4. Press the cente r s elec tion key ( Selec t ). (If you hav e received any calls, the y ar e display ed on the scr ee n.) Backing Up Within a Menu T o access pre vio us menus: ä³ Press ( Back ) as many ti mes as needed . Cancel ing a command T o quickly end an oper ation and return to standb y mode: ä³ Press . Note: F or t he purposes of this g uide, the above steps condense into âÂÂSelect Menu > Call logs > Incoming calls .âÂÂ
28 Section 2A: Phone Basics Making and Answ ering Calls Making Ca lls Placing a call from y our wireless phone is as easy as making a call fr om any landline phone. Just enter the number and pre ss , a n d yo uâ re o n yo u r way t o c le a r c a l ls . T o make a call usin g y our k eyp ad: 1. Make sur e y our phone is on. 2. Enter a phone number from standby mode. (If you mak e a mistake while dial ing , pr ess ( Clear ) to er ase one digit at a time. Press and hold to er ase the entir e number .) 3. Press to mak e the call. (Y ou must also press [ Ye s ] a t the prompt, âÂÂR oaming ra te appl ies . Pla ce c all? â to make a call when you a re roaming and C all Guard is enabled. See âÂÂC ontrolli ng Y our R oaming E xperienceâ on page 71.) 4. Press or close the phone to end the call when y o u ar e fini shed. Y ou can also place calls fr om your phone by speed dialing numb ers from your conta c t li st a nd b y us ing you r Call log s. Dialing Options When you enter numbers in s tandby mode, you may press ( Options ) to see a va riety of commands tha t can be applied to the number yo u are en tering . T o initiate an option, scr oll to highlight the menu item and pr ess Select . Ti p: T o redial y our last outgoing call, press the send/ call k ey twice from standb y mode.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 29 Phone Basics 䢠Add to c ontact adds the number to an existing c ontact in your C ontacts list . (See âÂÂUsing Co ntactsâ on page 83.) 䢠Send message sends a te xt messag e or pictur e message to tha t number . (See âÂÂUsi ng SMS T ext Messag ingâ o n page 153 and âÂÂUsing P ic ture Messa g ingâ on page 123.) 䢠Inser t pause (âÂÂpâÂÂ) inserts a har d pause into the number string . (See âÂÂDialing and Sa ving Phone Numbers W ith P ausesâ on page 34.) 䢠In se r t wai t (âÂÂw â ) inser ts a two-second pause in to the number string . (See âÂÂDialing and Sa ving Phone Numbers W ith P ausesâ on page 34.) 䢠To h o m e or To f o r e i g n lets y ou use the currency c onverter to c onv er t the number using local or for eign ex change r ates. (See âÂÂUsing Y our Phoneâ s C alculatorâ on page 101.) 䢠Co u n td ow n ti m er lets you set a timer and a reminder . See âÂÂUsing Y our Phoneâ s Timerâ on page 10 3.) 䢠Call dials th e number . Answering C alls T o answer an incoming call: 1. Make sur e your phone is on. (If y our phone is of f , inc om ing calls go to v oicem ail.) 2. Press to answer an inc oming call. (Depending on y ou r phoneâ s settings , you ma y also answer inc oming calls by opening the phone, or by pressing an y number ke y .) Y our phone notifie s yo u of inc oming calls as follow s: 䢠The phone rings or vibr ates. 䢠The screen displa ys an incoming call message. If the incoming call is from a number stored in y our contact list, the entryâ s name is displa y ed. The callerâ s phone number may al so be displa yed, if a vailabl e . If y ou do not wish to answer , press the c orresponding selection ke y option on the incoming call display scr een.
30 Section 2A: Phone Basics 䢠Silence to mute the ringer . 䢠Dismiss to send the call to y our voice m ail bo x . Answ ering a R oam Call with C a ll Guar d Enabled Ca ll Guard i s an option tha t helps you m anage y our roaming charges when mak ing or rece iving calls while outside the network a v ailable to you. T o answer a call when y ou are r oaming and Call Guard is enabled : ä³ Select Answ er to answer the call. Ending a Call T o disconnect a call when you are finished: ä³ Close the phone or pr ess . Missed Call Notification When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed calls log is displa yed on your scr een. T o displa y the Missed call entry from the notification scr een: ä³ Highligh t the entry and press the center selec tion ke y . T o displa y a missed call entry from standb y mode: 1. Selec t Menu > Call lo gs > Missed call s . 2. Highlight the en try you w ant to view and pr ess the cente r sele ct ion key . Note: When your phone is of f , incoming calls go dir ec tly to v oicemail. Note: The Call logs function only records calls that occur while the phone is tur ned on. If a call is receiv ed while your phone is turned of f , it wil l not appear in the phoneâ s Incoming or Missed calls logs.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 31 Phone Basics Calling Emer gency Numbers Y ou can pl ace calls to emergency numbers such as 911 (dial and press ) , even if your pho ne is locked o r y o ur acc ount is r estricted. During an emer gency call, pres s to display y our options. T o select an option, highl ight it and pr ess Select . 䢠My p hon e num be r to quickly show y our phone number on the display screen. 䢠Speak erphone to activ ate speak erphone mode. (If y ou ar e in speakerphone mode, the option appear s as Handset to deactiv ate.) 䢠End all calls to end all activ e calls. A f ter ending calls, you must select Exit > Y es > Y es to exit Emer gency mode. 䢠T ou ch to nes to send a series of D T MF tones. 䢠C o ntacts to access the C ontacts men u. Note: When y ou place an emergen cy call, y our phone aut o ma tically ente rs Emerg ency mode. Ti p: Y ou may also toggle the phone mode during a call by pressing the right selection ke y (to switch between Spkrph. and Normal ). Impor tant Notice: Wir eless phones, including this device, opera te using radio signals , wireless network s, landline networks , and user-pr o gr ammed functions. Because of this , connections in all c onditions cannot be guar anteed. Y ou should neve r rely solely on any wireless device f or essen tial communica t ions like medical emer gencies.
32 Section 2A: Phone Basics Mak e sure y our phone is properly charged bef ore a t tempting any emergency calls. If your ba ttery becomes empty , yo u cannot r eceiv e or make calls , including emergency cal ls and must w ait a few mi nutes af ter the char ging begins to place you r c a l l. 1. Press as many times as ne eded to clear the displa y and ready the phone f or calls. 2. Enter the of ficial eme rgency number f or y our present location and press . Emergency numbers v ary by location. If certain fea tures ar e in use, y ou may f irst ne ed to turn those fea tures of f before y o u can mak e an emergency call. C onsult this guide f or more inf ormation. When making an emergency ca ll, giv e all the necessary inf ormation as accur ately as po ssible. Y our phone ma y be the only means of communica tion at the scene of an accident. Do not end the call until given permission to do so. In-Call Options Pr essing ( Options ) d u r i n g a c a ll d i s p l ay s a l i s t o f fe a t u r e s y ou ma y use during th e co urse of a ca ll. T o select an option, highlight the option and pr ess the center s elec tion k ey . The f ollowing func tions are av ailable through the Options men u: 䢠Speakerphone routes the phoneâ s au dio through the speak er or through the earpiece. (If you ar e in speakerphone mode, the option appears as Handset to deac tiv ate.) Ti p: Y ou may also toggle the phone mode during a call by pressing the right selection ke y (to switch between Spkrph. and Normal ). WA R N I N G Due to higher v olume lev els , do not place the phone near you r ear in speak erphone mode.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 33 Phone Basics 䢠Three-w ay call adds a new calling party to the line. 䢠End all calls ends all calls. 䢠T ou ch to nes sends a series of D T MF tones. 䢠C o ntacts accesses t he Contacts menu. 䢠Menu displa ys the phoneâ s main menu. During a call, the center se lect ion ke y func tions as th e Mute button. Press it to mute the phon eâ s microphone f or priv acy . Pr ess it again to Unmute the phone. End-of -Call Options Af ter receiving a cal l fr om or making a ca ll to a phon e number that is not in your c ontact list, the phone number and the dur ation of the call ar e display ed . Select Sav e if you wish to add the new number to y our Cont ac ts. Af ter receiving a cal l fr om or making a ca ll to a phon e number that is alr eady in your c ontact list, the c o nt act name and the dur ation of the call ar e display ed . Select Details > O ptions if y ou wan t to view or edit additional inf ormation f or the con tac t . Sa ving a Phone Numbe r Y our phone ca n stor e up to 500 c ontacts, with up to fiv e numbers per c ontact en try . Y our phone automatica lly sor ts the c ontact list alphabetically . T o sav e a number from standby mode: 1. Enter a phone number . 2. Press Sav e . 3. Enter th e new c o nt ac t name usin g the ke ypad. Note: The End-of -Call options ar e not displa yed f or calls ide ntified as (no number). Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T ext â on page 36 f or details on entering characters in text - entry screens.
34 Section 2A: Phone Basics 4. Press OK . 5. The new number is sav ed to your c ontact list . T o add other inf ormation f or the contact, press Opt ions . Dialing and Saving Phone Nu mbers With P auses Y ou c an dial or sa ve phone num bers wit h pa uses f or use with automa ted systems , such as v oicemail or cr edit card billing numbers. There ar e two typ es of pauses a v ailable on y our phone: 䢠Pa u s e sends the next set of numbers wh en you pr ess . The character âÂÂpâ appear s in the dial string . 䢠Wa i t automatically sends the next set of numbers af ter two sec onds. The char acter âÂÂwâ appears in the dial st ring . T o dial or sav e phone numbers with pauses: 1. Enter the phone number . 2. Quickly press r epeatedly un til the desir ed dialing c ode appears on the displ ay scr een (three pr esses for a pause or four presses f or a wait). 3. Enter addition al numbers. 4. Selec t Sa ve to enter t h e number in y our con tac t list. âÂÂorâ Press to call the number . Plus ( ) C ode Dialing When placing in ternational call s, y ou can use Plus Co de Dialing to automa tically enter the interna t ional access c ode f or y our location (for e xample, 01 1 f or interna tional call s placed fr om the United States ). Note: Y o u can have multiple pauses in a phone number and combin e two-seco nd and ha rd pa uses.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 35 Phone Basics T o mak e a call using Plus C ode Dialing: 1. Quickly press twice until a â â appe ars on the displ ay scr een. 2. Dial the coun try c ode and phone num ber yo uâ r e calling and press . (The access code f or international dialing will automa tically be dialed, f ollowed by the c ount ry code and phone number .) Dialing Fr om th e Contacts List T o dial an entry fr om your lis t of c ontacts: 1. Selec t Menu> C ontac ts > Names . 2. Highlight the entry you wish to ca ll. 3. Press to call the def ault number for the entry . Using Speed Dialing Y ou can stor e up to eight numbers i n y our phoneâ s speed dial memory t o make co nt acting friends and f amily as eas y as pr essing a button or two . W ith this f eatur e, you can en ter speed dial numbers using one k ey press f or locations 2 -9. T o activ ate speed dialing: 1. Selec t M e nu > Se ttings > C all > Speed dial ing . 2. Selec t On . T o use speed dialing f or loca tions 2-9: ä³ Pr ess and hold the appropria te ke y f or appro ximately two seconds. The displa y confirms that the num ber has been dialed when it shows â Calling... â . Ti p Fr om the main menu, selec t Go to > Nam es to disp lay your list of c ontacts. Ti p See â Assigning Speed Dialing Numbersâ on page 86.
36 Section 2A: Phone Basics Making Calling Card C a lls A fter y ou hav e sav ed your calling car d inf ormation in your phone, y ou can mak e a call using your c alling car d. See â Calling Ca rd â o n p ag e 5 6. T o mak e a call using a calling card: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > C alling car d . 2. Enter your loc k code, and then press OK . 3. Scroll to the calling car d of your choice and pr ess Selec t . 4. Press to r eturn to standby mode; then en ter the phone number , including any pr ef ix (such as 0 or 1) that y o ur calling car d m a y require when y ou make a calling card call. See your calling card for instruc tions. 5. Press and hold for two sec onds until â Car d callâ is di spl ay ed. 6. Wh en you hear the ton e or system message, press OK . Entering T ext Y our phone pr ovides con venien t wa ys to enter wor ds , letters , punctuation, and numbers whenever y ou are prompted to enter text (f or example, wh en adding a C ontacts entr y or wh en using Pictur e Messaging and S MS T ext Messaging). Selec ting a Char ac ter Input Mode When y ou r each a te xt entry sc reen (f or ex ample, select Menu > Messaging > T ext messages > Crea te message ), you can choose fr om six dif fer ent char ac ter input modes. 䢠T9 T ext Input to enter te xt using a predictive sy stem that reduces the amount of k eys that need to be pr essed w hile entering a word (see page 37).
Section 2A: P hone Basics 37 Phone Basics 䢠Abc to cy cle thr ough th e alpha char acters associated with the letters on the k eypad (see page 39). 䢠123 to enter numbers by pr essing the numbers on the k eypad (see page 40). 䢠Sy m b o l s to enter symbols (see page 40). 䢠Smileys to enter â emoticonsâ (see page 40). 䢠Te m p l a t e s to en ter preset messages (see page 40). Entering Char ac ters Usin g T9 T ext Input T9 T e xt Input lets you enter te xt in y our phone by pressing key s j u s t o nc e pe r l e tt e r . T 9 T e xt Input analyzes the letters y ou en ter usi ng a dictio nary and cr eat es a sui table word. (The wor d may change as y ou type.) W h e n T 9 T e x t I n p u t m o d e i s e n a b l e d , a n i co n s u c h a s is display ed at the top of the scr een. (Note the trai l following the pencil in the ic on.) T o enable T9 T ext Input mode, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Quickly pr ess repea tedly un til the T9 T ext Input ic on is displa yed at the top of the scr een. ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is displa yed, and then select Dic tio nar y on . ä³ Select Options > Di ctio nary on . By default, the first letter of entries and/ or sentences is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter the first letter is entered, the T9 T e xt Input icon changes to . T o switch between all lower case text and all uppercase te xt, press . When all uppercase mode is selected, is displa yed at the top of the screen. Note: T9 T ext Inpu t cannot be used when creating c o ntact names or banner text .
38 Section 2A: Phone Basics T o enter te xt using T 9 T ext Input mode: 1. Press the c orresponding k eys once per letter to ente r a wor d (f or example, type â Carâ by pressing ). Ignore the w ord displa yed on your screen un til y o u ar e done en tering te xt . Sinc e T9 T e xt Input tries to find matching words as you type, the wor d you are entering may ch ange as you pr ess each k ey . If y our word does not appear when yo u are finished , press to view other words associated with th is k ey combination . 2. Pr ess to accept a w o rd and insert a space. If the text y o u ar e entering has no ma tches, a âÂÂ?â is displa yed. Select Clear to go back and c orrect y our entry , or select Spell to tempor arily disable T9 T ext Input mode and use Abc mode to edit and sav e yo ur wor d to the T9 T ext Input dictionary . Adding a W ord to the T9 T ext Input Dictionary If a word tha t y ou wan t to enter does not displa y as an option when y ou are usin g T9 T e xt Input , y ou can add it to th e dictionary . T o add a word t o the T9 T ext Input dictionary: 1. Make sur e you ar e in T9 T e xt Input mode. 2. Selec t Options > Insert word . (Y ou are temporarily switched from T9 T ext Input mode to Abc mode.) 3. Enter the word using Abc (multi-tap) mode. 4. Selec t Sav e . The word will appear as an option the next time y ou press the associat ed k eys during T9 T ext Input . F or more in f ormation about T9 T ext Inpu t, visit the T egic W eb site at www . T9 .c om .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 39 Phone Basics Entering Char ac ters Usin g Abc Mode When Abc mode is enabled, a n icon such as is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o s witch to Abc mode from T9 T ext Input mode, do one of the f ollowi ng: ä³ Quickly pr ess repea tedly un til the Abc mod e icon is displa yed at the top of the screen. ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is displa yed, and then select Dic tio nar y of f . ä³ Select Opti ons > Dic tio nary off . T o s witch to Abc mode fr om 123 mode: ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Abc mode ic on is displa yed a t the top of the screen. By default, the first letter of entries and/ or sentences is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter the first letter is enter ed, the Abc mode icon changes to . T o switch between lowercase and uppercase, pr ess . When all upper case mode is selected, is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o enter char ac ters by using Abc mode (multi-tap ke y entr y): 1. K ey in y our text . (F or example, to enter the wor d âÂÂBill,â pr ess twice, thr ee times , three times , and three times again). (If you mak e a mistak e, press Clear to er ase a single character . Press and hold Clear to er ase an en tir e word.) 2. On ce a word is c om plete, press to cr eate a space, and c ontinue k eying in your te xt . 3. T o type in a number while in Abc mode, pr ess and hold that number on the k eypad.
40 Section 2A: Phone Basics By default, the first letter of an entry and/ or sentence is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter a char acter is enter ed, the curs or automa tically adv ances to the next space a f ter two seconds , or when y ou enter a char ac ter on a dif fer ent k ey . Characters scr oll in the f ollowing order: En t e r in g N u m be r s, Sym bo l s, S m il ey s, a n d Preset Messages When 123 mode is enabled (allowing y ou to enter numbers ), is displa yed at the top of the scr een. When S ymbol mode or Smiley mode (â emoticonsâ such as :-p) is enabled, is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o en ter numbers, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Inser t number . ä³ Press and hold a number k ey f or t wo sec onds while in the Ab c mode to inser t that number . ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is disp lay ed, th en sel ec t Number mode . .@?!-,&:â 1/ M N O 6 A B C 2 P Q R S 7 D E F 3 T U V 8 G H I 4 W X Y Z 9 J K L 5 Space 0 R eturn
Section 2A: P hone Basics 41 Phone Basics T o en ter symbols , do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Inser t symbol while in T9 T ext Input mode, and then scr oll to select a symbol. ä³ Press while in the Abc mode to switch to Symbol mode, and then scr oll to select a symbol. T o en ter âÂÂemotic onsâ (smiley s), do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Insert smiley and scr oll to selec t an emot icon. ä³ Press twice w hile in the Abc mode to switch to Smiley mode, and then scr oll to select an emo tic on. Entering Pr eset Messag es T emplates are pr eset messages that you can inser t into text messages , such as â Meet me at,â âÂÂL ets get lunch,â or a customized template of your own (such as signature text). T o en ter preset messag es: ä³ F r om the text entry scr een, selec t Options > Use template , and scr o ll to select a pr eset message. Ti p A subset of the symbol libr a ry is av ailable in Abc mode by pressing 1 when entering text. Note: Smileys cannot be used when cr eating c o ntact names or banner text . Note: See âÂÂPre set Messagesâ on page 51.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 43 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Section 2B C ontr o lling Y our Phoneâ s Settings In This Section â½§ Profiles â½§ Sound Settings â½§ Displa y Settings â½§ Messaging Sett ings â½§ TTY Use â½§ Go to Menu â½§ Call Settings â½§ Phone Settings â½§ Re setting Y our Phone Using av ailable menu options, y ou can customize y our phone to sound and oper ate just the w ay y ou want it . This section describes how you can chan ge your phoneâ s s ettings to best suit y ou r needs. T ak e a f ew mo ments to r eview these options and to adjust or add settings tha t are right f or you.
44 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Profiles Profiles defi ne how y our phone reacts when you receiv e a call or message, ho w your k eypad sounds wh en you press a k ey , and more. Ringing options , keypad t ones, and other settings f or each of the a vai lable profiles can be lef t at their def ault setting , or customized to suit y our needs. The f ollowi ng pr ofiles are a v ailable: Normal, Silent, Meeting , Outdoor , and two settings that ar e av ailable f or custom profile names. Profiles ar e also av ailable f or enhancements such as a headset or car kit . To s e l e c t a p r o f i l e : 1. Fr o m standby mode, press Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile of y our choice. 3. Selec t Activ ate to enable the pr ofile. Customiz ing a Pr ofile Y ou can customize a ny of the profiles a v ariety of wa ys. T o chang e profil e settings: 1. Fr o m standby mode, press Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile y ou w ish to customize. 3. Selec t Customize . 4. Highlight the option you wan t to customize: Inc oming call alert , Ringing tone , Inc oming call video , Ringin g volume , Light indicator , Vibr ating alert , Message aler t tone , Ke y p a d t o n e s , Wa r n i n g t o n e s , Alert fo r , or Pr ofile name . Note: Y ou cannot rename the Norm al pr ofile.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 45 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Setting a Timed Pr ofile Timed pr ofiles can b e used to pre ven t missed calls. F or exa mple, suppose you a ttend an e ven t that requir es your phone be set to Si lent bef ore the e vent starts, but you f orget to r eturn it to Normal un til long af ter the ev ent. A timed profile can pre v ent missed ca lls by returning your pho ne to the default profile at a time y ou specify . T imed pr ofiles can be set u p to 24 hours in adv ance. T o set a timed pr ofile: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile y ou wish to ac tiv ate and select Tim e d fo r t i m e d e x p i rat i o n . 3. Enter the time f or the profi le to expire in hh:mm, select am/ pm, and selec t OK . Sound Settings Ringer T y pes Ringer types help y ou identify incoming calls and messages. Y ou c an assign ring er types to indivi dual c ontact entries , types of calls , and types of m essages. 䢠Preprogr ammed Ringers include a v ariety of standard ringer types and f a miliar music . 䢠Vibr ating Ringer al er ts you to c alls or messages wi thout disturbing others. 䢠Downloaded Ring ers can be downloaded right to y our phone. (See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Con t entâ on page 168.)
46 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Selecting Ringer T ypes f or V oice Calls Y our phone pr ovides a v ariety of ringer options tha t allow y o u to cust omize y our ring and v o lume settings. These options allow you to identify incoming calls by the ring . Ringer types ar e associat ed with Profiles. T o sel ect a ringer type f o r v oice calls: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . 2. Selec t a profile f or w hich to cu sto mize the ringer type. 3. Selec t Customiz e > Ringing tone . 4. Selec t Open My C ontent > Rin gers and sc rol l t hrou gh th e a vailable li st of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. 5. Selec t Options > Set as ring tone . Selec ting Ringer T ypes for Messages Y ou can custo mize the aler t tone f o r incoming messages. T o select an alert tone for messages: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . 2. Selec t a profile f or w hich to customize the message ringer type. 3. Selec t Customize > Message alert tone . 4. Scroll through the a vail able lis t of tones. A sample to ne will sound as y ou highlight each option. 5. Press Select to choose a tone. (Select Of f to disable aler t tone for messages.) Adjusting the Phoneâ s V olume Y ou c an adjust y our phoneâ s v o lume settings to suit your needs and your en vironmen t .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 47 Y our Phoneâ s Settings T o adjust y our pho neâ s volume settings: ä³ Use the v olume keys on the lef t side of yo ur phone to adjust the ringer v olum e in standby mode or to adjust the earpiece v olume during a call. Displa y Settings Changing the Banner The display ba nner is shown on y our pho neâ s screen while in standby mode. Y ou may choose to k eep the phoneâ s defaul t banner , or you may en ter your own custom gr eeting . T o cust omize the banner on y our phone: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Displ ay > Main disp lay > Banne r > Custom ize . 2. Enter the custom te xt for y our banner (up to 20 characters ) and press OK . Changing the Backlight Time-out The backlight time-out setting lets y ou select how long the displa y screen and k eypad ar e backlit af ter any k ey pr ess is made. T o chang e the backlight time-out setting: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Backlight time-out . 2. Ch oose a time setting ( Alwa ys on , Alwa ys of f , 7 seco nds , 15 sec o nds , 30 sec onds ), and then press Se lect . Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36 Note: Long backlight settings may r educe the batteryâ s talk and standby times .
48 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Changing the W allpaper Y our new phone of fers opti ons for wha t y ou see on the displ a y scr een while powering on or of f and when i n standby mode. T o chang e the w allpaper: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Standby mode settings > W allpaper . 2. Selec t Ope n Cam era > Capt ure > Set to cr eat e and set a new w allpaper image. âÂÂorâ Select Image > Pictures > My pictur es , or select Image > My C ontent > Screen sa vers , scroll to choose an image, and press Options > Set as wallpaper to set an existing image as w allpaper . Changing the C o ntr ast Y ou c an adjust the c ontr ast (bri gh tness) of an i m age to suit your surroundings while choosing wallpaper or a screensav e r . T o adjust the c o ntr ast: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Standby mode settings > W allpaper . 2. Selec t Image > Pictures > Images . 3. Scroll to choose an image and pr ess View > Options > Set contr ast . 4. Press the na vigati on k ey lef t or right to adjust the screen co nt ra s t a n d p re s s OK . Ti p: T o turn wallpaper mode on or off , select Menu > Settings > Disp lay > Main Di splay > Standby mode settings > W all paper > On or Of f . Y ou must select a wal lpaper image bef ore turning wallpaper mode on.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 49 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Changing the Phoneâ s Menu Style Y our phone allow s yo u to cho ose how th e main menu appears on your displa y screen. The main menu can appear as a thr ee-by-thr ee grid of icons ( default) or a top-to-bottom list with captions. T o select the displayâ s menu st yle: 1. Press Menu > Option s > Main menu view . 2. Selec t List or Grid . Changing the Phoneâ s E xpression Y ou can custo mize y o ur phoneâ s di splay appear ance b y selecting a c olor scheme (expr ession) to r eflect your personality . T o chang e the displayâ s theme co lor: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > E xpressions > Select expression . 2. Scroll to highligh t a color scheme. 3. Selec t Options > A pply . Powe r S ave r Y ou can turn the power saver on, which allows the phone to c onser ve battery power . T o set the po wer sav er mode: ä³ In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Display > Main display > P ower sav e r > On or Of f . Messaging Settings Staying c onn ected to your friends and f amily has nev er been easier . With y our phoneâ s adva nced messaging capabilities , y ou can send and rec eiv e many dif fer ent kinds of te xt messa ges without placing a v oice call. (For mor e inf orm at ion, see â Acc essing Messaging â on page 166.)
50 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Y our phoneâ s messaging settin gs make te x t messaging even f aster and easier by letting you dec ide how y o u would lik e to be notified of new messages , create a signatur e with each sent message, and cr eate y our own preset messages , to name just a few . Displa ying Incoming Messages When y ou receiv e a text message or picture mes sag e, y our phone notifies y ou by displaying a new message ale r t o n yo ur displa y screen. Y ou can choose in stead to displa y the sender and beginning of text messa ges , and the incoming pict ure message for picture messaging. T o chang e the incomi ng message displa y of new text messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > Messag e settings > Other settings > Incoming msg. disp lay . 2. Selec t Message vi ew or Msg. aler t . T o chang e the incoming message display of ne w pic ture messages: 1. Press Men u > Messaging > Picture Message > Settings > Inc oming Pictur e Message displa y . 2. Selec t Message view or Messa ge aler t . Deleting T e xt Messages Y ou can delete text messages from y our phone w henev er you like. T o delete i ndivi dual text me ssages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages . 2. Selec t the location of the message y ou wis h to delete ( Inbo x , Outbo x , Sent items , Dr af ts , Archi ve , or Te m p l a t e s ). 3. Scroll to highlight the message you wish to delete and press Opt ions > Delete . âÂÂDelete message?â appears.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 51 Y our Phoneâ s Settings 4. Selec t Ye s . T o delete all te xt messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > Delete messages . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > Messag ing > Picture Message > Delete messages . 2. Selec t All , All read , or Al l unread . 3. Selec t Ye s . Pres et Messages Y our phone is pr eset with te mplates , also called preset messages, to help make sending te xt messages f aster and easier . These messages can be customized o r deleted to suit your needs. Y ou can ev en add your own pr eset messages to the list by saving them in the T emplates folder . T o cust omize or use a preset messag e: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > T emplates. The list of pr eset messages is displa yed. 2. Scroll to highlight a preset message and press Select . 3. Selec t Use to add the templa te te xt to a new text message. 4. Selec t Options with the pr eset me ssage highlighted to delete, edit, lock (protect th e m essage from deletion), or r ename the selected message. Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36
52 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o add a ne w preset messag e to the T emplates f older: 1. Press Menu > Messages > T e xt messages > Crea te Message . 2. Enter your pr eset message text and select Opt ions > Sav e > T emp lates. (Y our new message is added to the beginning of the list .)
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 53 Y our Phoneâ s Settings TTY Use A TTY (al so known as a TDD or T ext T elephone) is a telecommunica tions device tha t allows people who ar e deaf , hard of hearing , or who have speech or language disabilities , to communica t e by telephone. Y our phone is compatible with sel ect TTY d evices. A TTY d evice will activ ate TTY mode on the phone when it is pr o perly c onnec ted. Please check with the manufa c turer of y o ur TTY device to ensur e tha t it supports digital wire less transmission. Y our phone and TTY device will c onnect via a special cabl e that plugs in to your phone's headset jack. If this cable was not pro vided with your TTY device, con tac t your TTY de vice manuf a cturer to purchase the connect or cable. When establishing yo ur wireless se rvice, please call your service pro vider via the sta te T elecommunications R elay Service (TRS) by first dialing . Then pro vide the sta te TRS with thi s number : 866-727-4889. Note : In TTY Mode, y our phone will displa y the TTY access icon. If TTY mode is enabled, the audio quality of non- TTY devices connected to the headset jack may be impaired. Impor tant Notice: 911 Emergency Calling It is re commended tha t TTY users mak e emergency calls by other means, including T elec ommunications R elay Services ( TRS), analog cellular , and landline c ommunications. W ireless TTY calls made to 911 ma y be corrupted when receiv ed by public safety answering points (PS APs ) rendering some communica tions unintelligible. The problem enc ountered appears r elated to TTY equipment or sof twar e used by PSAPs. This ma tter has been brough t to t he a ttention of the FC C, and the wireless industry and PS AP community are curr ently working to resolv e this.
54 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Go to Menu Y our phone of f ers y ou the option of assigning a fa vori te or of ten-used f unction to the Go to menu . Pr essing in standby mode will launch y our Go to menu. Choosing Go to Options T o chang e the options in y o ur Go to menu : 1. Press ( Go to ) from standby mode, then pr ess Options > Select Options . ( The list of your phoneâ s options is display ed . Curren t Go to m enu options are ch ecked.) 2. Selec t Mark or Unmark to check or uncheck options. 3. Selec t Done when y ou hav e added all desir ed functions. 4. Press Ye s to sav e th e changes. 5. Fr o m standby mode, select Go to to display a list of the mark ed function s. Organizing Go to Options T o r e arr ange the Go t o menu options: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Go to > Options > O rganize . 2. Scroll to highlight the option yo u wi s h to re a r ra n g e, a n d select Mov e > Mov e up , Mov e down, Mo ve t o top, or Mov e to bottom . 3. Selec t Done when you ha ve mov ed all desir ed func tions. 4. Press Ye s to sav e th e changes.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 55 Y our Phoneâ s Settings C all Settings Loca tion Inf o Sharing Y our phone is equipped with a L o cation f eatur e that all ows the netw ork to det e ct y our position f or u se in connec tion with location- based ser vices such as Emergenc y 911. T o enable your phoneâ s Loca tion fea ture: 1. Press Menu > Settings > C all > Location inf o sharing . (The disclaimer is display ed .) 2. Press More to read the Loca tio n disclaimer , and then press OK . 3. Se lec t On to share your phoneâ s lo cation on the network, or 911 only to hide your location fr om ev eryone ex cept Emergency 911 s er vi ces . 4. Press Select > Y es . Anyk ey Ans w er Anyk ey answer allow s y ou to answer an incoming call by briefly pressing an y k ey ex cept or . T o set an ykey answ er mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Anyk ey answer > On or Of f . Automa tic R edial Occasionally , your network ma y experience hea v y traf fic, resulting in a f ast busy signal when y ou dial. With automatic r edial activ ated, y our phone redials the number (number of times is specified by the network), and noti fies yo u once the network is a va ilable.
56 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o set aut omatic redial: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Automatic r edial > On or Off . Speed Dialing Y ou c an activ ate or deactiv ate speed dia ling f or Con tac ts. Wi th this f eatur e, yo u can en ter speed dial number s using one ke y press f or locations 2-9. T o turn speed di aling on or of f: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Speed dialing > On or Of f . Answ er When F o ld Is Open ed Y ou can set y our phone to answer calls when the f old is opened, r ather than requiring a k ey pr ess. T o set the ans wer mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Ans wer whe n f old is opened > On or Of f . Calling Car d If you use a calling car d for long distance calls , you can sa ve the calling card numbers in y our phone. Y our phone can store up to f our calling car ds. C ontact your calling car d compan y for more inf ormation. T o sa ve callin g card inf ormation: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Calling card . 2. Enter your loc k code, and then press OK . 3. Scroll to one of the f our card memory locations , and select Options > Ed it > Dialing se quence . Ti p See â Assigning Speed Dialing Numbersâ on page 86
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 57 Y our Phoneâ s Settings 4. Selec t one of the f ollowing sequence types: 䡲 Access no . pho ne no . card no . to d ial the acces s number , the phone number , and then the card number ( PI N, if requir ed). 䡲 Access no . card no . phone no . to dial th e access number , card number ( PIN, if required), and then the phone number . 䡲 Prefi x phone no. card no . to dial the prefix (numbers that must pr ecede the phone number) and phone number y ou want to di al, and then the card number ( PI N, if r equired). 5. Enter the requir ed information ( access number or prefix and ca rd numb er), and press OK to confirm your entry . 6. Selec t Car d n a me , enter th e card name, an d press OK . International Pr efix Y ou can stor e an interna tional di aling pr efix into y our phone . When y ou enter â â at the begi nning of a phone number , your phone automa tically inserts the international dialing pr efix that you ha ve stor ed after y ou press . T o enter a pr efix: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > International prefix and enter y our pr efix. Call Summary Y our phone can sho w the time spent on a call o n the display scr een af ter the call is c omplete. T o show or hide the call su mmary: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Cal l su m ma r y > O n or Of f . Ti p See â Making Calling Card Callsâ on page 36
58 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Show Call T ime on Displa y Y ou can sele c t whether the active call timer is displa yed and running when you hav e a call in progress. T o show or hide the call ti me on the displa y: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Show call time on display > On or Of f . Ringing T one f or No Ca ller I D Y ou can select a dif f eren t ringing tone to distinguish incoming cal ls without caller I D . T o enable the ringing t one f or no caller I D: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Ringing tone f or no caller I D > On . 2. Press Select to accept the Nokia tune as the no caller ID ringing tone, or select Open My C o ntent > Ringers and scroll through the av aila ble list of ringing to nes. A sam ple will sound as y ou highlight each option. 3. Selec t Options > Set as ring tone . Phone Settings Phone Language Y ou c an choose to view y our phon eâ s menus and options in Englis h or Spanish. T o selec t your phon e lan guage: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone language > Englis h or Español . The phone language af fects the time a nd date f ormats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 59 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Na viga tion K e y The naviga tion ke y allows y ou to naviga te to the desired menu option fr om the main menu. The default shortcuts are: 䡲 Press Up to acces s Names. 䡲 Press Down to access My C o nten t . 䡲 Press Right to access Data Serv ices. 䡲 Press Left to access Messaging. T o chang e the naviga tio n k ey settings to y our own shor tcuts: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Nav iga tion k ey . 2. Scroll to hig h ligh t the shor tcut y ou wish to edit and select Change . ( The list of y our phoneâ s options is displayed. The current shor tcut option is selec ted.) 3. Sc roll to highlight a new shortcut option and press Select . My S ho r t cut s Y ou can change the right selec tion k ey shor tcut on the standby scr een fr om the def ault settin g to y our fa v orite function. T o assign a function as a shor tcut: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > My shortcuts > Right selection k ey . (The curr ent shortcut function is highlighted.) 2. Scroll to highligh t a new shor tcut function , and th en press Select . Automa tic K ey guard Wi th the automat ic k eyguar d, you can lock the k eypad to prevent k eys f rom be ing pressed a ccidenta lly . Once the k ey pad is closed f o r a set length of time, the k ey gua rd is turned on and y ou must press Unlock , then to disable the f eatur e.
60 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings If the keypad is locked, it un locks w hen y ou a nswer a call . Af ter the call, the lock automa tically resets. When the automatic k ey g uard is on, calls are sti ll poss ible to the of ficial emergency number progr ammed into y our phone. Enter the emergency number and pr ess . T o enable the ke yguard: ä³ F rom the standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Auto mat ic keygu ard > O n , enter the dela y time in mm:ss and se lec t OK . To u c h To n e s Touch to nes , or dual tone mult i-fr equency (D T MF) tones , ar e the tone s that sound when y o u press the k eys on y our phone k eypad. Y ou can us e touch ton es f or many automated dial-up services su ch as banking and ai rlines, or for entering y o ur v oice m ailbo x number and passwor d. T ouch tones are sen t during an activ e call. Y ou can send t hem manually from your phone k eypad, or send them automatically by savi ng them in your phone. Set T ype T o set the t ouch tone type: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > T ouch tones > Manual touch tones . 2. Selec t one of the following options: 䡲 Continuous sends the tone for as long as you pr ess and hold a k ey . 䡲 Fi xed sends tones of the dura tion you specify in the T o uch tone le ngth opti on. 䡲 Of f turn s of f tones. No tones are sent when y ou pr ess a ke y .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 61 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Set Length Y ou c an specify touc h tone length f or the Fi xed optio n. T o set the t ouch tone length: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > T ouch tones > T ouch tone length > Short (0.1 seconds) or Lon g (0.5 sec onds ). Star t-up T one Y ou c an enable or disabl e the tone that is h eard when y ou turn on your phone. T o set the start-up tone mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Start-up tone > On or Of f . Help T ext Ac tiv ation Y our phone displa ys brief descri pt ions f or most menu it ems. When y ou arriv e at a f eatur e or me nu, pause f or about 10 seconds and w a it f or the help text to displa y . If necess ary , use the scroll k ey to page through the full help text. The def ault setting for help te xt is On . However , you can tur n hel p te xt on o r of f . T o set the help te xt m ode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Help text activ ation > On or Of f . Phone Details Y ou c an view a wealth of inf ormatio n about y our phone, including its hardw are, sof twar e, brow ser , icons , and more.
62 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o acc ess your phoneâ s details: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone details . Selec t from the f o llowing: 䡲 User details to access My n umb er (M DN) , Mobile st ation I D n umber (MSI D) , User name , and Dat a services sta tus . 䡲 V ersion details to view y our Phone model , Sof tware v ersion , Brows er version , and Hard ware versi on . 䡲 Sys tem details to view yo ur Sys t e m I D ( S I D ) , Channel , Pref erred roaming list (PRL) , Mode , and Frequen cy . 䡲 Icon details to view a list of your phoneâ s icons and descriptions. Phone Sof tware Updates Y ou c an view y our phon eâ s curren t sof twar e vers ion and update y our phoneâ s softw are if an upda te is av ailable. T o vi ew y our phoneâ s sof tware v ersion: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone sof tware updates > Current v ersion . T o check f or softw are updates: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone sof tware upda tes > U pdates . (Y ou r phone connects to the W eb using a data services c onnection.) Ti p: Y ou can also view your phoneâ s softw a r e version fr om the Phone details menu ( M enu > Se ttings > Phone > Phone details > V er sion details > Softw a re v ersion ).
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 63 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Resetting Y our Phone R esetting the phone restor es all the f a ctory def aults, including the ringer types and displa y settin gs. The Contacts , Call Histor y , Scheduler , and Messaging ar e not af f ec ted. To r e s e t y o u r p h o n e : 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > Other settings > Restor e settings . 2. Enter y our f our -digit lock c ode and pr ess OK .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 65 Setting Security Section 2C Setting Y our Phoneâ s Security In This Section â½§ Accessing the Secu rity Settings Menu â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Lock F eature â½§ Restricting Call s â½§ Protecting Y our Pictures â½§ Security F eatur es for Da ta Ser vices By using the security settings on yo ur phone, you r eceive peace of mind without sacri f icing fle x ibility . This section will f amiliarize y ou with your phoneâ s security settings. W ith seve ral options a vailable, y ou can customiz e yo ur phone to meet y our personal needs.
66 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security Accessing the Security Settings Menu All of y our phoneâ s sec urity setti ngs a re a v ailable thr ough the Securit y settings menu. Y ou m ust enter y our lock code to view the Security sett ings menu. T o acc ess the Security settings menu: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Other settings > Security . 2. Ent er your f our -digi t lock code and p ress OK . Using Y our Phoneâ s Lock F eatur e T o pre ven t y our phone fr om unauthorized use, y ou can requir e the input of y our lock c ode to access y our phoneâ s f eature s . Locking and Unlocking Y our Phone When y our pho ne is lock ed, you can only r eceive incoming calls or make calls to 91 1, or special numbers (al lowed numbers). T o lock y our phone: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Phone lock and one of the following opti o ns: 䡲 Lo ck no w to immediat ely lock the phone . 䡲 On power-up to set y our phone to lock each time it is turned on . T o unl ock y our phone: ä³ F rom standby mode, pr ess Menu , enter y our lock c ode and press OK . Ti p: If you can âÂÂt recall your lock code, try using the last f o ur digits of your wir eless pho ne number , or try 0000. If neither of these w ork , ca ll yo ur s ervi ce p r ov ide r .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 67 Setting Security Allowing Numbers Wi th phone lock on, th e only outgoing calls you can mak e are to the emergency number pr ogrammed into y our phone or one of three numbers stored in the Allowed nos. when phone locked location: T o add an allo wed number: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Allowed no s. when phone lo ck e d . 2. Highlight an (empty) slot and select Assign . 3. Enter the phone nu mber and select OK to add a number not in your C ontac ts. âÂÂorâ Select Search to r ecall a number from C ontacts. 䡲 Hi ghlight an entr y and press Select . 䡲 If multiple phone numbers ha ve been enter ed for the contact, highlight the nu mber you wish to use and pr ess Select . Select OK to save the number . Changing the Lock C ode T o ensure the secu rity of y o ur pho ne, you may w ant to change the pr eset lock code to y our own selec ted f our digit number . A void using c odes similar to emergency numbers such as 911 to pre v ent acciden t al dialing of the emer gency number . Note: If an inc orrect lock c o de is enter ed five times in succession, your phone will not accept yo ur corr ec t lock code for fiv e minutes , ev en if you power of f the phone between incorrect entries.
68 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security T o chang e the lock code: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Change lo ck c o de . 2. Enter your new lock code (mus t be 4 digits in length ) and press OK . 3. Re - enter your new lock co de for v erification, and then press OK . R estric ting C alls Ca ll restrictions allow y ou to block or allow certain incoming and outgoing phone num bers f or y our phone . Y o u can customize y our phone to allow a subset of calls and block all the rest, or block a subset of calls and allow all the r est . When calls ar e restricted, calls may be possible to the of ficial emergency number pr ogrammed in to your phone. To b l o c k c a l l s : 1. Fr o m the Security settings m enu, selec t Call r estrictions > Re stric t outgoing calls or Restrict inc oming calls . 2. Selec t Block ed numbers . 䡲 Press Select > All calls > Mark > Done > Y es to bloc k all cal ls. 䡲 Press Add restriction to add an indiv idual number to blo ck. â½§ Enter a phone number , or selec t Search rec a l l a nu mb er from you r Cont ac t s. H ig hl ig ht an e ntry and pr ess Selec t . If multiple phone numbers have been en ter ed f or the con tac t, highligh t the number y ou wish to use and press Select . â½§ Select OK to add the number . â½§ Enter a name f or the blocked number an d press OK .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 69 Setting Security T o allo w calls: 1. Fr o m the Security settings m enu, selec t Call r estrictions > Re stric t outgoing calls or Restrict inc oming calls . 2. Selec t Allowed num bers . 䡲 Press Sele ct > All contacts > Mark > Done > Y es to allow calls to or from members of y our con tact list . 䡲 Press Add restriction to add an indiv idual number to allow . â½§ Enter a phone number , or â½§ Select Search r ecall a number from y our Con tacts. Highlig ht an entry and press Selec t . If multiple phone numbers hav e b een entered f or the c ontact, highlight t he number you wish to use and pr ess Selec t . â½§ Select OK to add the number . â½§ Enter a name f or the allow ed number and pr ess OK . Protecting Y our Pic tures Wi th the Pictur e priv acy settin g , you can k eep the photo s stor ed on your phone fr om being viewed by oth ers. W ith Picture priv acy enabled, y our four -digit lock code must be enter ed to access the Pictures menu. T o enable Picture priv acy: ä³ F r om the Security sett ings menu, select Pi ct ure priv acy > On .
70 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security Security F eatures f or Data Services Enabling and Disabling Data Serv ices Y ou can disable data services without turning off your phone; howev er , y ou will not hav e access to all data services , including W eb and messaging . Disabling data services will av oid any charg es associa ted with dat a services. While signed out, you can still pla ce or receiv e phone calls, check v oicemail, and use other v oice services. Y ou may enable data services again a t any time. T o disable da ta ser vices: 1. Press Menu > Setti ngs > Dat a Services . 2. Selec t Disable Data Services . (A m essage will appear .) 3. Press More to view the message. 4. Press Disable Da ta Services t o c o n f i r m t h a t y o u w a n t t o sign out . T o enable data se r vices: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Da ta Serv ices . 2. Selec t Enable Da ta Services . (A message will appear .) 3. Press More to view the message. 4. Press the center s elec tion k ey to enable data services.
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 71 Ro a m in g Section 2D C ontr olling Y our R oaming Experience In This Section â½§ Understanding R oam ing â½§ Setting Y our Phoneâ s Roaming Options â½§ Using Call G uard â½§ Using Data R oam Guard â½§ Setting R oam ing T ones R oamin g is the ability to make or receive calls when youâ re o f f the network av ailable to y ou. Y our new dual-band/tri-mode 6 1 6 5 i p h o n e by N o k i a work s anywhere on the network a v ailable to y o u and allows you to roam on other analog n et wo rk s a nd 1900 and 800 MHz digit al network s wher e weâÂÂv e i mp le m e nte d roaming agreem ents wi th oth er car riers. This section explains how roaming work s , as well as detailing the special f eatur es that let y ou manage your ro am i n g exp e ri e n c e .
72 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience Understanding R oaming R ecognizi ng the R oaming Icon on the Displa y Screen Y our phoneâ s display scr een alwa ys lets you know when y ouâ re of f th e network av ailable to you. Any time y ou are r oam ing , the phone display s the roaming ic on ( ). If y ou are r oaming on an analog sy stem, the roaming icon will displa y along with the text âÂÂAna log R oam . â R oaming on Other Digital Netw orks When y ouâ re r oaming on digital networks , y our call qu ality and security will be similar to the quality y ou recei ve when making calls on the netw ork av ai labl e to y ou. Howev er , you may not be able to access certain fea tures , such as data services. Ti p: R emember , when you are using yo ur phone off the network av ailable to you, alwa ys dial numbers using 11 digits (1 area c ode number). Note: Unless your service plan includes roaming, you will pay a higher per -minut e r ate for roaming calls. Note: If y ouâ re on a call when you lea ve th e netw ork av ailable to y ou and en ter an ar ea wher e roamin g is a va ilable, your call is dropped. If your call is dropped i n an area where you think network ser vice is av ail able, turn your phone off and on again to re connect to the network av ailable to y ou.
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 73 Ro a m in g R oaming on Analog Network s When y ou roam on analog network s , y ou will experience a similar quality pro vided by other analog carriers toda y . Although some fea tures , such as data services, will be unav ailable, you can still mak e and receiv e calls and access v oicemail. If you ar e accustomed to network service, you may notice some of the foll o wing dif f erences when using anal og service: 䢠Y ou ar e more lik ely to experience stat ic, cross-talk, f ade-out, and dropped calls. 䢠Some fea tures tha t are standar d on the enhanced network av ailable to y ou, s uch as call w aiting , data services, and dir ect international dialing , ma y be unav ailable. 䢠Although callers can leav e v oicemail messages while y ou ar e roaming, you will not r eceiv e notification un til y ou return to the network a vailable to you. 䢠Ther e are securi ty and privacy risk s (eav esdropping and cloning) tha t ar e inherent t o c o n ven tional analog services today . 䢠Y our batteryâ s char ge will deplete more qui ckly and y o u will need to r echarge it mor e often when y ou use y o ur phone f or analog r oaming. Checking f or V oicemail Messages While R oaming When yo u are r oaming of f the network a v ailable to you, you will not r eceive on-phone notifica tion o f new v o icemail messages. Callers can s till lea ve messages , but you will need to periodically che ck your v oicemail for new messages if y ou ar e in a r oaming service area f or an extended peri od of time. Note: When us ing you r phone i n an alog mode, the phone ma y f eel wa rm. This is normal f or analog ope ra tion.
74 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience T o check y our v o icemail whi le roaming: 1. Dial 1 area c ode you r phone number . 2. When you hear y our v oicemail greeting , press . 3. Enter your passc ode at the prompt and f ollow the v oice prompts. When y ou retu rn to the networ k a vaila ble to you, v oicemail notificati on will resume as normal. Setting Y our Phoneâ s R o aming Options Y our phone allow s you to c ontr ol y our r oaming capabilities. By using th e R oam ing me nu opti o n, y ou can determine which signals your phone accepts. Set Mode Choose from thr ee diff eren t settin gs on your phone to c ontrol you r ro a mi n g ex pe r ie nc e . T o set y our phoneâ s roaming options: 1. Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Set mode . 2. Selec t fr om the following: 䡲 Home Only allows y ou to access the networ k av ailable to you only and pr even ts roaming on other networks. 䡲 Au tom ati c seeks netw ork service. When network service is unav ailable, the phone searches f or an alterna te system and a r oaming r ate applies. 䡲 Roaming only requires the phone to use a roaming system. The r oaming ra te applies until the phone is swi tc hed off . 3. Selec t Ye s .
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 75 Ro a m in g Using C all Guard Ca ll Guard i s an option tha t helps you m anage y our roaming charges when mak ing or rece iving calls while outside the network a vai lable to you. W ith Call Guar d enabled when you ar e roaming , y ou must press ( Ye s ) at the prompts , âÂÂR oaming ra te applies. Place call?â to make a call and â Answer?â to answer an incoming call. To s e t C a l l G u a r d : ä³ Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Cal l guard > On or Of f . Using Data R oam Guard The da ta r oam guar d f eatur e aler ts y ou when y ou a ttempt to use da ta services whil e roamin g of f the network a vailable to y ou. With data roam gu ard enab led, you must respond to an onscreen pr ompt whenever data services ar e accessed in a roami ng are a. T o turn da ta roam g uard on or of f: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Roaming > Da ta roam guard > On or Of f .
76 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience Setting R oaming T ones Y ou can set y o ur phone to ha ve a unique ringtone for inc oming r oaming calls and to indicate when a change of service to ro am in g h a s o c c u r re d . T o set y our phoneâ s r oam call ringing t one: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Roaming > R o am call ringing tone > O n or Of f . T o set y our phoneâ s ser vice change tone: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Service chang e tones > On or Of f .
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 77 Managing Call L ogs Section 2E Managing C all Logs In This Section â½§ Viewing Call Logs â½§ Cal l Lo g Op t io ns â½§ C ontacting Call Log Entries â½§ Saving C ontac t Informa tion From C all Logs â½§ Erasing Call Logs Call logs k eep tr ack of receiv ed calls , calls made fr om your phone, message r ecipients, and miss ed calls. This section guides you through accessin g and making the m ost of your call logs.
78 Section 2E: Managing Call Logs View i n g Cal l Lo g s Y ouâÂÂll find the call log f eatur e very helpful . It is a list of the most r ecent phone numbers , con tac t list en tries, or addr esses f or calls/ m essages you placed, accepted, or missed. Call logs mak e redialing a number f ast and easy . The call log fea ture is c o ntinual ly updated as new numbers are added t o the beginning of the list and oldest en tries are r emov ed fr om the bottom of the list . Each entry c an display t h e da te and ti me of the cal l, the phone number (if a vailable), email ad dress , and the callerâ s name (if the number is alr eady in your C ontacts list). Duplicate cal ls or messages may only appear once on the list . T o vi ew a call log en try: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . Note: The C all logs function only r e c o r ds calls tha t occur while the phone is tu rned on. If a call i s re ceived wh ile y our phone is turned of f , it will not appear in t he phoneâ s Incoming or Missed calls logs. If you r eturn a call fr om the v oicemail menu, it will not appear in your phone â s Outgoing call log .
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 79 Managing Call L ogs C all Log Options F or additional informa t ion and option s on a particu lar call or message, highlight a call log entry and pr ess Vie w to displa y the en try phone number or email if a co ntact name is shown. Press Options to select from the f ollowing: 䢠Time of call (calls only) 䢠Ti me o f se nt m sg . (message recipien ts o nly) 䢠Send message 䢠Use number (calls only) 䢠Sav e (if not alr eady in C ontacts ) 䢠Add to c ontact (if not alread y in C ontacts) 䢠Delete 䢠Call (calls only) C ontacting Call L og Entries Y ou can quickly r edial, respond or re- send messages to call log entri es. Placing Ca lls T o place a call fr om a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , or Outgoing call s . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Press to connect . Note: Y ou cannot mak e calls fr om a ca ll log to entr ies iden tified as (no number).
80 Section 2E: Managing Call Logs Sending Mess ages T o send a messag e from a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Message R ecipients . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Pres s to sen d a te xt or pictu re m essag e. Sa ving C ontact Inf o rma tion F rom C all Logs Y our phone can stor e up to 500 con tac t entries with up to fiv e phone numbers per c ontact . T o sa ve a phon e number to a n ew contact from a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . 3. Selec t Options > Sav e . 4. Enter a new c ontact name and press OK . T o sa ve a phon e number to an e xisting c ontact fr om a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . Ti p: See âÂÂWireless Serv ice F e atures: The Basic sâ on page 143 Note: Y ou cannot save phone numbers or addr esses alr e ady in your Con t act s or informa tion from calls ide ntified as (no number ).
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 81 Managing Call L ogs 3. Add the number to an existing c ontact using one of the f ollowing methods: ä³ Select Options > Sav e . Enter an e xisting co ntact name and press OK . Press Ye s to a dd the num ber to the c ontact inf ormation. ä³ Select Op tion s > Add to contac t . Sc roll t o highligh t the c ontact entry y o u wish to modify and select Add. Highligh t an entry type ( Gener al , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ) and press Select . Er asing Call L o gs Y ou can e r ase individual call log entries , an entir e call log , or all call logs. T o er ase call logs: 1. Press Menu > Call logs > Clear log li sts. 2. Selec t All call lists, Missed calls , Inc oming , Ou tgoing , or Msg . recipients . T o er ase a call log entry : 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Selec t Options > Delete > Y es .
Section 2F: Using Contacts 83 Using C ontac ts Section 2F Using Contac ts In This Section â½§ Adding and Editing Contact Entries â½§ Creating a Contact Group â½§ Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers â½§ Finding C ontact Entries â½§ Selec ting a Rin ger T ype for an Entry â½§ Deleting C ontacts â½§ C ontac ts Settings Now that y ou know the basics that mak e it easier to sta y in touch with people and inf ormation, y ouâ re ready to explore y o ur phoneâ s more adv anced f eatures. Thi s section ex plains how to use your phoneâ s cont acts and helps you mak e the most of your c ontac ts and time when you are trying to connec t w it h the impor tan t people in your life.
84 Section 2F: Using Contacts Adding and Editing C on tac t Entries Y our phone can stor e up to 500 con tact entries with up t o fiv e phone numbers each. T o add a ne w entry : 1. Fr o m standby mode, enter a phone number and pr ess Sav e . Enter the name f or the entry and pr ess OK . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > C ontacts > Names > Options > Add new . Enter the name f or the entry and pr ess OK . Enter the number and press OK . 2. Press Done . C o ntact Entry Options T o access a c ontact entryâ s options, highligh t the entry and pr ess Options . Selec t fr o m the f ollowing: 䢠Vie w to display a phone number f or the entry . 䢠Add detai l to add a note, email address , street addr ess , or other informatio n to th e entr y . 䢠Edit numbe r to edit an entryâ s number . 䢠Delete to r emov e the en try . 䢠Send message to send a messa ge to a c o nt act . 䢠Use number to use the number as the basis f or a new entry or ca ll. 䢠Set as def ault to set the highlight ed number as the defaul t number when selecting this contact name. 䢠Change type to change the entry type ( Genera l, Mobile, Home, W o rk, or F a x). 䢠Add v oice tag to crea te a v oice tag f or the entry .
Section 2F: Using Contacts 85 Using C ontac ts 䢠Send bus. card to send a business card to the entry , such as to another phone, infr ar ed or Bluetooth capable device. 䢠Add to gr oup to add the entry t o a group . 䢠Speed dial to assign a speed dial number to the cont ac t ent r y . Adding a Phone Number to a Con tac t Entry T o add a phone number to an entry: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Selec t Options > Add detail > Number . 4. Selec t a number type ( Gener al , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ). 5. Enter the new phone number and press OK . Editing a Contact Entryâ s Phone Number T o edit an entryâ s phone number: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Highlight the number y ou wish to edit . 4. Press Options > E dit number . 5. Press to clear one digit a t a time . 6. Re -enter or edit the number and OK .
86 Section 2F: Using Contacts Creating a C ontac t Group Y ou can assign each c ontact in your c ontacts list to a group . A group name can be changed, group members can be added or remo v ed fr om the group , and the group can be assigned a distinctive ringer . T o crea te a contact group: 1. Selec t Menu > Con tacts > Gr oups > Add . 2. Enter a name for the new group and press OK . 3. Selec t Vie w > Ad d . 4. Hi ghl ig ht a co ntac t and press Selec t . 5. Selec t Add to a dd another con tact . Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers Speed dialing numbers can be assi gned when you add a new c o ntact en try , when y ou add a new phone number to an ex isting entry , or when you edit an e xisting nu mber . The keys 2-9 ar e av ailable f or speed dialing . (K ey 1 is the def ault k ey f or v oicemail.) T o assign a speed dial ing number to a n ew phone number: 1. Add a phone number to a new or to an e xisting co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Highlight the number and select Options > Speed d ial . 3. Scroll to an (empty) speed dialing loca tion and press Assign . (A c onfirmation message will displa y .) Note: See â Adding and Editing Con tac t Entriesâ on page 84.
Section 2F: Using Contacts 87 Using C ontac ts T o assign a speed dial ing number to an existing phone number : 1. Selec t Menu > C ontacts > Speed dialing . 2. Scroll to an (empty) speed dialing loca tion and press Ass ign . 3. Enter the existing number and pr ess OK , or pr ess Search to locate a number in Con tac ts. F inding Co ntact Entries There ar e sev era l way s to find your c ontact entries: by name, by speed dialing number , by group , and by v oice dial tags. F ollow the steps outlined in the sections below to display entri es fr om the C onta c ts menu. F inding Names T o find c ontact entries b y name: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names . 2. Scroll thr ough all the en tries using the na viga tion k ey . â orâ Select Options > Sear ch . Enter the first one or two letters of a name, or par t of a name. ( The more letters you enter , the mor e your sear ch narr ows.) Note: If you a t tempt to assign an already in-use speed dialing location to a new phone number , a dialog will appear asking if you wish to r eplace the existing speed dialing assignment. Sel ect Ye s t o assign the location to the new phone number and delet e the pre v ious speed dialing assignment .
88 Section 2F: Using Contacts F inding Speed Dial ing Numb ers T o find phone n umbers yo u ha v e stor ed in speed dial ing location s: 1. Press Menu > C ontac ts > Speed dialing . 2. Scroll through the entries using t he naviga tion k ey . Speed dialing numbers ar e displa yed i n numeric order . 3. T o displa y an entry , highlight i t and press View . 4. T o dial the phone number , press . F indin g Gr oup En tries T o find en t ries designated as part of a group: 1. Press Menu > Contacts . 2. Selec t Groups . 3. Scroll through the group titles using the navigation k ey . 4. T o displa y the entries with in the gr oup , pr ess Vi ew . Selecting a Ringer T ype f or an Entry Y ou can as sign a ringer type to a con tact entry or gr oup so y ou can identify the ca ller or group by a distinctive ringer . T o sel ec t a ringer type f or an entry: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Press Options > Add detail > T one . 4. Selec t a ringtone: 䡲 Selec t Def ault to enable the def ault ringing tone.
Section 2F: Using Contacts 89 Using C ontac ts 䡲 Selec t Open My C onten t > Ring ers and scr oll thro ugh the a v ailable list of ringing tones. A sample will sound as you highlight each option. Press Options > Selec t . T o select a ringer type f o r a group: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > C ontac ts > Groups . 2. Highlight a gr oup and select Option > G r oup details > Group ringing tone . 3. Selec t Open My C ontent > Rin gers and sc rol l t hrou gh th e a vailable li st of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. Press Options > Select . Deleting C ontac ts Y ou c an er ase your c ontacts with a f ew k eys tr ok es. T o delete contac ts: ä³ Press Menu > C ontac ts > Delete all contacts > Y es . C ontacts Settings With the Settings option, y ou can customiz e y our Con tacts list and displa y information a bout C ontacts memory . Selec ting the Sc rolling View The Scrolling view option allow s you to select the wa y contact names and nu mbers are display ed.
90 Section 2F: Using Contacts T o sel ect the scrolling view : ä³ Press Menu > C ontacts > Settings > Scr olling view . Select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Normal name list to display con t act na mes only . 䡲 Name and number to displa y conta ct names and their primary number . 䡲 Large nam e list to display c ontact names in a large fo nt fo r m at . 䡲 Name and image to display c ontact names and an image associa ted with the c onta ct . V iewing Memor y Sta tus The Memory status option displays the amount of space av ailable f or contact en tries. T o check the C ontacts memory status: ä³ Press Menu > C ontacts > Settings > Memory status . (The fr ee and used memory are shown as percen tages and in a bar graph format .) Note: If your phone displa ys a message t hat the memory is full when you try to use a fea ture, delete some of the conten t stored in memory bef ore c ontinuing.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 91 Using Organiz er Section 2G Using Y our Phoneâ s Or ganizer In This Section â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Alarm Clo ck â½§ Using Y our Phon eâ s Calendar â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Note Pad â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s T o-do List â½§ Using Y our Phon eâ s Calculator â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Timer â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Stopwa tch Y our phone is equipped with se ver al personal inf orma tion managem ent f eature s that help you manage your busy lif es tyle . This section shows y ou how to us e these fea tures to turn y our phone into a time management planner that helps y ou keep up with y our c ontacts , schedules , and c o mmitmen ts.
92 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Using Y our Phoneâ s Alarm Clock Y our phone c omes with a built -in alarm clock with multiple alarm capabilities. If the alarm time is r eached while the phone is switched of f , the phone switches itself on and star ts sounding the alarm tone . If you select Stop , the phone asks whether y ou wan t to switch the phone on f or calls. Select No to switch the phone of f or Ye s to mak e and receiv e calls. Do not select Ye s when wir eless phone use may caus e in ter f erence or danger . T o acc ess the alarm clock menu: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > Alarm clock . Setting or Changi ng an Alar m Time The alarm clock is based on the phone clock. It soun ds an alert any time y ou specify and ev en works if the phone is turned off . T o set or change an alarm: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Alarm time > On . (This option appears only if an alarm is curr ently set .) 2. Use the navigation k ey to enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format and to select am or pm (if 12-hour fo rm at is s elec t ed) . 3. Press OK . â Alarm on â appears briefly in the display . Repea t Alarm Y ou c an set th e alarm to r epeat daily . Note: Y ou mu st set an alarm firs t .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 93 Using Organiz er T o set the alarm repeat: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Repea t alarm > Re petition da ys . 2. Press Mark or Unmark to check / uncheck the da ys you wa nt the alarm to r epeat. 3. Selec t Done . Setting the Alarm T one Y ou c an set whic h tone is pla yed w hen the al arm sounds . T o set the alarm tone: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Alarm tone . 2. Selec t an alarm tone: 䡲 Selec t Standard to enable the def ault alar m tone. 䡲 Selec t Open My C onten t > Ring ers and scr oll thro ugh the a v ailable list of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. Press Options > Select . Snooze T ime-out Y ou can set the dur ation of the snooz e for the alarm. T o set the snooze time-out: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Snooze time-out . 2. Highlight a time ( 5 minutes , 10 minutes , 15 minutes , 30 minu tes , 60 minutes , or Other ) and press Select . Alarm Co ndition s When the alarm sounds , y our phone beeps , vibra tes (if vibr ating alert is on for curr ently active pr ofile), and the display ligh t s up. W ith the phone on, selec t Sto p to shut the alarm of f , or selec t Snooze . When Sn ooze is pressed, the alarm snoozes f or the number of minutes y ou select ed and Snoo ze on appears in the displa y .
94 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer If y ou do not press a key , th e alarm stops af ter one minute and snoozes , then sounds again. T urning an Alarm Off T o disable an alarm: ä³ Fr om the alar m clock menu, select Alarm time > Off . Using Y our Phoneâ s Calendar The cal endar keeps tr ack o f remi nders, calls you need to make, meetings, and bir thdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these ev ents. Monthly view pr ovides an ov er view of the selected month and week s. It also allows y ou to jump to a specific da te. Any da ys or dates tha t appear in bold f ont c ontain calendar notes such as a meeting or r eminder . T o open the calendar vi ew: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > C alendar . Y ou can mov e the cursor in some calendar view s by using the navigation ke y . Going to a Date T o find a desi red date on the calen d ar: ä³ F r om the calendar view , selec t Options > Go to da te , enter the desir ed date, and then press OK . âÂÂorâ Use the na vigation ke y to scroll to th e desired da te. Ti p: In the calendar view , days with ev ents scheduled are in bold te xt .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 95 Using Organiz er Noting a Specific Date Y ou can apply fiv e types of note s to your calendar . Y our phone asks f or fur ther information depending on which note y o u choose. Y ou also ha ve t he option to set an alarm f or any note that y ou select . T o add a note to a da te: 1. Go t o the date on which you want to set a reminder . (See â Going to a Da teâ on page 94) 2. Selec t Options > Mak e a note . 3. Selec t one of the f ollowing note types and proce ed accord ing ly: 䡲 Meeting : Enter a subj ec t, location, star t date, sta r t time, end da te, and end time. 䡲 Ca l l : Enter a phone number , name, and time. 䡲 Bir thda y : Enter the person â s name and y ear of birt h. 䡲 Memo : Enter a subjec t, start date, and end da te. 䡲 Re m in d er : Enter t h e subject y ou wish to be re m i nd e d ab ou t . Y ou a re g iven the option to set an alarm. V iewing Notes Af ter you hav e crea t ed calendar notes, y ou c an view them. To v i e w n o t e s : 1. Fr o m the calendar view , scroll to a date c ontaining n otes (da tes that appears in bold type) and select Vie w to view all notes for that date. 2. Highlight a note and select Vi ew for note details. Options While Viewing a List of Notes The options listed below ar e av ailable while viewing the header of a note .
96 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o acc ess note options: ä³ Highlight a note and select Optio ns while viewing the list of notes f or a date to displa y the following: 䡲 Make a note to cr eate a new no te f or the selected date. 䡲 Delete to remove the note. 䡲 Edi t to make changes to the note. 䡲 Use detail to use the no te as the basis f or a new not e. 䡲 Move to mo ve the note to another da te. 䡲 Re p ea t to set the note to re cur on a r egular basis (dail y , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yea rly). 䡲 Go to date to jump to another d ate. 䡲 Go to today to jum p to todayâ s date. 䡲 Send note to send the note to anothe r device or in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) format by way of multimedia messages or SMS. 䡲 Co p y to mak e a copy of th e note, whic h you ca n then paste to another date. 䡲 Settings to set the date and t ime, format, day each week starts , and whethe r you w ant y our notes to auto-delete af ter a specified time. 䡲 Go to to- do li st to jump to the t o-do list . ä³ Highlight a note and select View > O pti on s to access a subset of the options abov e rela ted to the note you are curr ently vi ewing ( Delet e , Use detail , Mo ve , Rep ea t , Send note , Cop y , Settings , Go to to- do li st ). Note: If you ar e deleting a recurring note, select One occurrence to erase a single occurrence, or All occurre nces to erase all occurrences of the note.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 97 Using Organiz er Sending a Note Y ou can send a note as a message or in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) forma t . T o send a note: 1. Fr o m the calendar view , scroll to the da te containing the note y o u wish to send, and selec t Vi ew . 2. Scroll to the note you wish to send, and selec t Options > Send note > Send as message , Via calendar , Vi a infr ared , or V ia Bluetooth . 3. If you selected Via calendar , enter the number f or the r ecipien t and pr ess OK , or select Search to r etriev e a number fr om the con tacts list, and press Select . 4. If you selected Send as message , select Te x t m e s s a g e and the note appears in the display . 䡲 Selec t Send to > Recently us ed , Send to number , Send to e-mail , Send to many , or Send to distrib. list . 䡲 Enter the number f or the recipien t and press OK , or select Search to r etriev e a number from the con tac ts list , and select Send . Rec e iving Calendar Notes When y ou receiv e a calendar note in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) fo rmat, y o ur phone display s âÂÂCalendar note receiv ed. â When yo u receiv e a calendar note or text message, a message notifica tion appears in standby mode. Y ou can sa ve th e note in your calendar and set an alarm fo r any da te and time. T o sa ve calendar note s af ter viewing: ä³ Select Options > Sav e . T o discard calendar notes af ter viewing: ä³ Select Options > Discard . âÂÂorâ Select Exi t .
98 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Using Y our Phoneâ s Note P ad Y our phone comes with a note pad you can use to compose and store r em inders and notes to help keep y ou organized. Y ou can write and sa ve inf ormation in N otes , and send it via text message. T o acc ess the note pad: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > Notes . Editing Notes Y ou can add notes to th e note pad or edit existing notes. T o add or e dit a note: ä³ W ith the note pad open an d no notes cr eated, select Add note , create y our note, and select Sa v e when done. ä³ W ith the note pad open and if notes hav e already been cr eat ed, highligh t the note y ou wish to use and select View to read it, or select Option s to perform one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Make a note to crea te addition al notes. 䡲 Delete to disc ard a note . 䡲 Edi t to chang e or add information to a note . 䡲 Use detail to use t he note as a tem plate. 䡲 Send note to send a n ote as message . 䡲 De lete all n otes to delete all notes cr eated. ä³ While viewing a selected note, select Options to view a subset of th e options abo ve rela ted to the note ( Delete , Use detail , Send note ).
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 99 Using Organiz er Using Y our Phoneâ s T o- do List Use the to-do list f eature to k eep tr ack of y our tasks. Y ou can sav e a note for a task, select a priority le vel f or the note and mark it as done when yo u ha ve co mpleted it. Y ou can sort the notes by priority or by da te. T o acc ess your to-do list: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Org anizer > To - d o l i s t . Adding a T o- do Note T o cr eate a t o-do note: 1. In the to -do list, if ther e are no notes , selec t Add note . 2. Enter the subj ec t of the to-do note, an d selec t Sav e . 3. Selec t either High , Mediu m , or Low priority . En ter deadline da te, time, and alarm. V iewing a T o-do Note T o view to-do notes: ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do n ote, and select View to access t he to-do note details. Editing a T o- do Note T o edi t the c ontents of a to-do note: 1. In the to-do note view , select Edit . 2. Make y ou r changes to the note and press Sa ve .
100 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o -do Note Options T o acc ess to-do notes, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do n ote, and select Options to select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Add adds another note. 䡲 Delete deletes the no te. 䡲 Mark note as done or Mark note as not done marks a note or task as c omplete or incomplete. 䡲 Use detail lets y ou use the note as a template f or new to-do note 䡲 Sor t by de adline sorts the not es acco rdi ng to their deadline. 䡲 Send sends the note to another device as a t ext message, as a calendar note to a n other compa tible device, via infrar ed, or via Bluetooth. 䡲 Go to Cale ndar lea ves the to-do list, and goes to the calenda r . 䡲 Sav e to C alendar sa ves the to-d o note to a date on your calendar . 䡲 De lete do ne note s deletes all done notes in the list (av aila ble only if th ere are no tes d one ). 䡲 De lete all n otes deletes all the to-do notes in the list . ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do note, and selec t Vie w > Options to select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Deadline lets y o u change the note deadline. 䡲 Mark note as done or Mark note as not done mark s the note as c omplete or incomplete (a v ailable if note is not alr eady done). 䡲 Delete deletes the no te.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 101 Using Organiz er 䡲 Use detail lets y ou use the note as a template f or a new to-do note. 䡲 Edit priority lets yo u change the noteâ s priority le vel. 䡲 Send sends the note to another device as a t ext message, as a calendar note to a n other compa tible device, via infrar ed, or via Bluetooth. 䡲 Go to Cale ndar lea ves the to-do list, and goes to the calenda r . 䡲 Sav e to C alendar sa ves the to-d o note to a date on your calendar . Using Y our Phoneâ s Calcula tor The calcula tor in y our phone adds , subtracts , multiplies, divides , calculates the squar e and the squar e root, changes the sign of the number entered, and conv er ts currency v alues. T o acc ess your calcula tor: ä³ F rom standby mode, selec t Men u > Organizer > Calculat o r . Performing Calcula tions T o perform calcula tions: 1. In the calculator scr een, en ter th e first number in th e calculat ion using your k eypad. Press for a decimal point if necessary . Note: This calculator has limited accu r acy and is designed f or simple calculations.
102 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 2. Selec t Options to select an opera t ion: 䡲 Add 䡲 Subtract 䡲 Mu ltiply 䡲 Divide 䡲 Square 䡲 S quare root 䡲 C han ge si gn 䡲 To h o m e appli e s the local e x change ra te to the number when con v erting currency . 䡲 To f o r e i g n applies the for eign exchange ra te to the number when con v erting currency . 䡲 Ex change ra te sets the number as the local or f oreign exc ha n g e rat e . 3. Enter the s eco nd number in your calcu lati o n. 4. Selec t Equals if calcula tion is complete or Options if more fun ct io ns a re requ ired . 5. Press Clea r to er ase a digit . Pr ess and hold Clea r to erase the entir e equation. Changing Currency Ra tes Y our ca lculator can be used to c ov er t currency v alues from local curr ency units to fo r eign, and vice v ersa. The curr ency ex change r ate can be set f or local and f oreign unit s. Ti p: T o cycle thro ugh the add, subtract, multiply , and divide characters , you can also press * . T o change the sign of the number , you can also pr ess the naviga t ion ke y up or down.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 103 Using Organiz er T o set the currency e xchange r ate: ä³ W ith no entries in the calcul ator scr een select Options > Exchange rate . Select For eign units in home units or Home units in f oreign units . Enter the e x change r ate and press OK . âÂÂorâ Enter a v alue in the calcula tor screen. Select Options > Exchange rate . Select For eign units in home units or Home units in f oreign units . Pr ess OK . Using Y our Phoneâ s Timer Y ou can use y our phone as a timer f or a specified ti me length (up to 99 hours , 59 minutes , and 59 sec onds) . When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Press an y ke y during the alarm to stop the al arm. Af ter on e minu te the timer a ler t stops automatically . T o acc ess the timer mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, pr ess Menu > Organi zer > Ti mer . Note: When you change base currency , you must enter the new ra tes because all pre v iously set ex change ra tes are set to z ero . Note: The timer only work s when the phone is on . Once you tu rn of f you r phone, th e timer is no longe r active. Note: Using the time r or allowing it to run in the back ground when using ot her f eatur es incr eases the demand on ba ttery power and r educes t he batte ry life.
104 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Setting the T imer Y ou c an use y o ur ti mer as a normal timer , which will run f or a fix ed time period , or as an interv al timer , which c an measure sev era l time periods in succession. T o set a normal timer: 1. In timer mode, s elect Normal timer , enter the time (in hh:mm:ss forma t), and then press OK . 2. Enter a note for the timer , and select Start . The icon appe ars in stan dby mod e when t he time r is set . When the time runs out, y our p hone so unds an alar m and displays the timer note. T o set an interval timer: 1. In timer mode, s elect Inter v al tim er > Add new tim er . 2. Enter a name for the timer and press Sa ve . 3. Enter a name for the first time period and press Sa ve . 4. Enter the time for the period (in hh:mm:ss forma t), and then pr ess OK . 5. T o add a nother interv al period, highligh t the existing period and pr ess Select > Add period . 6. When all periods are added, select Back > Star t timer . 7. Selec t an in terv al period to start from, and pr ess Star t . 8. Enter a note for the timer , and select Start . The icon appe ars in stan dby mod e when t he time r is set . When the time runs out, y our p hone so unds an alar m and displa ys the timer note. When each i n t e r va l p e r i o d i s c o m p l e t e , pr ess Next to start the next in terval. T o bypass havi ng to press Nex t each time, fr om the timer mode select Settings > Continue to th e nex t pe riod > Auto matic .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 105 Using Organiz er Changing the Time A f ter you hav e set the timer , y ou can chang e the time. T o chang e a normal timer: 1. With a timer runnin g , selec t Change time . 2. Enter the new tim e and press OK . 3. Add or modify the note, and press OK . T o chang e an interval timer period: 1. In timer mode, s elect Inter v al timer , highlight the interv al timer y ou wish to modify , and press Select . 2. Selec t Vi ew ti m er , highlight the time r period you wish to modify , and press Select . 3. Selec t Edit period > Sa ve and en ter the new time f or the period (in hh:mm:ss format), then press OK . Stopping the Ti mer Bef ore the Alarm Sounds Y ou c an stop the timer early . To s t o p t i m e r s : ä³ In ti mer mode, se lect Menu > Orga nize r > Timer > Stop time r . F or an in ter v al timer , sel ect Next to s top the ex isting time period and skip to the n ext , or Quit to end all timers. Using Y our Phoneâ s Stopwa tch Y our phone has a stopwa tch tha t can be used to tr ack time. The stopwa tch displays time in hours , minutes , seconds and fractions of a sec ond in hh:mm:ss.ss f ormat . Note: Using the stopw atch or allowin g it to run in the back ground when using other f eatur es incr eases the demand on battery power and reduces the battery life.
106 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o acc ess the stopwa tch: ä³ Fr om standby mode, selec t Menu > Org anizer > Stopw atch . Measuring Time Y our stopw atch has two modes: split timing and lap timing . T o use the stopwa tch timing function: 1. Fr o m stopwa tch mode, selec t Split timing or Lap timing > Start . The running time is display ed. 䡲 Split timing : Use the split time function for such things as a long distance r ace w hen y ou need to pace yourself . Select Split to note the elapsed time. The timer c ontinues to run an d the split time appears below the running time. Ea ch time y ou select Split, the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list . 䡲 Lap timing : Use th e lap time fu nction when you w ant to tr ack how lo ng it takes to co mplete each cycle or lap . Select Lap to note the lap ti me. The clock stops , then starts immediately fr om zero . The lap time appears below the running time. Ea ch time y ou select Lap , the new measured time appears a t the beginning of the list . 2. Selec t Stop to end the ti ming and displa y the total time or select Stop > Options > Star t or Res e t to continue or re se t t i m in g . Oper ation Note If you pr ess and return to standby mode, the clock c ontinues to run in the back ground and the ic on appears in the upper lef t corner of the scr een. ä³ T o return to t he stopwa tch mode, from sta ndby mode, select Menu > Org anize r > Stopw atch > C ontinue . T o stop the clock, select Stop .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 107 Using Organiz er Saving, Viewing or Deleting Lap and Split Times ä³ T o sav e a time while the clock is running , select Stop > Sav e , enter a name f or the measuremen t, and select OK . If y ou do not ent er a name, t he total time is used a s the def ault title f or the lap or split time. ä³ T o view a sav ed tim e, in stopwa tch mo de, select Show last time or Vie w t im es . ä³ T o delete a sav ed time, in stopwa tch mode, select Delete time s > On e by on e or Delete all .
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 109 Using V oice Ser vices Section 2H Using Y our Phoneâ s V oice Ser vices In This Section â½§ Using V oice Commands and V oice Dialing â½§ Managing V oice Memos Y our phoneâ s V oice Services let y ou place calls using y our v oice, store voice rem ind ers, and record me mos right on your ph on e. This section includes easy-to-f ollow instruc tions on using v oice-ac tiv ated dialing and managing v oice memos.
110 Section 2H: Using Voi c e Serv ices Using V oice C ommands and V oice Dialing Bef ore usi n g v oice tags , note tha t: 䢠V oice tags ar e not language-dependent . They ar e dependen t on the speak erâ s v oice. 䢠Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you record ed it . 䢠V oice tags are sensitiv e to backgr ound noise. Rec ord v oice tags and use them in a quiet en vironmen t . 䢠V ery shor t names are not ac cepted. Use long names and av oid similar names f or dif f er ent numbers. Using Y our Phone Handsfre e With V oice C ommands Y ou c an set v oice c ommands , which allo w handsfr ee oper ation of cer tain f eat ur es in y our phone. Assigning a V oice T ag to a Command Befor e us ing voice c o mmands, y o u must first add a voice tag to the phone function. T o add a v oice tag: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Other Settings > V oice naviga tion and select the phone func tion you wish to tag : Pr o files , Messages , Infr ared , V oice recorde r , or Cal l lo g s . Ti p: R ecor d v oice dial tags in a qu iet environmen t and without the aid of an accessory (for e xample, a headset or hands-fr ee car kit). Note: Using v oice tags ma y be diffi cult in a noisy en vironme nt or during an emergenc y , so y ou should not r ely upon v oice dialin g in all circumstan ces.
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 111 Using V oice Ser vices 2. If necess ary , selec t an option associa ted with that functio n and press Add . Select Star t , and speak the v o ice tag clearly into the microphone. Do not select Quit unless y o u wan t to cancel the rec ording. The phone r eplay s and then sa ves the r ecorded tag. Using a V oice C ommand Af ter you ha ve associa ted a vo ice tag with a f u nction in y our phone, you can issue a comman d by speaking the v o ice tag . T o use a vo ice c ommand: 1. Fr o m standby mode, press . When âÂÂSpeak nowâ is displa yed, pronounce the v oice tag clearly into the mi crophone. 2. When the phone finds the v o ice tag , âÂÂF ound:â is displa yed, and the phone pla ys the rec ognized v o ice tag thr ough the earpiece. The function you r equested is activ ated. Vo i c e C o m m a n d O p t i o n s Af ter you ha v e associated a v oice tag to a c ommand, y ou can select one of the following options: 䢠Pla yback to listen to the v oice command tag . 䢠Change to chan ge the voice c o mmand . 䢠Delete to er ase the voice c ommand tag. Using V oice T ags to Dial a Phone Number Y ou c an use a v oice dial tag to automa tically dial a phone number in y our contacts. (A v oice dial tag is a c ommand you r eco rd a nd use to place calls wi thout using the k eypad.) Y our phone can store up to 25 v oice dial ta gs. Assigning a V o ice T ag to an Entry Befor e you can us e v oice dialing , you must first assig n a v o ice tag to the num ber .
112 Section 2H: Using Voi c e Serv ices T o assign v oice tags: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > C ontacts > Names . 2. Hi gh li g ht th e co nta c t t o w hi ch you want to a ss ig n a vo i c e t a g a n d s e l e c t Details . 3. If necess ary , highlight the number you wish to use. Select Options > Add v oice tag . 4. Press Star t , w ait f o r the tone, and then speak clearly into the mic rop hone. Do not select Quit unless y ou w ant to cancel the r ecor ding. The phone automatically stops r ecor ding and sa ves and r epla ys the v oice tag. 5. Af ter you ha ve associa ted a v oice tag to a con tact, you can selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags > Select a contact > Playback , Change , or Delet e . Dialing a Number T o dial a n umber usin g a v oice tag: 1. Press and hold . 2. When you hear se v eral beeps and âÂÂSpeak nowâ is displa yed, r elease the key . 3. Pronounce the v oice tag clea rly into the microphone. 4. When the phone finds the v o ice tag , âÂÂF ound:â is displa yed, and the phone automa tically dials the number . If the phone does not loca te a number or rec o gnize the voice tag , âÂÂNo m atch f o undâ is displa yed.
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 113 Using V oice Ser vices Managing V oice Memos Y ou can use y our phoneâ s V oice Ser vices to rec ord brief memos to r e mind y ou of important e ven ts, phone numbers , or grocery list items. R ec ording Speech or Sound T o mak e and play back a r e cor ding: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Media > R ec ord er . 2. Press the cente r sele ction ke y to begin r ecor ding. 3. Af ter the rec order star t tone is heard, begin r ecordi n g speech or sound . 4. When you ar e finished rec ording , press the center sele cti on key to st o p re cordi ng an d yo ur reco rdin g is sav ed to the Ringers fol d e r . 5. Selec t Reco rd i n gs l i st , open th e Ringers fo ld e r , a n d s c ro l l to th e reco rdi ng you c reate d . 6. Selec t Options > Play last recorded or Send last r ecorded to play or send your r e c o rding . Vo i c e M e m o O p t i o n s Af ter y ou hav e sav e d the r ec ording to the Ringers f older , highlight the r ecording , and select Listen t o p lay th e re cordi ng using the earpiece, or Options to: 䢠Delete : Er ase the recor ding . 䢠Re na m e : Change the n ame of the r ec ording . 䢠Set as tone : Use y our rec o rding as a ringtone, message tone, alarm tone, or c ontact entr y tone. 䢠Details : Check the size an d crea tion da te of the r ecor ding .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 115 Cam e ra Section 2I Using the Built-in C amer a In This Section â½§ About Y our Camer a â½§ T aking a Photo â½§ Re cording a Vi deo Clip â½§ Using My Albums â½§ Using Picture Messaging Y our phoneâ s built- in camer a giv es y ou the ability t o take fu ll- color digital pictures, view y our pic tures using the phoneâ s d isplay , and instantly send them to f am ily and friends. Itâ s fun and as easy to use as a tr aditional point -and- click cam er a: just tak e a pi c t u re, v i ew i t o n yo u r p h o ne â s d i sp l ay , a n d s en d it f ro m you r phone to up to 10 people. This section explains the f eatur es and options of y our phoneâ s built -in camer a.
116 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera About Y our Camer a Y ou can use your phone to tak e photos and rec o rd video clips with the built -in 1-megapixel camer a and flash. The camer a lens and flash ar e located on the fron t of the phone. Captur e buttons are a v ailable whether the phone is open or closed. The camer a produces photos in JPEG format and video clips in H.263 f ormat . Af ter y ou tak e a pic tur e or video, y ou can at tach it to a message or sa ve it as a wal lpaper . When y ou at tach a pic tur e to an entry in y our list of c ont ac ts, the picture is displa yed when the c ontact calls you. The Nokia 6165i supports an image c apture r esolution from 320x240 pix els to 1152x864 pix els, and video resolution of 128x96. The imag e resolution in these ma terials may appear dif f eren t . T aking a Photo T aking pic tures with y our phoneâ s built- in camer a is as simple as choosing a subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a button. Y ou can activa te the phoneâ s camer a mode whether the phone is open or closed . Note: See âÂÂF ron t V ie w of Y our Phoneâ on page 14. Note: When using the fea tures in this phone, please follow local laws and r espec t priv acy rights and additional rights of other people.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 117 Cam e ra To t a k e a p h o t o : 1. In standby mo de, pr ess Ca mera to activ ate the camer a. âÂÂorâ W ith the phone closed, pr ess and hold the camer a button on the right side of the phone. 2. Selec t Cap t u re or pr ess the camera button on the right side of the phone to take the photo . When taking a photo , a shutter sound is heard, the photo is displa y e d on the scr een, and either a blinking ic on or scrolling indica tor is display ed as the photo is sa ved i n Pictures > My a lb ums > My p ic tu res > S to red i n c am era . 3. Selec t Back to tak e another ph oto , or Optio ns and choose from one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Zoom to zoom in closer bef ore capturing a photo or to get a closer look at the captur ed photo; use the scr oll key t o naviga te around t he photo . 䡲 Tr a n s f e r to send the image via infrar ed or Bluetooth. 䡲 Print to print the image using a USB cable. 䡲 Delete to erase the i mage from memory . 䡲 Vi ew pi c t ure s to open the image gallery of pictures stor ed in the camer a. 䡲 Change caption to rename the image f ile. 䡲 Set as image to set the curr ent pictur e as wallpaper , scr een sa ver , or con tac t image. 䡲 Details to view the name, size, date and time of crea tio n, resolution, or da te an d time of upload of a captured photo. Note: The Camer a func tion is t he default shortcut for the right selection key in standby mode. If a dif f e ren t func tion has been set f or this ke y , use Menu > P ictures > C amera to ac tiv ate the camer a. See â My Shortcutsâ on page 59.
118 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera Photo Settings and Options When the phone is in camer a mode, press Options and selec t from the f o llowing: 䢠Vid eo switches to video camer a mode . See âÂÂR ecording a V ideo Clipâ on page 119. 䢠Zoom lets y ou use the navigation k ey lef t an d right to adjust the cameraâ s zoom setting . 䢠Night mode on or Ni ght mode of f turns night mode on or of f to select a low light setting . (This option is gra yed out when the flash is on.) 䢠Flash on or Flash of f turns the flash on or of f . ( This option is gr ay ed out when the nig ht mode se tting is on .) 䢠Self -timer on or Self -timer o f f lets you use the self -timer to delay capturing a photo for 10 sec onds. 䢠Settings lets y ou selec t fr om the f ollowing options: 䡲 Image quality : Selec t from High , Normal , or Basic . 䡲 Image size : Selec t from 1152x8 64 , 800x600 , or 320x240 . ( The higher the r eso lution, the lar g er the image file size.) 䡲 Ca m era s o u nd s : T u rn t h e c a m e ra âÂÂs h u t t e r â s o u n d On or Of f . 䡲 Self-timer lights : Sele ct On or Of f . 䡲 Def ault title : Select Auto mat ic to name each image file âÂÂImagexxx. â Select My title to en ter y our own title te xt that will be used f or images. Note: K eep a safe distance when using the flash. Do not use the flash on people or animals a t close range. Do not c over the flash while taking a pic ture.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 119 Cam e ra 䡲 Def ault mode : Select Standard phot o or Vi de o to set which mode will start when y ou turn on the came r a f e ature. R ecording a V ideo Clip Y ou c an play o r re c o r d video clips with y our phone. To r e c o r d a v i d e o c l i p : 1. In standby mo de, select Camera > Options > Video . âÂÂorâ Menu > P ictures > Camcor der . 2. Press Reco rd . (Wh ile you are record ing , th e reco rdin g indicator and the remaining rec ording time display .) 3. Selec t Pa u s e to pause the r ecor ding , C ontinue to resum e th e re cordin g , o r Stop to stop the rec ordi ng . The phone sav es the rec ording in Pictur es > My albums > My videos > Stored in V ideo recorder . 4. Selec t Back to r ecor d another video , or s elect Options and choose fr om one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Send to deliver the video clip to a r ecently used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. Note: The Camer a func tion is t he default shortcut for the right selection ke y in standby mode. See â My Shortcutsâ on page 59.
120 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 䡲 Tr a n s f e r to se nd the vide o clip via i nfr ared or Bluetooth . 䡲 Delete to erase the video clip from memory . 䡲 Vi ew v id eo s to open the video clip gallery . 䡲 Change caption to rename the video cli p. 䡲 Set as video clip to set the current video clip as screen sav er , call video , or conta ct video . 䡲 Details to view the name, size, date and time of crea tio n, or date and time of upload of a video clip. Vi de o O p t i o n s When the phone is in video mode, pr ess Options and select from the f o llowing: 䢠Still image to switch to photo mode. See âÂÂT aking a Photoâ on page 116. 䢠Zoom to z oom in closer before r ecording a video or to get a closer look at the r ecorded video . 䢠Mute to turn the sound on or of f . 䢠Flash on or Flash of f to turn the flash on or of f . 䢠Settings : See page 118 .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 121 Cam e ra Using M y Albums Use My albums to or ganize y o ur captur ed images. T o access My albums: ä³ In standby mode, selec t Menu > P ictur es > My albums to choose one of the following options: 䡲 My pi ct ure s to selec t an image Stored in camer a or Sav ed to phone . A f ter you hav e high lighted an image, you ma y Open the image for viewing, or you may choose the following from the Options men u : â½§ Send to deliv er the image to a recen t ly used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. â½§ Tr a n s f e r to send the image via infr ared or Bluetooth. â½§ Print to print the image using a USB cable. â½§ Delete to er ase the image from memory . â½§ Mark to select the image. â½§ Mark all to select all images in the phone or camer a gallery . â½§ Set as image to set the current image as wall paper , screen sa v er , or cont act image . â½§ Change caption to rena me the image file. â½§ Start slide show to displa y all of the images in the album in succession. â½§ Details to view the name, size, da te and time of crea tion, resolution, or d ate and time of the selected photo . 䡲 My vid e os to select a video Stor ed in camera or Sav ed to ph one . Af ter you ha ve hi ghlighted a video clip , you
122 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera may Pla y the clip, o r you ma y choose the following from th e Optio ns menu: ⽧ Send to deliv er the video clip to a r ecently used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. ⽧ Tr a n s f e r to send the video clip via infr ared or Bluetooth. ⽧ Delete to er ase the video clip from memory . ⽧ Mark to select the video clip. ⽧ Mark all to select all video clips in the phone or camer a gallery . ⽧ Set as video clip to set the current video clip as scr een sav er , call video , or cont ac t video . ⽧ Details to view the name, size, da te and time of crea tion, or date and time of upload of a video clip. ⽧ Change caption to rena me the video clip . 䡲 Onli ne album s to select one of the following options: Vi ew online albums , Upload pictures , or Upload videos .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 123 Cam e ra Using Picture Messaging Use Picture Messaging to send a picture message or to check your inbo x for r eceived picture messages. Sending a Pi cture Mess age Once y ouâÂÂve t ak en a picture or vid eo, y ou can us e the messaging capabilities of y our phone to instantly shar e it with f a mily and friends. Y ou can send pic tures or videos to up to ten people at a time using their email addresses or their wireless phone numbers. Sending Pictures T o send a pictur e using Picture Me ssaging: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Crea te Picture Mes s age > Send picture . 3. Ch oose new or stored images to send: 䡲 Selec t Camera to open the gallery of i m ages stored in y o ur camera. Scr oll to the image y ou wish to send, and then select Options > Send > R ecently u sed , Send to num ber , Send to e-mail , or View c ontacts to enter re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. 䡲 Selec t Ta k e n e w p i c t u r e to take and send a new image. Select Options > Send > Recentl y used , Send Note: Only c ompatible de vices th at of fer pictur e message f eatur es can receive and display pict ure messages. The appearance of a message may v ary dependin g on the re ceiving de vice.
124 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera to nu mbe r , Send to e-mail , or View c ontac ts to ente r re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. Sending Video Clips T o send a v ideo using Picture Messaging: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Crea te Picture Mes sage > Send video . 3. Ch oose new or stored videos to send: 䡲 Selec t Vid eo reco rd er to open the gallery of videos stor ed in your camer a. Scroll to the vi deo clip you wish to send, and th en select Options > Send > Rec e ntl y u s ed , Send to number , Send to e-mail , or View con t ac t s to enter r ecipient s. Sel ect Other services to access o nline pictur e managemen t tool s. 䡲 Selec t Ta k e n e w v i d e o to tak e and send a new video clip. Select Options > Send > Re cently used , Send to number , Send to e-mail , or Vi ew contacts to ent er re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. Ti p: Select Options > Mark all , then selec t Options > Send to highlight all of the images stored in your camer a for sending in a Picture Mail message. Ti p: See âÂÂT aking a Photoâ on page 116. Ti p: Select Options > Mark all , then selec t Options > Send to highlight all of the videos stored in your camer a for sending in a Picture Mail message.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 125 Cam e ra V iewing Picture Messag es Y our phone can r eceiv e picture message alerts in the inbox. The number of messages in the inbox is shown in paren theses on the Picture Message scr een. T o acc e ss y our Picture Message inbox: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e > Inbo x . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e > Inbo x . (When you open the in bo x , th e list of picture messages is display ed. The newest m essages are displa yed first. ) 2. Scroll up and down to highlight a message, and then press Select > V iew to access the message from the W eb site. Deleting P icture Messag es Y ou c an clean up your P ictur e Message in bo x by deleting picture me ssages. T o delete P i cture Messages: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Delete messages , and then select one of the f ollowing options: All , All re ad , or All unread . 3. Highlight Uploads or a n album title and select Open to display thumbnails of y our conten t in the selected location. Ti p: See âÂÂR ecording a V ideo Clipâ on page 119.
126 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 4. Use your na viga tion k ey to select a picture or video . 5. Selec t Options to displa y your online options. Ti p: T o expand a selected pic ture or video from thumbnail to full-screen, select Open or Play .
Section 2J: Using My Content 127 Using My Content Section 2J Using My C ontent In This Section â½§ Managing F olders and F iles â½§ My Co ntent O pti on s This sec tion explains the f eatur es and options of your phoneâ s My C ontent f eatur e. Games, r ingtones , scr eensav ers , and applica t ions reside in My Co nten t .
128 Section 2J: Using M y Content Managing F olders and Files My C ontent is used to store and m anage multimedia files such as images , audio files , themes, video clips , and so on. Y ou can keep all y our do wnloads inside o f folders in My Cont ent . T o access My C ontent files: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Selec t one of the f ollowing folders: 䡲 Gam es 䡲 Ringers 䡲 Screen sav ers 䡲 Applica tions 䡲 Messaging Downloaded c onten t can be viewed and accessed in these My C ontent f olders. Getting New C ontent T o acc ess the data ser vices do wnload menus: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Select the type of file you wish to download and pr ess OK . 3. Selec t Get new and press OK . Note: See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Cont entâ on page 168. Note: If conten t has been downloaded, additional folders other than those listed may be av ailable and can be accessed from the My Conte nt menu.
Section 2J: Using My Content 129 Using My Content Co n t e nt M an a ge r My Cont ent Ma na ge r i s a st or age area on the network av ailable to y ou that is assigned specifically to y our acc o unt. It allows y ou to store all of y our Premium Ser vice downloadable files. The files r emain in My Cont ent Ma nager until their license terms hav e e xpiredâÂÂe ven af ter y ou ha v e downloaded the c ont ent to y our phone. This provid es you with a c onvenien t place to access inf ormation about y our downloaded files without having to store the inf ormation in you r p h o ne â s m e m or y . M y C ontent Options T o access My C ontent options: ä³ Select Menu > My C ontent > Options and one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Memor y status to view used and av ailable memory . 䡲 Get new to access the data se r vices download menus 䡲 Co n t e n t m a n a g e r to access My C onten t Manager . Note: See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Cont entâ on page 168. Note: If your phone displa ys a message t hat the memory is full when you try to use a fea ture, delete some of the conten t stored in memory bef ore c ontinuing.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 131 Using Blue toot h Section 2K Using Bluetooth In This Section â½§ T urning Bluetooth On and Of f â½§ Using the Bluet ooth Settings Menu â½§ P a iring Bluetooth Devices â½§ Bluetooth Accessories Y our phone f eatur es built -in Blue tooth technology , allo wing you to share information easier than ev er before. Bluetooth is a shor t - r ange c ommunications technology that allow s you to c onnec t wirelessly to a number o f Bluetooth devices , such as headsets , hands-free car kits , and Bluetoot h enabled handhelds, PCs , printers , and other wireless phones. The Bluetooth c ommunication r ange is usually up to appro ximately 10 meters (30 f eet). A Bluetooth connection can be used to send and receive images , texts , galle ry files, v o ice rec o rdings, video clips, notes, business car ds, and cale ndar notes. Y ou can synchr onize y o ur phone and your PC using a Bluetooth connection .
132 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth Since de vices with Bluetoot h c onnectivity c ommunicate using r adio wa ves , y our phone and the other device do not need to be in dir ect line-of-s igh t . The two de vices must be within a maximu m of 10 meters (30 f eet) of each other , althou gh the c onnec tion can be subjec t to inter f erence from obstructions such as walls or other electr o nic de vices. This phone is complia nt with Bl uetooth Specificat io n 1.2, which suppor ts the f ollowing profil es: obje ct push pr ofile, file tr ansf er profile, dial-up networking pr ofil e, headset pr ofile, hands-free pr ofile, generic access profile, serial port profile, and generic object ex change profile. T o ensure in teroper ability between other devices supporting Bluetooth techn ology , use only Nokia-appr ov ed enhancements f or this m odel. Check with the manufacturers of other device s to determ ine their c ompatibility with this phone. This section details how to set up and mak e the most of y our phoneâ s Bluetooth capabil ities. Tu r n i n g B l u e t o o t h O n a n d O f f By def ault, y ou r phoneâ s Bluetooth fu nct ionality is turned off . T urning Bluetooth on ma k e s y our phone â disc ov er ableâ by other in-r ange Bl uetoot h devic es. T o turn Bluetooth on: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth > On . Note: The Bluetooth application consumes the bat tery and reduces the battery life a nd operating time of the phone. Take this into account when performing other operations with your phone.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 133 Using Blue toot h If you choose the Bluetooth Of f setting , all ac tive Bluetooth c onnec tions end an d Bluetooth cannot be used for sending or r eceiving da ta. Bluetooth Sta tus Indicat ors The f ollowing icon shows y our Bluetooth connec tion status at a glance: 䢠âÂÂBluetooth is active. Using the Bluetooth Settings Menu The Bluetooth S ettings menu allows you to set up many of the char ac teristics o f yo ur phoneâ s Bluetooth service, including: 䢠Changing your Bluetooth s ettings. 䢠Searching f or Audio Enhanc ements. 䢠Displaying t he active de vice and paired de vices. T o acc ess the Bluetooth Settings menu: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth s ettings . Setting Y our Phoneâ s Name The phone name sec tion of the Bluetooth Settings menu allows y o u to select a Blue tooth nam e f o r your phone. Y our phoneâ s Bluetoot h name wil l appear to other in-r ange Bluetooth device s, depending on y our visibility settings. Note: There may be restrictions on using Bluetooth technology in some locations. Che c k with your local authorities. Note: Any changes you mak e to your Bluetooth settings will be sav ed t o the curren t profile when you e xit the B luetooth settings menu.
134 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth T o set a Bluetooth name f or your phone: 1. Fr om the Bluetooth Settings men u, select My p ho neâ s na me . 2. Press repea tedly to clear the curren t name. 3. Use your ke ypad to enter a new name and press OK to sav e and exit. V isibility The Bluetooth Settings m enu allows y o u to manage your visibility to other Bluetooth devices. T o c onfigure y our phoneâ s visibility (disc ove r ability) to other Bluetooth devices: 1. Fr om the Bluetooth Settings men u, select My phoneâ s visibilit y . 2. Selec t y our desir ed visibility setting: 䡲 Shown to all to allow all other Bluet ooth devic es to detect and identify y our phone. 䡲 Hidden to pr even t other Bluet o oth de vices from detecting and iden tifying y our phone. P airing Bluetooth De vices The Bluetooth pairing process allow s you to establish trusted c onnec tion s between your phone and another Bluetoot h device. When de vices are pair ed, a passkey is shar ed between d e v ic e s, a l l o w i n g fo r fa s t , s e c u re c onnec tions while bypassing the dis c overy and auth entication process.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 135 Using Blue toot h Searching f or De vices The Search f or audio enhancemen ts o ptions allows you to view a list of , and connect to , audio-enabled enhancemen ts within r ange o f y our phone. T o pair y our phone w ith another Bluetooth device: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > C onnec tivity > Bluetooth > Search f or audio enhancemen ts . (Y our phone will display a list of disco vered in-r ange Bluet ooth devices.) 2. Selec t the device y o u wish to pair with and press the cente r sele ct ion key . 3. Enter the passke y and press the center se lection k ey . Pa i r i n g D e v i c e s If you will be using a Dial-Up Network (DU N) profile to pair with a PC or PD A, you will need to allow the other dev ice to initiate pai ring with y our phone. T o allo w your phone to be pair ed with another Blueto oth devic e: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > C onnec tivity > Bluetooth > Pa i re d D e v i c e s > N e w . 2. F o llow the onscr een pr ompts to enter y our passk ey and pr ess the center se lec tion ke y . V iewing Ac tiv e De vices With Bluetooth pairing , you can view the device to which you ha ve an a ctive co nnection. T o vi ew active de vices: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Active device .
136 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth Blueto oth Accessories Y our phone is c ompatible with the foll o wing wir eless Bluet ooth heads ets: 䢠HS-4WâÂÂWir eless boom headset 䢠HS-11WâÂÂWir eless headset 䢠HS-21WâÂÂWir eless clip-on headset 䢠HS-26WâÂÂEconomical wireless headset 䢠HS-36WâÂÂWir eless headset 䢠HS-37WâÂÂWir eless headset Note: If infrar ed co nnec tivity is activa ted ( Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrar ed ), Bluetooth connectivity will be deactiv ated.
Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements 137 Accessori es & Enhancements Section 2L Accessories and Enhancemen ts In This Section â½§ Ru les About Accessories â½§ Enhancem ents Y ou can use man y dif f er ent Nokia- appro v ed accesso ries and enhance m ents with y our phone.
138 Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements R ules About Accessories 䢠K eep all accessories and enha ncements out of the r each of small children. 䢠When you disc onnect the power cord of an y accessory or enhancement, gr asp and pull the plug , not the cord. 䢠On a regular basis, ensure th at enhance ments installed in a v ehicle are mounted a nd oper ating properly . 䢠Installa tion of any comple x car enhancements must be made by qualified personnel only . Ba ttery The f ollowing battery i s supplied with y our phone: 䢠BL -6 C 1150 mAh Standard Li -Ion Bat tery Check the battery to ensur e that it is this model. Charg er Either of the f ollowing chargers is supplied with y our phone: 䢠AC -3 Compact Char ger 䢠AC -4 Tr a v e l C h a r g e r Check the model number of an y charger bef ore use with this phone. WA R N I N G Use only batteries , chargers, and enhancemen ts approv ed by Nokia for use with this par ticular model. The use of any other type may inv alidate any appr ov al or warr anty , and may be dangerous. F or av ailability of approv ed enhancements , please check with your dealer . Note: Se e âÂÂChargers and Adapters â on page 139 f or enhanc emen ts.
Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements 139 Accessori es & Enhancements Enhancements Use the f ollowing appro ved enhancemen ts with your Nokia phone. Headsets Use the f ollowing headsets with y our phone: 䢠HBD - 4 Boom Headset 䢠HS-5 Standard Headset 䢠HS-9 CDMA 2.5 mm Headset Ca r K i ts Use the f ollowing car kits with y our phone: 䢠BHF-3 Headr est Handsfr ee 䢠BHF-4 CDM A Headr est Handsfr ee 䢠HF - 3 Easy-to-Use Hand sfree 䢠HF - 6W Wi rel ess Plug-i n Ca r Handsfr ee 䢠CK -10 Basic Car Kit 䢠CK -1W Wirel es s Ca r Ki t 䢠CR -30 Mobile Ho lder Charg ers and Ad apters Use the f ollowing chargers and adapters with your phone: 䢠DC-4 Mobile Charger 䢠CA- 44 Charger Adapter Use the CA-44 char ger adapter to connect the phone to Nokia chargers with a la rger barr el size. Note: See âÂÂChar g erâ on page 138 f or standard accessories.
140 Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements C o nnect ivity , Memory , and Other The f ollowing enhancemen ts an d applicat ions are av ailable f or use with y o ur phone: 䢠PC Suite Sof tware 䢠LPS-4 L oopset 䢠CA- 53 Connectivity Cable Bluetooth See âÂÂBluetooth Accessoriesâ on pag e 136.
Section 3 Wi r eless Ser vice F eatur es
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 143 Wir eless Ser vice Section 3A Wi reless Service F eatur es: The Basics In This Section â½§ Using V oicemail â½§ Using SMS T e xt Messaging â½§ Using Caller I D â½§ Responding to Call W aiting â½§ Making a Thr ee-W ay Call â½§ Using Call For warding Now tha t y ouâ ve master ed y our phoneâ s fundamentals, itâ s time to explore the callin g feat ures that enh ance your wireless servi ce. This section o utlines y our basic ser vice f eatures.
144 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Using V oicemail Setting Up Y our V oic email All unanswered calls to y our phone are automatically tr ans f erred to y our v oicemai l, ev en if y our pho ne is in use or turned off . Ther efor e, y ou will w ant to se t up y our v oicemail and personal greeting as soon as yo ur phone is ac tiv ated. T o set up y our v oicemail: 1. Press and hold . 2. F ollow the system prompts to: 䡲 Create y our passcode. 䡲 Rec ord your gr eeting . 䡲 Rec ord y our name announcement . 䡲 Ch oose whether or not to ac tiva te One- T ouch Message Access (a f eatur e that lets you access messages simply by pressing and holding , bypassing the need f or yo u to enter y our passcode). Note: V oicem ail Passcode If you ar e concerned about unauthorized access to y our v oicemail accoun t , it is r ecommended that y ou enable y our v oicemail passcode. (Do not ac tiv ate One- T ouch Message Access.)
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 145 Wir eless Ser vice V oicemail Notification Ther e are se v eral w ays your phone alerts you of a new message: 䢠By displa ying a message on the scr een. 䢠By sounding the as si gned ringer type. 䢠By displa ying a t the to p of y our screen. New V oicemail Mes sage Alerts When y ou receiv e a new voice message, your phone alerts you and pr ompts you to ca ll yo ur v oicemail. T o call y our v oicemail: 1. Press an d hold . 2. Enter your passc ode. Retrie vi ng Y our V oicemail Messages Y ou c an r eview y our messages dir ectly fro m y our wir eless phone or from any other touch-to ne phone. T o dial from y ou r wir eless phone, y ou can either speed dial yo ur v oicemail or use the phone menus. T o acc ess messages using speed dial: ä³ Pr ess and hold . (Y our phone will dial y ou r v oicemail box.) Note: When y ou ar e ro aming off the network av ailable to you, y ou may n o t r eceiv e not ifica tion of new v oicemail me ssa ges . It is rec ommended that you periodically check y our voicemail by dialing 1 area co de your wireless number . When your v oicemail answers, pr ess ( * ) and enter your passcode. Y ou will be charged roaming r ates when accessi ng v oicemail while roaming of f the network av ailable to you. Y our phone accepts messages e ven w hen it is turned of f . Howev er , you ar e only notified of new messages when y our phone is turned on and y ou are in a ne twork ser vice ar ea.
146 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics T o acc ess your messag es using the phon e menus: 1. Selec t Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > Listen to v oice me ssages . 2. Press Select to listen to your messages. T o acc ess your messag es using another phone: 1. Dial your wir eless phone number . 2. When your v oicemail answers , press . 3. Enter your passc ode. Note: Y ou are char ged fo r airtime minutes when you ar e accessing your v oicemail from your wireless phone. Ti p: When you call in to v oicemail, you first hear the header inf ormation ( date, time, and sender informa tion) for the message. T o skip directly to the message, press 4 during the header .
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 147 Wir eless Ser vice V o icemai l Button Gu ide Her eâ s a quick guide to y our ke ypad functions while listening to voicemail messages. Date/Time Send Reply Advance Replay Rewind Forward Erase Call Bac k Save Cancel Help Skip Vo i c e m a i l O p t i o n s Y our phone off e rs sev eral options f o r organizing and accessing your v oicemail. Using E xper t Mode Using the Ex per t Mode setting for y o ur personal voicemail bo x helps you na vigate through the v oicemail system more quickly by shor tening the v oice prompts you hear a t each lev el. T o turn E xper t Mode on or of f: 1. Press and hold to access your v oicemail. (If your v oicemail box c ontains an y new or sav ed messages , press to acces s the main voicemail m enu.) 2. Press to change your P ersonal Options, f ollowing the system pr ompts . 3. Press fo r Ex p e r t Mo d e . 4. Press to turn E x pert Mode on or off .
148 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Setting Up Group Distribution Lists Y ou can cr eate up to 20 separa te group lists , each with up to 20 customers. T o set up a gr oup distribution list: 1. Press and hold to access your v oicemail. (If your v oicemail box c ontains an y new or sav ed messages , press to acces s the main voicemail m enu.) 2. Press to change your P ersonal Options, f ollowing the system pr ompts. 3. Press f or Admini str ativ e Options. 4. Press f or Gr oup Distribution Lists. 5. F ollow the v oice prompts to cr eate, edit, r ename, or delete group lists. Callback Y ou c an r eturn a call af ter listenin g to a message without disc onnec ting from v oicemail. T o use the callback function: ä³ Pr ess af ter listening to a message. (Once the call is c omplete, y ouâ re r eturned to the voicemail main menu.) V o icema il-to- V oi cemai l Mess age Y ou can r ecor d and send a v o ice message to other v oicemail users. T o r ecord and send a v oicemail to other v oicemail users: 1. Fr o m the main v oicemail menu, press to send a message . 2. F ollow the v oice prompts to enter the phone number . 3. F ollow the v oice prompts to rec ord and send y our v oice message.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 149 Wir eless Ser vice V o icema il-to-V oicema il M essage Reply Y ou can r eply to a voice message r eceived fr o m any other v oicemail user . To s e n d a r e p l y : 1. Af ter listening to a voice message, press . 2. Follo w th e v o ic e pro mpt s to record a n d se nd you r rep ly . V o icema il-to- V oi cemai l Mess age Forwarding Y ou can f o rw ard a v oice messa ge, e xcept those ma rked â Priv ate, â to other v o icemail users. T o f or ward a messag e: 1. Af ter listen ing to a messa ge, pr es s . 2. F ollow the v oice prompts to enter the phone number . 3. F ollow th e v oic e pr ompts to rec ord your intr oduc tion and for ward the voice me ssage . V o icema il-to- V oic emai l Receipt Reques t Y ou can r eceive c onfirmation tha t y our v oice message has been liste ned to when you send, forw ard, or r eply to other v oicemail users. T o r equest confirmation: 1. Af ter you ha v e rec orded a m essage, press to indicate y o u are sa tisfied w ith the message y ou rec orded. 2. Press to mark r eceipt requ ested. 3. Press to send y our voicemail message.
150 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Co n t i n u e R e co r d i n g When lea v ing a v oice message, y ou can choose to cont inue r ecor ding even af ter youâÂÂv e stopped. T o con t i nu e r eco r d in g : ä³ Bef ore pr essing to indicate t hat you a re sati sfied with the message you recor ded, press to co nt i n u e re co rd i n g . Extended Absence Gr eeting When y our pho ne is turned of f or you ar e off the network av ailable to y ou for an e x tended period, this greeting can be pla yed instead of y our normal personal greeting. T o r ecord an e xtended absence gr eeting: 1. Fr o m the main v oicemail menu, press f o r Pe r s o n a l O p t i o n s. 2. Press f or gre etings . 3. Press to r ecord an E xtended Absence Greeting. Clearing the Message Ic on Y our phone may tempor arily continue to displa y the message ic on af ter you ha ve check ed y our v oice and text messag es. T o clear the i con fr om the displa y screen: ä³ Select Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > Clear new v oicemail ic on > OK .
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 151 Wir eless Ser vice Vo i c e m a i l M e n u K e y F ollowing the prompts on the v oicemail system, y ou can use y our k eypad to na vigate thr ough th e v oicemail menu. The f ollowing list outlines your phoneâ s voicemail menu struc ture. Listen Envelop e Informat ion Reply Advance 8 Seconds Replay Rewind Forward Message Erase Callback Save Options Send a Message (continued)
152 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Persona l Options Notification Options Phone Notifi cation Numeric Pagin g to a Phon e Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Admini strative Op tions Skip passcode Autoplay Message Date & Time On/Off Change passcode Group Di stribution List Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Greeting s Personal Greeting s Name Announceme nt Extend ed Absenc e Greeting Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Expert Mode (On/Off) Place a C all Disc onnec t
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 153 Wir eless Ser vice Using SMS T ext Messaging Wi th SMS T ext Messaging , you can use other peopleâ s phon e numbers to sen d instant text m essages from y ou r phone to their messaging-r eady phonesâÂÂa nd they c an send messages to yo u. When y ou receiv e a new message, it will automatically di splay on y our phoneâ s scr een. In addition, SMS T e x t Messaging includes a v ari ety of pr e-set messages , such as âÂÂIâ m running late, Iâ m on my w ay ,â that mak e c omposing messages fast and easy . Y ou can als o customiz e your own pre-set messages (up to 160 characters ) from your phone. Y our phone suppor ts the sending of text messages bey ond the character limit of a single message . Longer messages are sent as a ser ies of two or more m essages. Y ou may be charged acc ordingly . Characters tha t use accents or other mark s take up more space, limiting the number of char ac ters that can be sent in a single message. C omposing SMS T ext Messag es T o comp ose an SMS T ext m essag e: 1. Selec t Menu > Messaging > Te x t m e s s a g e s > Create mess age . 2. Enter the te xt for y our message in the te xt editor . 3. Press Send to and select one o f the following: 䡲 Re ce nt l y u se d to select from the last-used names stor ed in your phoneâ s mem ory . 䡲 Send to number to use the keypad to enter the wireless phone number of the person to w hom you wish to send a message. 䡲 Send to e-mail to en ter the recipien t â s email addr ess. Note: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36.
154 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics 䡲 Send to m any to en ter a combination of r ecipients (r ecently used, indivi dual numbers , individual emails and distribution lists ). 䡲 Send to distr ib . list to se lect recipients from your distribution lists (qualifying C ontacts entries must con tai n a wireless phone number or an email address ). 4. Press Send . (Y ou may also select additional messaging options by pr essing Options > Sending option to set the callback number , add a signa ture te xt, or change the message priority .) Accessing SMS T ext Messag es T o r ead an SMS T ext message: ä³ When you receive a te xt message, it will automatically appear on y our phoneâ s main display scr een. Use your navig ation k ey to scr oll down and view the entir e m essage. T o chang e the incomi ng message displa y of new text messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T ext messag es > Message settings > Other settings > Incoming msg. displa y . 2. Selec t Message vi ew or Msg. aler t . T o r eply to an SMS T ext messag e: 1. While the message is open, selec t Re pl y . 2. Selec t from the following text options for y our reply : 䡲 Em pty scree n 䡲 Original text 䡲 Te m p l a t e 䡲 Ye s , No , OK, Thank y ou , Congr atulations , Happy bir thda y , I lov e you too , Hugs and kisses , Sorry , or Sorry , Iâ m la te . Note: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 155 Wir eless Ser vice 3. Press Send . (Y ou may also select additional messaging options by pr essing Options > Sending option to set the callback number , add a signa ture te xt, or change the message priority .) Using Pr eset Messag es Pr eset messages (tem plat es ) make sending te x t messages to your friends , f amily , and cowork ers easier than e ver . See âÂÂPreset Messagesâ on page 51. Using C aller I D Ca ller I D allows people to id entify a caller bef ore answering the phone by displa ying the number of the incoming call. If you do not w ant y our number displayed when y o u make a call, just f ollow these easy steps. T o block y our phone number fr om being display ed fo r a specific outgoing cal l: 1. Press . 2. Enter the number y ou wan t to call. 3. Press . T o permanently block your number , call y o ur service pro vider . Note: When sending me ssages , your phone may displa y â M essage sent. â This is an indication that the message has bee n sent by your phone to the message center number progr ammed into y our phone . This is not a n indication that the message has been received a t the intended destination. F or more details about messaging services , check with your service provider .
156 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics R esponding to C all W aiting When y ouâ re on a call, C all W aiting alerts you of incoming calls by sounding two beeps. Y our phoneâ s screen inf or ms you that another call is c o ming in and display s the callerâ s phone number (if it is a v ailable and you ar e in digital mode). T o r espond to an incoming call whil e youâ re on a call: ä³ Pr ess . ( This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.) T o switch back to the first caller: ä³ Pr ess again. Making a Three-W a y Call With thr ee-wa y calling , y ou can talk to two people at the same time. When using this f eature , the normal air time r ates will be charged for each of the two calls . T o mak e a three-w ay call: 1. Enter a number you wish to call and press . 2. Once you ha ve established the c onnec tion, enter the s e co n d number y ou wish to call and press . (This puts the first caller on hold and dials the sec ond number .) 3. When youâ re connected to the second party , press again to beg in y our thr ee-w ay c all . Ti p: F or t hose calls where y ou don âÂÂt wan t to be interrupte d, you can temporarily disable C all W aiting by pressing *70 befor e placing your call. Call W aiting is automatically r eactiva ted once you end the call.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 157 Wir eless Ser vice If one of the p eople you called hangs up during your call, you and the remaining caller sta y connecte d. If you initia ted the call and ar e the first to hang up, all thr ee callers are disconnected. Using C all F or w arding Call F orwar ding lets y ou forwar d all your inc oming calls to another phon e numberâÂÂev en when y our phone is turned off . Y ou can c ontinue to make calls fr om y o ur phone when Call F orwar ding is activ ated. T o activ ate Call F or war ding: 1. Press . 2. Enter the area c ode and phone number to which yo ur futur e calls should be f or war ded. 3. Press . (Y ou will see a message and hear a tone to c onfirm the activ ation of Call F orwar ding .) T o deactiv ate Ca ll F or war ding: 1. Press . 2. Press . (Y ou will see a message and hear a tone to c onfirm the deactiv ation.) Note: Call W aiting and three-w ay calling ar e not av ailable while roaming of f the network av ailable to you. Note: Y ou are charged a higher ra te for calls that y ou hav e fo r war ded.
Section 3B: Data Services 159 Data Services Section 3B Da ta Ser vices In This Section â½§ Dat a Services A pplica tions â½§ Getting Started W ith Data Services â½§ Accessing Messaging â½§ Downloading Premi um Service s C onte nt â½§ Exp lo ri n g t he Web â½§ Data Se rv ices F AQs Data services o f fer easy and amazing f eatures y ou will really use. These f eatur esâÂÂincluding messa ging , games , downloadable ringer s and scr een sa versâÂÂlet you ha ve fu n, stay in touc h, and sta y inf o rmed no matter wher e you go on the network avail ab l e t o you . This section introduces these a d v anced services and w alks y o u thr ough the necessary steps to start taking adv antage of yo u r p h o n e â s data service s.
160 Section 3B: Data Services Data Services Applications Her e is a brief list of many of the appli cations a vailable through your phone. Picture Messag e : Ins tantly shoot, share, and print sharp , high-r esolution digital pictures , and take and send short video clips with your phone. Messaging : Send and r eceive emails and chat on y our phone. Games : Pla y e xci ting g ames w ith f ull-c olor gr aphics , sound, a nd vibr ation. Choose fr om hundr eds of games to pla y any time. Ringer s : Personalize your phone by downloading and assigning dif fer ent ringers to numbers in your C ontacts. Screen Sa vers : Download unique images to use as scr een sav er sâÂÂor mak e it easy to tell whoâ s calling by assigning specific images to numbers in your C ontacts. We b : E xperience full- color gr aphic versions of popular W eb sites from y our phone.
Section 3B: Data Services 161 Data Services Getting Star ted With Da ta Ser vices Wi th your wir eless phone and service, you ar e ready to start enjoying the adv antages o f da ta services. This s ection will help you learn the basics of using your data services, including managing y o ur user name, launch ing a data c onnec tion , and naviga t ing the W eb with your phone. Yo u r U s e r N a m e When y ou buy a compatibl e phone and sign up for service, youâ re automa tically assigned a user name, which is t ypically based on your wir eless phone n umber . When you use da ta ser vices, your user name identifies y o u o n the network av ailable to you. The us er name is also useful as an address f or email, as a wa y to personalize W eb services, and as an online vir tual identity . Y our user name will be automa tically pr ogr amm ed in to your phone. Y ou don't have to en ter it . Find ing Y o ur U se r N ame If you aren't sur e what y ou r user name is, y ou ca n easily find it on your phone. T o find y our user name: ä³ F rom standby mode, you can find your user name by selecting Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone d etails > User details > User name .
162 Section 3B: Data Services Launching a Data C onnec tion T o laun ch a data c onnection: ä³ Select Menu > W eb . (Y o ur da ta connection will star t and the home page will be displayed. ) A connection messag e will appear onscreen while c o nnecting . If you had a pr evious data connec tion , the last page you visited wil l displa y when yo u launch y our br owser . When this occurs, y ou may not see the c o nnec ting message when you launch the session. Although the br owser is open, yo u are not currently in an active data sessionâ that is , no data is being s e nt o r r e c e i v e d . A s s o o n a s y o u n a v i g a t e t o a n o t h e r p a g e , t h e active session will launch and y ou will see the connecting message. Net Guard When yo u first connect to the W eb, the Net Guard will displa y to c onfirm tha t yo u wa nt to c onnect . This f eatur e helps y ou av oid accidental c onn ections. Y ou c an disable the Net Guard in the futu re by selecting Alw ays Auto-C onnect when the Net Guard is displa yed. T o chang e your Net Guard settings: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > PCS V ision > Net guard . 䡲 On to ac tiv ate th e Net Guar d . 䡲 Of f to deac tiv ate the Net G uard. Note: If Net Guard is enabled and di spla ye d (see page 162), pr ess OK to continue and launch the W eb . Note: When enabled, the Net Guard appears only once per session. The Net Guard does not displa y if the phone is merely reconnecting due to a time-out .
Section 3B: Data Services 163 Data Services C onnec tion Status and Indicators Y our phone's displa y lets you know the curren t status of yo ur da ta connection t hro ugh indic ato rs which appear a t the top of the scr een. The f ollowing symbols ar e used: Y our da ta connection is ac tiv e (da ta is b eing tr ansf e rred); the tr ansmit / receiv e symbol will blink to indicate da ta tr ansmission. Incoming v oice calls go directly to v oicemail; o utgoing v oice calls can be made, but the data c onnec tion will term inate. Y our data c onnec tion is dorman t (no d ata is being sent or r eceiv ed). Though not curren tly ac tiv e, when dorman t the phone can restar t an active c onnec tion q uickly ; v oice calls can be made and r eceiv e d. Y our ph one is not cur rently able to access data fe a t u r e s . If no in dicat or appears , your ph one does not hav e a curren t data connection. Impor tant Notice: Use only ser vices that y ou trust and that off er adequate security and pr otection against harmful sof twar e.
164 Section 3B: Data Services Na viga ting the W eb Navi gating thr ough menus an d W eb sites during a data session is easy once you'v e learned a f ew basics. Here ar e some tips for getting around . Sof tk ey s During a data session, the bottom line of your phone's display c ontains one or more sof tk eys. T hese k eys are shor tcut c o nt rols f or naviga ting ar ound the W eb , and the y corr espond to the sof tk ey buttons directly below the phoneâ s display scr een. To u s e s o f t k e y s : ä³ Pr ess the desir ed sof tke y button. (If an additional pop-up menu appears when y ou press the sof tkey button, selec t the menu it ems using your ke ypad [if they ar e numbered] or by highlighting the option and pressing selection k ey .) Scrolling As with othe r par ts of y our phon e's menu, you'll hav e to scroll up and down to see ev er y thing on some W eb sites. T o scr oll line by line thr ough W eb sites: ä³ Pr ess the na vigati on k ey up and down. T o scr oll page by page thr ough W eb sites: ä³ Pr ess the v olume buttons on the side of the phone . Ti p: Depending on which W eb sites you visit, the labels on the sof tke ys may change to indicate their function.
Section 3B: Data Services 165 Data Services Select ing Once y ou've l earned how to use s of tke ys and scr oll, y ou can start navi gating the W eb . T o sel ect on-screen items: ä³ Use the naviga tion key to highligh t the desired item, then pr ess the center s elec tion k ey button. Links that appear as underlined text allow y ou t o jump to W eb pages , select special func ti ons, or ev en place phone calls. T o sel ect links: ä³ Highlight the link and press the center s elec tion k ey . Going Bac k To g o b a c k o n e p a g e : ä³ Press . Going Home T o r eturn to the home page from any other W eb page: ä³ Press and hold . Ti p: Y ouâÂÂll find that the left so f tke y is used primarily for selecting items. This soft k ey is of ten labeled âÂÂOK. â If the items on a page are numbered, y ou can use your ke ypad (number keys ) to sele ct an item. (T he tenth item in a numbered list ma y be selec ted by pressing the 0 k ey on your phoneâ s keypad, e ven though the number 0 doesnâÂÂt appear on the screen.) Note: The right selec tion k ey is also used for deleting text (lik e a BA C KSP ACE key ) when you are en tering text.
166 Section 3B: Data Services Accessing Messaging Y ou can send and r eceiv e emails and te xt messages and participate in W eb -based chat r ooms right fr om your phone. Messaging allow s y ou to s ta y c onnec ted to friends, f amily , and c oworkers 24 hours a day anywher e on the network avail ab l e t o you . Messag e T ypes There a re man y types of te xt messaging av ailable on y our phone. These include SMS T ext Messaging , Instant Messaging, Email, and Chat. Accessing Email Pro viders Wi th data services , y ou can use popula r email services su ch as Y ahoo!î Mail and Ear thLinkî to keep in touch, ev en while you â re on t h e g o. T o acc e ss email pr oviders from y our phone: 1. Fr o m the home page, selec t Messaging > Email . 2. Selec t an email pro vider , such as Y ahoo! or Ear thlink . 3. Use your ke ypad to enter the r e quir ed sign-in inf ormation fo r the selected provider , such as user name, email addr ess, and/ or password, and select Sign In. (Y our mailbo x for the selected pro vider will displa y .) 4. F ollow th e onscreen instruct ions to read, reply to , c ompose, send, an d manage your email account . Impor tant Notice: E xercise caution w hen opening messages. Email messages may c o ntain malicious sof twar e or otherwise be har mful to your phone or PC. Note: The inf ormation r equired f or sign in will v ary depending on the email provider y o u ar e accessing .
Section 3B: Data Services 167 Data Services Accessing Instant Messaging Data services also provide you with acc ess to popula r instant messaging (IM) clients , including AOLî Instan t Messenger TM , MSNî Messenger , and Y ahoo!î Messenger . T o acc e ss instant messaging clie nts fr om your phone: 1. Fro m t h e h o me p a g e , s e l e c t Messaging > Instant Messaging . 2. Selec t an email pro vider , such as A OL Instant Messenge r , MSN Messenger , or Y ahoo! Messeng er . 3. Use your k eypad to enter the r e quired sign in information f or the selected prov ider , such as user name and/ or passwor d, and select Sign In . (Y our IM screen f or the selected pro v ider will displa y .) 4. F ollow th e onscreen instruct ions to read, reply to , c ompose, send, an d manage your IM account . Accessing W ireless Cha t r ooms Data services giv e you the ability to join wir eless chat rooms from y ou r phone. T o acc ess a chatroom fr o m the brow ser: 1. Fro m t h e h o me p a g e , s e l e c t Messaging > Chat . 2. Selec t a chat pr ovider . 3. F ollow th e onscreen instruction s to begin chatting . Note: The inf ormation r equired f or sign in will v ary depending on the instant messaging provider y o u ar e using .
168 Section 3B: Data Services Downloading Premium Services C o nt ent Wi th data servicesand y our new phone, you ha ve access to a dynamic v ariety of Premium Service cont ent, such as downloadable Games , Ringers , Screen Sa vers , and other applica tions. (Additional char ges may apply .) The basic steps r equired to access a n d download Premium Service con t ent ar e outlined below . Accessi ng the Download Menus T o acc ess the download menus: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Selec t the type of file y ou wish to download ( Games , Ringers , Screen sa v ers , Appl icat ions , or Messaging ) and press Select . 3. Selec t Get New and press Select . T o ac cess the d ownload menus fr om the W eb bro wser : 1. Fr om th e h o m e p a g e , s e le c t Downloads . 2. Selec t Games , Ringers , Screen Sa vers , o r Applica tions to go to th e corr esponding do wnload m enu. (F or more inf ormation on na vigating the W eb, see âÂÂNav igati ng the W ebâ on page 164.) Selecting an Item to Download Y ou can sear ch for av ailable items to download in a number of wa ys: 䢠Fe at u re d displa ys a rota ting selection of fea tur ed item s. 䢠Categor ies allow s you to narrow your sear c h to a general category , such as Mo vie/ TV Themes for Ringers or C ollege Logos f or Screen Sa vers. (T here ma y be sever al pages of av ailable c ontent in a li s t . Select Next 9 to view additional items.)
Section 3B: Data Services 169 Data Services 䢠Search allow s you to use your k eypad to enter search criteria to loca te an item. Y ou may en ter an entire w o rd or title or perform a partial-word sear ch (for e xample, entering â goo â r eturns âÂÂGood Olâ Boy ,â âÂÂThe Go od, the Bad, and the Ugly ,â and âÂÂGoofy - ClubâÂÂ). Downloading an Item Once youâÂÂve selec ted an item you wish to download, hi ghligh t it and press the selection k ey . Y ou will see a summary page for the item including its title, th e v endor , the download detail, the file size, and the c ost . Links allow y ou to view the License Details page, which outlines the price, license type, and length of license f or the download, and the Te r m s o f U s e page, which details the Pr em ium Services T erms of Use and your r esponsibility for pa yment . T o downloa d a selec ted ite m: 1. Fr o m the inf ormation page, select Buy . ( Th e ite m wi ll download automa ticall y . When the New Download screen appears , the item has been su ccessfully downloaded to y our phone.) 2. Selec t an option to c ontinue: 䡲 Selec t Use/Run/ View to assign the downloaded item (or to launch, in the case of a game or application) . Y our W eb session w ill end and y ou will be redir ec ted to the appropria te phone menu screen. 䡲 Selec t Set as to assign a ringer or scr een saver to a phone function. 䡲 Selec t Settings to co nfigure downloaded games or applications. 䡲 Selec t Shop to brow se f or other items to download. Note: If you ha ve not pre viously purchased an item, you will be prompted to cr eate your purchasing pr ofi le.
170 Section 3B: Data Services 䡲 Press EN D to quit the brow s er and return to standby mode. Ex p l o r i n g t h e W e b Wi th W eb access on y our pho ne, y ou can brow se full- c o lor graphic v ersio ns of your f av o rite W eb sites, making it easier than ev er to stay inf ormed while on the go. F ollow spor ts sc or es and br eaking new s and wea ther and shop on yo ur phone anywhere on the network a v ailable to y o u. In addition to the fea tu r es already cov ered in th is section , the home page of f e rs access to these co lor ful, gr aphically rich W eb categories , including Ne ws , We a t h e r , Spor ts , Entertainmen t , and Mone y , as well as useful managemen t options including Fin d .. . and My Ac cou nt . Man y sites ar e av ailable under more than on e menuâÂÂchoose the one tha t's mo s t conve ni e nt for you . Using the Brow ser Menu Navi gating the W eb from y our phone using home page is easy once y ou get the hang of it . Although the home page off ers a br oad and conv enient arr a y of sites and services for y o u to brow se, n ot all sites are r epresen ted, and certain func tions , such as going directly to specific W eb sites , ar e not av ailable. For these and other functions, y ou will need to use the br owser menu. The brow ser m enu of f ers additional func tionality to expand y our use of the W eb on your phone. Opening the Brow ser Menu The brow ser me nu ma y be opened anytime you ha ve an active data session, fr om any page you are viewing.
Section 3B: Data Services 171 Data Services T o acc e ss the brow ser menu: ä³ Select Menu (pr ess ). ( The brow ser menu will be dis played in a drop- dow n list .) The main browser menu page ( Naviga te ) will be displayed. Options av ailab le under the Navig ate menu in clude: 䡲 Back : R etu rns th e browser to the previously viewed page. 䡲 Home : Retu rns the br ow ser to the home page. 䡲 Go to U RL : Allows y ou to na viga te dir ectly to a W eb site by entering its UR L (W eb site address ). 䡲 Search : Laun ches a W eb search. 䡲 Mark Page : Allows y ou to bookmark new sites. 䡲 Fo r w ar d : Mov e forwar d to a pre viously viewed page. 䡲 Re fr e sh : R eloads the current W eb page. 䡲 Ex it we b : Close out of an W eb sess ion. 䡲 Advanced... : Di spla ys additional options: â½§ Settings ... : Allows y ou to configur e the browser Homepage , Scr oll Mode , Conne ction Timeout , and Ke y P r e s s T i m e o u t . â½§ Security ... : Allows y ou to configure browser security settings f or Secure Prompt , Send R eferr er , Authentication , Curren t Certificate , and Certificate In f o . â½§ Clear . .. : Allow s you to clear the br owser Hist ory , Cac h e , Cookies , and Auto Fill . â½§ Re star t Br owser : R efreshes the current br ows er sess ion . â½§ About ... : Displays te chnical inf ormation about the br owser , its v ersion, an d the encryption v ersion, and pr ovides links to cer tificate inf ormation f or the v a rious components.
172 Section 3B: Data Services ä³ Press the scroll k ey lef t or right to acc ess the Bookmarks , History , and T ools br owser menus. 䡲 The Bookma rk s menu lists all of y our bookmarked W eb pages f or easy access. Selec t More ... > Me nu to access Bookmarks options for Details , Delet e , New Bookmark , New F older , Mov e , Mov e to f older , Set as HomeP age , Delete all , Hotk eys , and to Can ce l the br owser menu. 䡲 Th e Hist ory menu provides a list of link s to your most recently visited W eb sites. T o na vigate to a sit e, highlight it and press Selec t . Selec t More... > Menu to access History opti ons f or Pr ev History , Show U RL , Delete , Delete All , and to Ex it the browser menu. 䡲 Op tions av ailable un der the To o l s menu include: â½§ Show UR L : Displays the UR L (W eb site address ) of the site youâ r e curren tly viewing . â½§ Sav e P age : Allows y ou to sa ve a co py of the current W eb page. â½§ Sav ed P ages : Displa ys a list of your sa ved W eb pages. â½§ Fin d T ext : Allows you to search for text on a W eb page. ä³ Select Dismiss (press ) to clear the br owser menu fr om the scr een and return to the active W eb page.
Section 3B: Data Services 173 Data Services Creating a Bookmark Bookmarks allow y ou to store the address of y ou r f av orite W eb sites f or easy access at a la ter time. To c r e a t e a b o o k m a r k : 1. Go to the W eb page you w ant to mark. 2. Press to open the brow ser menu. 3. Selec t Mark P age from the Navi ga te men u . 4. Selec t Pick to set the W eb page as y our home page, o r Unpick to cancel the action. 5. Scroll down until the Sav e button is highlighted, and then pr ess the center selection ke y to s av e the bookmark. Access ing a B ookmark T o acc ess a bookm ark: 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Press the scr oll k ey lef t or righ t until y ou r each the Book marks brow ser menus. 3. Scroll to highligh t the bookmark youâ d lik e to acces s and press the cent er selec tion ke y t o go to the W eb site (or pr ess the number c orrespond ing to the bookmark y o u wish to access). Note: Bookmarking a page does not store the page c o nten t s , just its address. Some pages cannot be bookmarke d. Whether a par ticular W eb page may be mark ed is con t rolled by its crea tor .
174 Section 3B: Data Services Deleting a Bookmark To d e l e t e a b o o k m a r k : 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Press the scr oll k ey lef t or righ t until y ou r each the Book marks brow ser menus. 3. Scroll to highligh t More... and then press Select . 4. Scroll to highlight the bookmark y ouâ d like to delete and select Menu > D elete > OK . Going to a Specific W eb site T o g o to a par ticular W eb site by entering a UR L (W eb site addre s s ): 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Go to U RL . 3. Selec t Edit with the U RL field highlighte d . 4. Use your k eypad to en ter the U R L of the W eb si te you wish to go to . 5. Selec t Done > Select to g o to the W eb site. R eloading a W eb P age T o rel oad (ref res h) a W eb pag e: 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Ref resh fr om the Navi gate menu. (The browser will r eload the curr ent W eb page.) Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36 Note: Not all W eb sites are viewable on y our phone.
Section 3B: Data Services 175 Data Services Restarting the W eb Brow ser If the W eb brow ser appears to be malfunctioning or sto ps responding , you can usually fix the problem by simply r estarting th e br owser . T o r estar t the W eb bro wser : 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Adv ance d from the Navigate menu, and then select Restart Br ow ser .
176 Section 3B: Data Services Data Services F A Qs How will I know when my phone is ready f or data serv ices? Y our user n ame wil l be displa yed wh e n yo u a c c e s s Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone det ail s > User details > User nam e . How do I sign-in f or the first time? Y ou ar e automatically signed in to access data services when you t ur n o n yo u r p h on e . How do I know when m y phone is c onnected to data services ? Y our phone automa tically c onnects when data services ar e used or an incoming message arriv es. Y our phone will also displa y the or indica tor . Ca n I mak e calls and use data servic es at the same time? Y ou cannot use v oice and data services simultaneously . If y ou r eceiv e a call while data services are activ e, the call will be f orwar ded to voicemail. Y ou can place an outgoing call anytime, but it will interrupt an y in-progr ess data services session. When is my da ta connection active? Y our c onnec tion is active when data is bein g transferred . outgoing calls are allowed; in coming calls go dir ec tly to v oicem ail. When active, the indicator flashes on y our phoneâ s displ ay screen.
Section 3B: Data Services 177 Data Services When is my da ta connection dormant? If no data is r eceived f or 10 sec onds , the connection goes dormant. When the connection is dormant, v oice calls are allowed. (The connection ma y become a c tiv e again quickly .) If no da ta is receiv ed f or an e xtended period of time, the co n n e c t i o n w i l l t e r m i n at e . Can I sign out of data services? Y ou can sign out without turning of f y o ur phone; howev er , y ou will not be able to browse the W eb or use other data services. While signed out, you can sti ll place or r eceiv e phone calls, check v o icemail, and use other v o ice ser vices. Y ou may sign in again a t any time. T o sign out, go to Menu > Set tings > Da ta Services > Di sable Data Servic es in your phoneâ s m enu.
Section 4 Saf ety and W arr anty Inf ormation
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 181 Impor tant Saf ety Information Section 4A Impor tant Saf ety Inf o rma tion In This Section â½§ Gener al Precautions â½§ Maintain ing Safe Use of and Acce ss to Y our Phone â½§ Using Y our Phone With a Hearing Aid Devic e â½§ Caring f or the Battery â½§ Radiofrequ ency (R F) Energ y â½§ Ownerâ s Recor d â½§ Phone Guide Proprietary Notice This phone guide c ontains impor tant oper ational and saf ety inf o rma tion that wil l help y ou saf ely use your phone. Fa i l u r e to read and follow the in formation provided in th is phon e guide may result in se rious bo dily inju ry , d eath, or prope rty damage.
182 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Gener al Precautions There ar e sever al s imple guideline s to opera t ing your phone properly and maintaining safe, satisf a cto ry serv ice. 䢠Hold the pho ne with the antenna raised, fully- e xtended, and over yo ur s h ou l d er . 䢠T r y not to hold, bend, or twist the phoneâ s antenna. 䢠DonâÂÂt use the phone if the a ntenna is damaged. 䢠Use onl y in the norm al positi on as explained in the product documenta tion. Do not touc h the antenna unnecessarily . 䢠Speak dir e ctly in to the mo uthpie ce. 䢠Use a sof t, cl ean, dry cloth to cl ean any lenses , such as camer a, pro ximity sensor , and light sensor . 䢠Av oid exposing your phone and accessories to r ain or liquid spil ls. If your phone does get wet, immediately turn the power o f f and remov e the battery . 䢠Do not switch the phone on when wi reless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . 䢠Obey all local laws. Alway s keep y our hands free to oper ate the vehicle while driv ing. Y our fir st consider ation while driv ing should be road saf ety . 䢠Y our phone is not w ater -re sista nt. K eep it dry . Pre cipita tion, humid ity , and all types of liquids o r moisture can contain minerals that will c orr ode electr onic cir cuits . If y our p hone d oes g et wet, r emov e the battery , and allow the phone to dry completely bef o re r eplacing it . 䢠Use of vibr ation can aggr av ate injuries. Do not turn vibr ation on if y ou hav e any aliment in the bones or join ts of your fingers, hands , wrists, or arms . 䢠Although your phone is quite sturdy , it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. A void dr opping , hitting , bending , or sitting o n it . 䢠P arts of the phone a re magnetic . Metallic m aterials may be attr a cted to the phone . Do not pla ce credit car ds or other magnetic stor age media near the phone, because inf ormation stored on them ma y be er ased. 䢠When connecting to any other device, read its user guide f or detailed safety instruc tions. Do not connect incompatible products . 䢠Any cha nges or modi fication s to your phone not expressly appr oved in this document c ould vo id your warr anty f or this equipment and v oid your authority to ope ra te this equipment . 䢠Remember to make back -up copies or keep a written record of all impor tant information.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 183 Impor tant Saf ety Information Maintaining Saf e Use o f and Access to Yo u r P h o n e Do Not Rely on Y o ur Phone f o r Emergency C alls Mobile phones operat e using radio signals, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions. Theref ore yo u should ne ver r ely solely upon any mobile phone f or essential communication (e. g., medical emergencies). Emergency calls may no t be possible on all cellular networks or when certain network services and/ or mobile phone features ar e in use. Check with your local service provider for deta ils. Using Y our Phone While Driving T alki ng on y our phone while driving (or oper ating the phone without a hands-free device) is prohibited in som e jurisdict ions. Laws vary as to specific restric tions. R emem ber that safety alwa ys comes firs t . F o llowing Saf ety Guidelines T o opera t e your phone safely and ef ficiently , alwa ys follow any special regula t ions in a given area. T urn your phone off in areas where use is f orbidden or when it may cause in ter f erence or danger . Using Y our Phone Near Other Elec tronic De vices Most mo dern electronic equipm ent is shie lded from r adiofrequency (RF ) signal s. However , RF signals from wirele ss phones may aff ec t in adequately shielded elec tronic equipment . RF signa ls may aff ect i mproperly instal led or inadequately shi elded electronic operating systems and/ or enter tainment systems in motor v ehicles. Check with the manuf a cturer or their repr esentativ e to determ ine if these systems are adequately shielde d from external RF signals. Also check with t he manuf ac turer regarding any equipment tha t has been added to y our vehicle. C o nsult the manuf ac turer of any persona l medical devices , such as pacemak ers and hearing aids , to determine if they ar e adequately shielded fr om external RF signals. Note: F or the best care of your phone, only authorized person nel should service your phone and accessories. F ailure to do so may be dangerous and void y our warran ty . Note: Alwa ys turn of f the phone in health care f acili ties and request permission bef ore using the phone near medical equipment.
184 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation T urnin g O f f Y our Ph one Before Flying T urn off y our phone before boarding any aircr aft. T o prev ent possible interfer ence with aircraf t systems, the U.S . Feder al Aviation Administra tion (F A A) regulations require y ou to have permission from a cr ew member to use your phone while the pl ane is on the ground. T o prev ent any risk of inter f erence, FC C regulations prohibit using your phone w hile the pla ne is in the air . T urnin g O f f Y our Phone in Dangerous Areas T o av oid inter fering with blasting oper a tions, turn yo ur phone of f when in a blasting ar ea or in other areas with signs indi cat ing two-w ay ra dios should be turned off . Construction crew s of ten use remote-contr ol RF devices t o set of f explosives. T ur n your phone off when you'r e in any area that has a potentially e xplosiv e atmo spher e. Although it's rar e, your phone a nd accessories co uld gener ate spark s. Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or ev en death. These ar eas are of ten, but not alwa ys, clearly marked. The y include : 䢠Fue ling ar eas such as gas st at ions. 䢠Below deck o n boa ts. 䢠Fuel or chemical tr ansf er or sto rage f acil ities. 䢠Areas where the a ir contains chem icals or pa rt icles suc h as grain, dust, or meta l powder s. 䢠Any other area where y ou would normally be advised to turn of f your vehicleâ s engine. R estric ting C hildrenâ s Access to Y our Phone Y our phone is not a toy . Do not allow children to play with it as they could hurt themselves and others, damage the pho ne or make calls that increase you r in voi ce . Oper ating Envir onment This phone me ets R F exposure guidelin es when used eithe r in the normal use positi on against the ear or when position ed at least 2 .2 centimeters (0.87 inch) from the body . When a carry ca se, belt cl ip , or holder is used for body-worn oper ation, it should not co nt ain metal and sho uld positio n the phone the abov e-stated distance from your body . T o transmit data files or messages, th is phone requir es a qua lity connection to the network. In some cases, tr a nsmission of data files or messages may b e delay ed until such a connection is av ailab le. Ensure that the above separ ation distance inst ructio ns are f ollo wed until the tr a nsmissio n is c ompleted. Note: Nev er transport or st ore flammable gas or liquids or explosives in the c ompar tment of your v ehicle that con tains yo ur phone or accessories.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 185 Impor tant Saf ety Information Hearing aids Some digital wireless devices may inter f ere with some hear ing aids. If interfer ence occurs, consult y our service provider . Pa c e m a ke r s P acemak er man uf acture rs rec ommend th at a mini mum separ at ion of 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained b e t w e e n a w i r e l e s s d e v i c e o r p h o n e and a pacemaker to av oid pot ential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and rec ommendations of Wi reles s T echnology Resear ch. T o minimiz e the potential for inter ference, person s with pa cemakers shoul d: 䢠Alw ay s k eep the de vice m ore th an 15 .3 ce ntim eters ( 6 inch es) f ro m their pacemaker . 䢠Not ca rry the device in a breast pock et . 䢠Hold the device to th e ear opposi te the pace maker to minimize the potential for inter f erence. If you suspect interfer ence, switch off yo ur device and mov e the device awa y . Using Y our Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Y our phone has been tested f or hearin g a id device compa tibility . When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detec t a buzzing , humming , or whining nois e. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this inter f erence noise, and phones also vary in the am ount of interference they gener ate. The wireless telephone in dustr y has developed ratings for some of th eir mobile phones, to assist hearing devi ce user s in find ing ph ones tha t may be compatible with their he aring devices. Not all phones have been ra t ed. Phones that are r ated will hav e the ra t ing on the box . Y our 616 5i by Nok ia has an M3 ra t ing. The M3/M4 r atings do not gua r antee successful inter opera ti on between yo ur phone and hearing aid device. Res ults will vary depending on the lev el of immunity of yo ur hearing device and degree of y our hearing loss. The more immune y our hear ing aid device is, the less likely y ou are to experience inter f erence noise from your wireless phone. He aring aid Note: Phones r ated M3 or M4 meet FCC r equiremen t s and ma y genera te less i nterfer ence t o hearing devices than phones that ar e not labeled. M4 is the better /higher of the two rati n g s.
186 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation device s shoul d have r at ings si milar to phones. Ask y our hearing healthcar e prof essional for the r ating of y our aids. Most new hearing aids have a t least an M2 immunity level. Add the M-r a tings of your hearing aid and y our phone to determine probable usability: 䢠Any combined rating equal to or greater than six off er s best use . 䢠Any c ombined ra ting equal to five is c onsidered normal use. 䢠Any combined r ating equal to f our is co nsidered usable. Thus , if you pair an M 3 hearing aid w ith an M3 phone, you will have a combined r ating of six f or âÂÂbest use. â It is f urthe r sugges ted that you experiment with m ultiple pho nes (even those not labeled M3 o r M4) to find t he one that wo rks best with your hearing aid dev ice. Should yo u ex perience inter f erence af t er purchas ing and beginning to user y our phone, pr omptly r eturn it to the store wher e purcha sed fo r ex change or refund. Getting the Best Hearing De vice E xperience Wit h Y o ur P ho ne T o further minimize interference: 䢠There is usually less interference on the microphone se tting than the telecoil setting . 䢠Use phones with a pull-out an t enna. Phones with embedded antennae may pr oduce m ore interfer ence. 䢠P osit ion the ph one s o the an tenna i s f a rthest from your hearing aid. 䢠Move the phone around to find the point wit h least inter fer ence . 䢠Set the pho neâ s Disp lay and K eypad backlight settings to ensure the mini mum t ime in terv al: 1. Sel ect Me nu > Settings > Displa y > Main Displa y > Backlight time-out . 2. Sel ect Alwa ys of f . 3. Press Select > Y es .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 187 Impor tant Saf ety Information Hearing Aid C ompa tibility This de vice model c omplies wi th the req uir ements of the FC C rul es go vernin g hearing aid compatibility . Device models meeting these requirements ha ve an M3 micr ophone or higher ra t ing . The M-ra ting , shown on the device, re f ers to lo wer RF emissi ons lev els. A higher M-r ating gener ally ind icates that a device model has a l ower RF emissio ns lev el which m ay impro ve the likelihood that the device wil l succes sfully oper ate with certain hearing aids. Some hearing aids are mor e immune than ot hers to interfer ence . Please consult your hearing health prof e ssional to determine the M-rating of y o ur hearing aid and whether y our hearing aid will work wit h this devic e. More inf orm at ion can be found at www .nokiaaccessibility . com/ . C aring f or the Ba tter y Y our phone is powered by a rechar ge able ba ttery . The full per formanc e of a new battery is achieved only af te r two or t hr ee complete charge and discharge cy cles. The battery can be charged and disc harged hundr eds of times, but will eventually wear out . When the talk and st andby time s are noticeab ly sho r ter than norm al, replace the batt ery . Use only N okia-a pprov ed batteries, and r echa rge y our batter y only with Nokia-approved chargers designated f or this phone. Protecting Y our Battery The guidelines l isted below wil l help you get the mos t out of your batteryâ s performance. 䢠Recen tly , there ha ve been some public reports of wireless phone batteries ov erheating, catching fir e or explodin g. I t appears that m any , if not al l, of these repor ts inv o lve c o unter f e it or inexpensive, aftermarket -brand batteries with unknown or ques tionable manuf acturing standards. Nokia is no t aw are of similar prob lems with Nok ia phones resulting from the proper use o f batteries an d accessories approved by Nokia. Use only appro ved batteries and accessories f ound through Nokia. Buyi ng the ri ght batteries and acce ssories is the best way to ensure theyâ re genuine and safe. 䢠In order to av oid dam age, charge the battery only in temperatur es that r ange from 32ð F to 113ð F (0ð C to 45ð C). 䢠DonâÂÂt use the battery charger in dire ct sunlight or in high humidity areas , such as the bathr oom . 䢠Nev er dispos e of the batter y by incineration. 䢠K eep th e metal contacts on top of the battery clean. 䢠DonâÂÂt a ttempt to disassemble or shor t-circuit the battery . 䢠The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time .
188 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation 䢠Itâ s best to r eplace the ba ttery when it no longer provides acceptable per f orm ance. It can be r echarged hundr eds of times bef ore it needs repla cing . 䢠DonâÂÂt store the battery in high tem per atur e areas for long periods of time. It â s best to follow these storage rules: 䡲 Le s s t ha n on e mo nt h: -4ð F to 140ð F (-20ð C t o 60ð C) 䡲 Mo re than one month: -4ð F to 113ð F (-20ð C t o 45ð C) Disposal of Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) Batteries F o r safe disposal options of your Li-Ion ba tteries, contact y our nearest authorized ser vice center . Bat tery Informa tion F o r battery installation and replacement, see âÂÂUsing Y o ur Phoneâ s Battery and Charger â on p age 21 . Y our device is powere d by a rechar ge able battery . The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cy cles. The battery can be charged and disc harged hundr eds of times but it will eventually wear out . When the talk a nd standby ti mes are noticeabl y shorte r than normal , buy a new ba tt ery . Use only Nokia- approv ed batteries, and rechar ge yo ur battery only with Nokia-appro ved chargers designa ted for this device. If a r eplacement battery is be ing used fo r the first time or if the battery has not been used for a prolong ed period, it may be necessary to connect the charger then disc onnec t and rec o nnect it to begin charging the battery . Unplug the charger from the elec trical plug and the de vice when not in use. Do not leav e the battery connected to a charger . Ov ercharging may shorten its lif etime. If lef t unused, a fully cha rged battery will lose its charge o ver time. T empera ture ex tremes can af fect the ability of y o ur battery to charge. Use the batter y only for its intended purpose . Nev e r use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not shor t-circuit the battery . Accide ntal short-circuiting can occur when a metalli c objec t such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct c onnection of the positive ( ) and negative (-) terminals of the battery . (Thes e look like metal strips on the battery .) This might ha ppen, f or ex ample, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Shor t-circui ting the termi nals may damage the battery or the connecting objec t . Note: Be sure to dispose of your ba tter y properly . In some areas , the disposal of batteries in household or business trash ma y be prohibited.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 189 Impor tant Saf ety Information Lea v ing the battery in hot or c old places , such as in a closed ca r in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lif etime of the battery . Alwa ys t ry to keep the battery between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A device with a ho t or cold battery may not work temporarily , ev e n when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is par ticularly l imited in tempera tures well below freezing . Do not dispose o f batteries in a fire as they may e xplo de. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dis pose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle wh en possible . Do not dispo se as ho usehold waste. Nokia Ba ttery Authen tication Guidelines Alwa ys use ori ginal Nokia batteries for your safety . T o check that you are getti ng an original Nokia ba ttery , purcha se it fro m an authoriz ed Nokia dealer , lo ok for t he Noki a Origin al Enhancements logo on the pack aging and inspect the hologr am la bel using the f ol lowing steps: Successful completio n of the t hree st eps is no t a total assurance of the authenticity of the battery . I f you ha v e any reason to beli ev e that your battery is not a n authentic ori ginal Nok ia battery , you should refrain fr om using it and take it to the nearest authorized Nokia service point or dealer f or assis tance. Y our authori zed Nokia service poin t or dealer will inspect the battery f o r authenticity . If authenticity cannot be verified, r eturn the battery to the pla ce of purchase.
190 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Authentica ting the Nokia Hologram 1. When looking at the holo gram on the label, you should s ee the Nokia connec ting hands symbol from one angle and the Nokia Original Enhancements l ogo when looking from anot her angle. 2. When y ou angle the hologram lef t, right, down, and up , you should see 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on each side respectively . 3. Scratch the side of t he label to reveal a 20-digit co de, fo r ex ample 12345678919876543210. T urn the battery so tha t the numbers are f acing upwards. The 20-digit code reads star ting from the number at the top row f ollowed by the botto m row . Co nfirm tha t the 20-digi t co de is valid by f ollowi ng the instruc tions at www .no kia .c om/ ba tt er yc hec k . What if y our battery is not authentic? If y ou cannot confirm that y our Noki a battery w ith the holo gr am on the label is an authentic Nokia battery , please do not use the battery . T a k e it to the nearest authorized N okia service poi nt or dealer for assistance. The use of a battery that is not approv ed by t he manuf acturer may be danger ous and may r esult in poor per f orm ance and damage to y o ur device and its enhancement s. It may al so inv alidat e any appr ov al or warr anty appl ying to the device. T o find out more about origina l Nokia batteries, visit www .nokia. com/ battery .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 191 Impor tant Saf ety Information Radiofr equency (RF) Energy Understanding How Y our Phone Opera tes Y our phone is basically a radio transmi tter and receiver . When itâ s turned o n, it receiv es and transmits radiofr equen cy (RF) signals. When yo u use your phone, the system handling your call c o ntrols the power lev el. This power can ra nge from 0.006 w att to 0.2 wa tt in digital mode. FCC No ti ce This phone m a y caus e TV or radio interf erence if used in close proximity to r eceiving equipment. The FC C can r equir e you to stop using the phone if such interference cannot be elimina ted. This phone complies with part 15 of the FC C rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this phone does not cause harmful inter fer enc e. Knowing Radio F requency Saf ety The design of your phone complies with upda ted NC RP standards described below . In 1991-92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (I EEE) and the American Natio nal Standards Institut e (A NSI) joined in updating ANSIâ s 1982 standard for saf ety leve ls with respect to huma n ex posur e to RF signals. More than 1 20 scientists, engine ers and phys icians from universitie s , gov e rnment health agencie s and industries dev eloped this up dated standar d af ter re viewing the av ailable body of r e search. I n 1993, the F ederal C o mmunications C ommission (FC C) adopted this updated standard in a regula t ion. In August 1996, the FC C adopted hybrid standard co nsisting of the existing ANSI/I EEE standa rd an d the guidelines published by the National C ouncil of R adiation Protection and Measur e ments (NCRP). Body -W orn Oper ation T o maintain compliance with FC C R F exposure guidelines, if you wear a handset on y our body , use the supplied or approved carrying ca se, hols ter or other body-worn acc essory . Use of non-approved a ccessori es may violate FC C R F exposure guidelines. F o r more information about R F exposure, visit t he FCC W e bsite at www .f cc.go v .
192 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Specific Abso rption Ra tes (SAR) f or Wireless Phones The SAR is a value that corr e sponds to t he relativ e amount of R F energ y absorbed in the head of a user of a wir eless handset . The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing , measuri ng and calculation pr ocess. It does no t repr esent how much R F the phone emits. All phone models are tested at their highest v a lue in strict labo r ator y settings. But when in op er ation, the SAR of a phone can be subst antially less than the level r eported to the FCC. This is because of a va riety of factors including its pro ximity to a base st ation antenna, phone design a n d other f act ors. What is impor tant to remember is that each phone mee ts strict f ederal guidelines. V ariations in SARs do not represent a v ariation in safety . All phones must meet the f edera l stan dard, which incorporates a substantial ma rgi n of sa fety . A s s tat ed above , vari ations in SAR v alues between dif f erent model phones do not m ean v ariations in safety . SAR v alues at or below the f eder al standard of 1.6 W /kg are c onsidered saf e for use by the public . The highest repor ted SAR values of the 6165i are: AMPS mode (P art 22): Head: 1.03 W /kg; Body-worn: 0. 81 W /kg PCS mode (P art 24): Head: 1.06 W /kg; Body-worn: 0. 74 W /kg FC C Radiofrequency Emission This phone meets the FC C Radiof requency Emission Gu idelines. FC C I D number: QMN RM-125 . Inf orma tion abo ut y our phon e can b e foun d at http:/ /w w w .fcc. gov / oet /fccid by searching t h e Equipmen t Author iza t ion S ystem using FC C ID QMN RM-125 .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 193 Impor tant Saf ety Information Ownerâ s Rec ord The model number , regulatory number and seri al number a re locate d on a nameplate inside the battery compar tment . R ecord the ser ial number in the space provided below . This will be helpful if you need to c o nta ct us about your phone in the futur e . Model: 6165i by Nokia Serial No.: Phone Guide Proprietary Notice CDMA T echnology is licensed by Nokia. T9 T ext Input is licensed by T egic C ommunications and is co ver ed by U.S . P at . 5,818,437, U .S. P at . 5,953,541, U .S. Pa t . 6,011,554 and other paten ts pending . Phone Guide template vers ion 5A (September 2005).
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 195 Wa r r a n t y Section 4B Manuf a cturerâ s W arr anty In This Section â½§ Nokia One- Y ear Limited W arranty Y o ur phone has been designed to pr ovide y ou with r eliable, worry -free service. If f o r any r eason you hav e a problem with y o ur equipment, please r efer to the manuf ac turerâ s warr anty in this section.
196 Section 4B: ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty Nokia One- Y ear Limited W arr anty Nokia In c. ( âÂÂNokiaâ ) warr a nts that this cellula r phone (âÂÂProduct âÂÂ) is free from def ec ts in material and wor kmanship that result in Produc t failur e during normal usage, accor ding to the following terms a nd conditions: 1. The l imited warr anty f or the Produc t extends for ON E (1) year beginning on the da te of the pur chase of the Product. This one year period is extended by e ach whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2. The l imited warr anty extends on l y to the original purchaser (âÂÂC onsumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assi gnable or tr ansfer able to any subs equent purchas er/ end-user . 3. The l imited warr anty extends only to Consumers w ho purchase the Product in the Uni ted States of America. 4. During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s so le option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly opera te for their intended use wi th new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replaceme nt is needed because of product malfunction or failur e during normal usage. No charge w il l b e m a d e t o t h e Co n s u m e r fo r a ny s u c h p a r t s . N o k ia wi l l a ls o p ay f or the l abor charges incu rred by No kia in repairing or replacing the defective parts . The limit ed warr anty does not cov er def ects in appear ance, cosmetic , decor ativ e or structural items , including framing , and any non-opera tive parts. Nok iaâ s limit of liability under the limited warran t y shall be the ac tual cash v alue of the Product at the time the C o nsumer returns the Product f or repair , deter mined by the price paid by the C onsumer for the Pr oduct less a reasonable amoun t f or usage. Nokia shal l not be lia ble f or any ot her loss es or damages. These remedies are the C onsumerâ s exclusive r emedies for br each of warr anty . 5. Upo n request from Nokia, the Consumer m ust prov e the date of the original purchas e of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt . 6. The Consumer shal l bear the cost of shi pping the Pr oduct to No kia. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the C o nsumer af t er the completion of ser vice under this limited wa rra n ty . 7. The Consumer shall ha ve no c over age or benefits under thi s limited warr anty if any of the followin g conditions are appl icable: a) The Pr oduct has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions , improper storage, e xposure to moisture or dampness, unauthoriz e d modifica tions , unauthorized co nnections, unauthoriz e d repair , misuse, neglec t, abuse, acciden t, alter ation,
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 197 Wa r r a n t y impr oper installa tion, or ot her acts whic h are not the f ault of N okia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Pr oduct has been damaged f rom external causes s uch as co llisio n with an ob ject, or from fir e, flooding, sand, dirt, windstor m, lightning , earthquake or da mage fr om exposur e to weather conditions, an Act of God, or batter y leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any elec trical so urce, damage caused by co mputer or in ternet vi ruses , bugs, worm s , T r ojan Horses , cancelbot s or damage caused by the connection to other products not r ecommended f or inter connection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the C o nsumer of the alleged defect or malfunctio n of the Product wit hin f our teen (14) days af te r the expir ation of the appl icable limit ed warr anty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been remov ed, defa ced or altered. e) The def ect or damage was caused by the def ec tive function of the cellul ar system o r by inadequa te signal reception by the external an tenna, or vi ruses or ot her soft war e proble ms in troduc ed into the Product . 8. Nok ia does not w arran t uninterrupted or error -free opera tion of the Product. If a problem dev elops during the limited warr anty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall r eturn th e Product to the place of purchase for re pa ir o r rep l acement processing . b) If âÂÂaâ is not convenien t beca use of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product pr epaid and insur ed to Nokia. See ww w.nokiausa.c om/ suppor t f or the address of the repair center nearest you. c) The Consumer shall include a return addr ess, da y time phone number and/ or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and ser vice agr eement (if applicab le). E xpenses rela ted to removing the Pr oduc t from an instal lation are not c ov ered under this lim ited warr anty . d) The Consumer will be bi lled for any parts o r labor cha rges not co ver ed by this lim ited warran ty . The Consumer will be responsi ble f or any expenses related to reinstallation of the Product . e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warran t y within 30 da ys after r e ceipt of the Product . If Nokia cannot per form repairs co ver ed under this l imited warr anty within 30 day s, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same def ec t, Nokia a t its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable am ount for usage. In
198 Section 4B: ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty some states the Consumer may hav e t he right to a loaner if the repair of the Product t akes more than ten (10) days. Please contact the Nokia Customer Serv ice Cen ter at the telephone number listed at the end of thi s w arran ty if you need a l oaner and the repair of the Product ha s taken or is estimated to take more than ten (10) days. f ) If the Product is returned duri ng the limited warran ty period, but the problem with the Product is not cover ed under the ter ms and conditions of this li mited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to hav e the Product repaired, with al l shipping charges billed to the C onsumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Pr oduct wil l be r eturned freight c ollect . If the Product i s returned af ter the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s norm al ser vice polic ies shall a pply and the Consumer w ill be r esponsible f or all shippi ng char ges. 9. Y ou (the C onsumer) understand that the product may c onsist of r efurbished equipment that c ontains used c om ponents , some of which hav e been repr ocessed. Th e used components c o mply with Product performance and reliability spec ifications. 10. ANY IMPLI ED W ARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P A R TICU LA R PU RPOSE OR US E, SHALL B E LIMI TED T O THE DU RA TION OF THE F OREGO I NG LIMITED WR ITTEN W ARRANTY . O THERWISE, TH E FO REGO I N G L IMI TE D W ARR ANT Y IS THE C ONS UME RâÂÂS SOL E A ND EX CLUSIVE R EMED Y AN D IS I N LI EU OF A LL O TH ER W AR RANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLI ED . NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPEC IAL, IN CI DENT AL, PU N ITIVE OR CONSEQU ENTIAL D AMAGES, INC LUD ING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI P A T ED B ENEFITS OR PROFI TS , L OSS OF SA VI NGS OR R EVENU E, L OSS OF DA T A, PU N ITI VE D AMAGES, L OSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASS OC IA TED EQU I P M ENT , C OS T OF CAPIT AL, C OS T OF ANY SUBS TIT UTE EQUI P MENT OR F AC I LITI ES, D OWNTIME, TH E CL AIMS OF A NY TH I R D P AR TI ES, INCL UDING C US T OM ER S , AND INJUR Y T O PR OPE R TY , RESUL TING FRO M THE PU RCHASE OR USE OF T H E PRODUCT OR AR ISING FRO M BREA CH OF THE W AR RAN TY , BREA CH OF C ONT RA CT , NEGLIGEN CE, S TRICT T OR T , OR ANY O TH ER L EGAL OR EQU IT A BLE THEORY , EVEN I F NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELI HOOD OF SUCH D AMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FO R DELA Y I N RENDERI NG SER VICE UN DER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR L OSS OF USE DU RI NG TH E PER IOD THA T TH E PROD UCT IS B EI N G R EP A I R ED . 11. So me states do not allow limita tion of how l ong an implied warr anty lasts, so the one year warr anty limitation m ay not apply to yo u (the Consumer). Some sta te s do not allow the e xclusion or limitation of incidental and c onsequential damages , so certain of the abov e limitations or exc l usions may not apply to you (the C onsumer). Thi s limited warranty giv es the Consumer spec ific legal
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 199 Wa r r a n t y rights and the C o nsumer may also hav e ot her rights which va ry from state to state. 12. Nok ia neither assumes no r authorizes any authorized service ce nter or an y other pers on or e nti ty to assume f or it a ny ot her obliga tion or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limite d warr anty including the provider or seller o f any e xtended wa rran ty or serv ice agr eement. 13. This is the entir e warranty bet ween Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contempor a neous agreements or understandings, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no r epresenta tion, promis e or condition not con t ained herein shall modify these terms. 14. This lim ited warr anty allocates th e ri sk of fai lu re o f t he Pro du c t between the Consumer and Nokia. The allo ca tion is rec o gnized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15. Any a ctio n or lawsuit for breach of warran ty mus t be commenc ed within eighteen (18) m onths fo llowing purchase of the Product . 16. Questi ons concerning this limited warr anty may be dir ected to : Nokia Inc. T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimil e: (813) 249-9619 TTY / TDD Users Only: 1- 800-24-NOKIA (1-800-246-6542) W ebs ite: w ww .nokiausa.c om/ support .
Index 201 Index Index Symbols code dialing 34, 57 A Abc mode 39 accessing your phoneâÂÂs d etails 62 accessories 136, 138 accessory jack 16 adjusting your phoneâÂÂs volume 47 alarm clock 92 analog roam 72 answer mode 56 answering calls 29 antenna 25 anykey answer 55 automatic keyguard 59 automatic redial 56 B backlight t ime-out 47 banner 47 battery capa city 21 care 18 7 charging 24 model 21, 138 replacing 22âÂÂ23 strength indicator 15 Bluetooth 131âÂÂ136 pairing 134 bookmarks 173 brightness 48 browser menu 170 C calculator 101 calendar 94âÂÂ9 7 Call Forwarding 157 Call Guard 30, 75 call key 16 call logs 77âÂÂ81 call settings 55âÂÂ58 Call Waiting 156 caller ID 58, 15 5 calling cards 56 calls calling card 56 emergency 31, 55, 66, 183 from call log entries 79 hands-free 32 incoming 29 missed 30 outgoing 28 restricti n g 68 setting ringtones for 46 three-way 33, 156 voice-activated 110âÂÂ112 camcorder 119 options 120 camera 115âÂÂ126 car kits 139 change time 105 changing your wallpaper 48 charger 24 adapter 139 jack 16 models 138 charging the batt ery 24 chat 167 contact lists 80 contacts 83âÂÂ89
202 Index groups 86 names 84 options 84 contra st 48 countdown timer 103 customer service 6 D data roam guard 75 Data services 159âÂÂ175 and messaging 166 and roaming 73 applications 160 downlo ads 128 enabling and disabling 70 FAQs 176 security features 70 user name 161 default settings 63 deleting messages 50 dialing 911 3 1, 55 dialing options 28 directory assistance 7 display screen 15, 17, 48 display settings 47âÂÂ49 displaying your phone number 26 distribution lists 86, 88 downlo ads 168 dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones 60 E earpiece 17 electronic serial number 8 Email providers, accessing 166 emergency calls 31, 5 5, 66, 183 emoticons 41 end key 15 enhancements 138 entering text 36âÂÂ41 expressions 49 F FCC Notice 191 G getting help 7, 61 getting new content 128 Go to menu 54 GPS 55 groups 86, 88 H hands-free 32, 110 headset jack 15 models 139 Hearing Aid Compatibility 185 help 7 help text 61 I icon glossary 17, 62 incoming calls 29 infrared 136 installing the battery 23 instant messaging accessing 167 international calls 34, 57 K key functions 14 keyguard 59 keypad 47, 147
Index 203 Index L location info 55 lock code changi ng 67 entering 66 locking your phone 66 long distance calls 56 loudspeaker 32 M main menu 2 6, 49 making calls 28 calling c ard 56 internatio nal 34, 57 voice-activated 110âÂÂ1 12 menu navigation 26 menu style 49 menus voicemail 151 messages alerts for 145 deleting 50 display format 50 to call log entries 80 while roaming 73 messaging settings 49âÂÂ52 microphone 16 missed calls 30 My albu ms 121 My Conten t 127 My Content Manager 129 N navigation key 16, 26, 59 Net Guard 162 networks 71, 72, 145 Nokia Care Contact Cent er 6, 8 notepad 98 notes 95 numbers 40 O operator services 7 options camcorder 120 contacts 84 dialing 28 Go to menu 54 in-call 32 menu 27 My Content 129 photo 118 roaming 74 shortcut 54 voice command 11 1 voicemail 147 organizer 91âÂÂ98 P phone 138 adjusting volume 47 alarm clock 92 answer mode 56 details 62 language 58 locking and unlocking 66 ownerâÂÂs record 193 powering on and off 20 registration 6 resetting 63 safety 181âÂÂ193 settings 58âÂÂ62 software updates 62 software version 62 phone number 26, 62 caller ID 29
204 Index saving 33 picture options 118 Picture Messaging 123 picture privacy 69 plus code dialing 34, 57 power ke y 15 Power Save mode 20 preset messages 41, 51 profile settings 44âÂÂ45 R registeri ng your phone 6 removing the battery 22 resetting your phone 63 restricting calls 68 righ t sele ction key 59 ringtones 46, 58, 76, 8 8, 93 roaming 28, 30, 71âÂÂ76 options 74 setting roam mode 74 S safety 138, 1 81âÂÂ193 security 65âÂÂ70 security settings 66, 171 send key 16 settings Bluetooth 133 call 55âÂÂ58 phon e 58 âÂÂ62 profiles 44 roaming 74 shortcuts 54, 59 sounds 45 speed dialing 56 shortcuts 16, 54, 59 signal strength indicator 17 smileys 41 SMS messaging 153 software updates 62 version 62 sound settings 45âÂÂ47 speakerphone 32 speed dialing 56, 86 start-up tone 61 stopwatch 105 symbols 41 T T9 Text Input mode 37 taking a photo 117 templates 41, 51 text entering 36 input modes 36 text messages 153 three-way calls 33, 156 timed profiles 45 timer 103 to-do list 99 touch tones 60 TTY service 53 TTY/TDD 53 turning your phone on and off 20 U user name 161 using the charge r 24 V video 119 options 120 voice co mmands 111
Index 205 Index voice dialing 110, 111 voice memos 113 Voice Services 109âÂÂ1 13 voice tags 110 voice-activated di aling 110â 112 voicemail 5, 73 menus 151 options 147 setting up 144 volume controls 16, 47 W wallpaper 48 warranty 195âÂÂ199 Web 170âÂÂ175 browser menu 170 custom er support 7 getting new content 128 security settings 171 Wireless services features 143âÂÂ157 wrong lock code 68
Table of Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Your PhoneâÂÂs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii Legal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Section 1: Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1A. Setting Up Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Setting Up Your Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Registering Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Getting Nokia Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 2: Using Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 2A. Phone Basi cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Front View of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Key Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Viewing the Display Scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Features of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Turning Your Phone On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Battery and Charge r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Displaying Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Navigating Through Phone Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Making and Answering Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 2B. Control ling You r Phoneâ s Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Display Setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Messaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 TTY Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Go to Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Call Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Phone Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Resetting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 2C. Se tting Y our Phone âÂÂs Securi ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Accessing the Security Settings Me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Lock Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Protecting Your Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Security Features for Data Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 2D. Control ling Yo ur Roam ing Expe rience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Understanding Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Setting Your Phon eâÂÂs Roamin g Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Using Call Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Using Data Roam Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Setting Roaming Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 2E. Managing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Viewing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Call Log Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Contacting Call Log Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Saving Co ntact Information Fro m Call Lo gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Erasing Call Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2F. Using Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Adding and Ed iting Contact Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Creating a Contact Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Finding Contact Entr ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Selecting a Ringer T ype for an Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Deleting Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Contacts Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 2G. Using Y our Pho neâÂÂs O rganizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Alarm Cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Note Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Using Your PhoneâÂÂs To-do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 2H. Using Y our Pho neâÂÂs Voi ce Serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Using Voice Command s and Voice Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Managing Voice Me mos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 2I. Using the Built-i n Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 About Your Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Taking a Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Recording a Video Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Using My Albums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Using Pictur e Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 2J. Using My Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Managing Folders and Fil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 My Content Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 2K. Using Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Turning Bluetooth On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Using the Bluetooth Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Pairing Bluetooth Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Bluetooth Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 2L. Accessories and Enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Rules About Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Section 3: Wireless Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 3A. W ireless Ser vice Fea tures: Th e Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Using Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Using SMS Text Messag ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Using Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Responding to Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Making a Three-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Using Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3B. Data Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Data Services Appli cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Getting Started With Data Servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Accessing Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Downloading Premium Services Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Explori ng the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Data Services FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Section 4: Safety and Warranty Information . . . . . . . 179 4A. Important Safety Infor mat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Phone . . . . . . . . . 183 Using Your Phone With a Hearing Aid Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Caring for the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Radiofrequency (RF) Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 OwnerâÂÂs Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Phone Guide Proprietar y Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 4B. Manufac ture râÂÂs Warr anty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Nokia One-Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
i Intr oduction This Phone User Guide introduces you to wir eless ser vice and all the f eatur es of your new phone. This guide is divided into the f ollowing f our sec tions: â½§ Sect ion 1: Getting St ar ted â½§ Sect ion 2: Using Y our Phone â½§ Sect ion 3: Wir eless Service F eatur es â½§ Sect ion 4: Safety and W arran ty Inf ormation Throughout this guide, y ou'll fi nd tips that highlight special shor tcuts and timely reminders to help y ou ma k e the most of y o ur new pho ne and service. The T able of C onten ts and Index will also help y ou quickly locate specific inf ormation. Y ou'll get the most out of y our phone if you read each section. Howev er , if y ou'd lik e to get right to a specific f eature, simply locate that sec tion in the T able o f Con t ents and go directly t o that page. Follow the instructions in tha t sec tion, and you'll be r eady to use your phone in no time. WA R N I N G Please ref er to âÂÂImpor tant Saf ety Inf ormation â on page 181 to learn about inf ormation that will help you saf ely use your phone. F ailure to r ead and follow the Impor tant Saf ety I nf ormation in this phone gu ide may r esult in serious bodily injur y , dea th, or pr operty damage.
ii Y our Phoneâ s Menu The f ollowing list outlines y o ur phon eâ s menu struc ture. F or mor e info rma tion about na vigating thr ough th e menus, please see âÂÂNavigating Thr ough P hone Menusâ on page 26. CAL L LOG S 1: M ISSED CALLS 2: I NCOMING CALLS 3: O UTGOING CALLS 4: M ESSAGE RE C IP I EN TS 5: C LEAR LOG LISTS 1: All call lists 2: Missed c alls 3: Incoming 4: Outgoing 5: Msg. recipients MESSA GI N G 1: T EXT MESSAGES 1: Create message 2: Inbo x 3: Outbo x 4: Sent items 5: Dr afts 6: Archiv e 7: T emplate s 8: My f olders 9: Distribution li sts 10: Delete messag es
iii 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 11: Message settings 1: Sending options 1: P RIORITY 2: S END CALLBACK NUMBER 3: S IGNATURE 2: Other settings 1: M ESSAGE FO NT SIZE 2: M ESSAGE OV ERWRITING 3: S AVE SENT MESSAGES 4: Q UEUE MSGS . WHE N DIGITAL UNAV AIL ABLE 5: I NC OMING MSG . DISPLAY 2: IM & E- MAIL 1: PCS Mail 2: A O L 3: MSN 4: Y ahoo! 5: Earthlink 6: Other 3: P ICTURE M ESSAGE 1: Create Picture Message 1: Send pi cture 1: C AMER A 2: T AKE NEW PICTURE 2: Send vi deo 1: V IDEO RECORDE R 2: T AKE NEW VIDEO 2: Inbo x 3: Delete mes sages
iv 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 4: Settings 1: M essage overw ritin g 2: Inc oming pictur e message di spla y 4: V OICE MESSAGES 1: Listen t o v oicemail mes sages 2: Clear new voicemail i con CO NT AC T S 1: N AMES 2: S ETTINGS 1: Scrol ling vie w 1: Normal name list 2: Name and numb er 3: Larg e name list 4: Name and i mage 2: Memory sta tus 3: G ROU P S 4: V OICE TAGS 5: S PEED DIALING 6: M Y PHONE NUMBER 7: D EL ETE ALL CO NT AC T S
v PICTURE S 1: C AMER A ( press Opti ons to displ a y the following m enus:) 1: Video 2: Z oom 3: Night mode on 4: Flash on 5: Self -timer on 6: Settings 1: Image q u ality 2: Image siz e 3: Ca mer a sounds 4: Self -timer lights 5: Default title 6: Def ault mode 2: C AMC ORDER ( press Options to display the following menus:) 1: Still imag e 2: Z oom 3: Mute 4: Flash on 5: Settings 1: Image q u ality 2: Image siz e 3: Ca mer a sounds 4: Self -timer lights 5: Default title 6: Def ault mode 3: M Y ALBUMS 1: My pictur es 1: Stored in camera 2: Sa v e d to phone
vi 2: My vi deos 1: Stored in Video rec order 2: Sa v e d to phone 3: Online albums 1: View o nlin e album s 2: Upload pictur es 3: Upload vi deos 4: P ICTURE M ESSAGE 1: Create Picture Message 1: Send pi cture 1: C AMER A 2: T AKE NEW PICTURE 2: Send vi deo 1: V IDEO RECORDE R 2: T AKE NEW VIDEO 2: Inbo x 3: Delete mes sages 1: All 2: All r ead 3: All unread 4: Settings 1: M essage overw ritin g 2: Incoming Picture Message display 5: O RDER PRINTS ( DISPLAY ED WHEN IMAG ES AR E STORED IN CAMER A OR PHONE ) 6: S ETTINGS & DETAILS 1: Aut o-deletion af ter upload 1: Enable d 2: Disa bled 2: Account in fo
vii MY CONTENT 1: G AMES 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 2: R INGERS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 3: S CREEN SAV ERS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 4: A PPLICATIONS 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er 5: M ESSAGING 1: Get ne w 2: C ont ent manag er MEDIA 1. Re cor der 2. Equalize r 1: Normal 2: P o p 3: R ock 4: Jazz 5: Classical 6: Set 1 7: Set 2
viii SETTIN GS 1: P ROFIL ES 1: Normal 2: Silent 3: Meeting 4: Outdoor 5: My pr ofile 1 6: My pr ofile 2 2: D ISPLAY 1: Main di splay 1: Standb y mode setti ngs 1: W AL LPAPER 2: S TANDBY MO DE FONT CO LO R 2: Screen sa ver 1: O N 2: O FF 3: S CREEN SAVE RS 4: T IME - OUT 3: Po wer sav er 4: Slee p mode 5: Banne r 1: D EFAULT 2: C USTOMIZE 6: Backli ght time -out 1: A LW AYS ON 2: A LW AYS OF F 3: 7 SECONDS 4: 15 SECONDS 5: 30 SECONDS
ix 2: Mini display 1: W allpaper 1: O N 2: O FF 3: I MAGE 4: O PEN C AMERA 2: Screen sa ver 1: O N 2: O FF 3: S CREEN SAVE RS 4: T IME - OUT 3: Po wer sav er 4: Slee p mode 3: E xpressi ons 1: Select expression 3: C ONNE CTIV ITY 1: Bluetooth 1: Bluetooth 2: Search for audio en hancements 3: Activ e devic e 4: P aired devi ces 5: Bluetooth settings 1: M Y PHONEâ S VISIBI LITY 2: M Y PHONEâ S NAM E 2: Infrared 3: USB data cable (gra yed out if not c onnect ed) 4: T ONES 1: Inco ming call aler t 1: Ringing 2: Ascending 3: Ring once
x 4: Beep once 5: Of f 2: Ringing tone 3: Inco ming call video 1: Of f 2: Incoming call video 1: M Y C ONTENT 2: P ICTURES 4: Ringing v olume 5: Vi b rati n g al e r t 6: Message aler t tone 1: Of f 2: Stand ard 3: Specia l 4: Beep once 5: Long & loud 5: Ringing tone 7: K eypad tones 8: W arning tone s 9: Alert for 1: All call s 5: T IME AND DA TE 1: Clock 1: Hide clock / Show clock 2: Set th e time ( gray ed ou t if Auto-upd ate of date & time is e nabled) 3: Time zone (gray ed out if Auto-update of date & time is enabled ) 4: Time f ormat 1: 24- HOUR 2: 12- HOUR
xi 2: Date 1: Hide date / Show date 2: Set t he date ( gra yed out if Auto-upd ate of date & time i s enable d) 3: Da te forma t 4: Da te separ ator 3: Auto upd ate of date & time 1: On 2: Confi r m first 3: Of f 6: C ALL 1: Loca tion info sharing 1: 911 only 2: On 2: Anyk ey answ er 3: Automati c redial 4: Speed dialing 5: Answ er when f old is opened 6: Ca lling ca rd 7: Interna tional prefix 8: Ca ll summary 9: Show call time on displa y 10: Ringing tone f or no caller ID 7: P HONE 1: Phone lang uage 1: English 2: Español 2: Navigation k ey 3: My shortcuts 1: Right se lection k ey 4: Aut omat ic k eyg uard
xii 5: T ouch tone s 1: Manual touch ton es 1: C ONTI NUOUS 2: F IX E D 3: O FF 2: T ouch tone length 1: S HORT 2: L ONG 6: Star t-up tone 7: He lp text a ct iv ation 8: Phone details 1: User de tails 1: M Y NUMBER (MDN) 2: M OBILE STA TION ID NUMBE R (MSID) 3: U SER NA ME 4: PCS V ISION STATUS 2: V ersion details 1: P HONE MODEL 2: S OF TWAR E VER SI O N 3: B ROWS ER VERS IO N 4: H ARDW ARE VERS IO N 3: S ystem deta ils 1: S YSTEM ID (S ID) 2: C HAN NEL 3: P RE FE RR ED ROAM ING LIST (PRL) 4: M ODE 5: F REQ U E NC Y 4: Icon de tails 9: Phone sof twar e upda tes
xiii 8: R OAMING 1: Set mode 1: Home 2: Aut omatic 3: R oaming only 2: Ca ll guard 3: Data roam guard 4: R oam call ringing tone 5: Ser vic e change tones 9: D AT A S ERVICES 1: Enable/Disable Data Services 2: Net guard 3: Update settings 10: O THER SETTINGS 1: V oice na vigation 1: Profil es 1: N ORMAL 2: S ILENT 3: M EETING 4: O UTDOOR 5: M Y PROFILE 1 6: M Y PROFILE 2 2: Message s 1: C ALL VO I CE M A I L 3: Infr ared 1: A CT IV A TE INFR AR ED 4: V oice r ecorder 1: R ECOR D 5: Call l og s 1: M ISSED CALLS 2: I NC OMING CALLS
xiv 2: Appl ication settin gs 1: Applica t ion sounds 2: Ap plicat ion li ghts 1: A PP . DE FINED 2: D EFAULT 3: A pp li c ati o n v ib rat io n 3: Enhanceme nts (some options appear only when enh ancemen t s are c onnec ted to phone) 1: Headset 1: D EFAULT PROFILE 2: A UTOMAT IC ANSWER 2: TTY / TDD 1: U SE TTY 3: Charge r 1: D EFAULT PROFILE 2: L IGHTS 4: Hearing aid 1: T - COIL HEARING AID MODE 4: Security (en ter lock c ode to access menu) 1: Phone lock 1: OF F 2: L OCK NOW 3: O N POWER - UP 2: Allo wed nos. when phone lo ck ed 3: Change lock c ode 4: Ca ll rest rictions 1: R ESTRICT OU TGOI NG CALLS 2: REST RI C T INCOMING CALLS 5: Pict ure priv acy 6: R eset camer a
xv 5: Netw ork services 1: Call f orwar ding 1: F ORWAR D ALL CALLS 2: Network feature setting 6. R estor e settings ORGANIZER 1. Alarm clock 1. Alarm ti me 1: On (display ed after alarm time is set) 2: Of f (displa yed af ter alarm time i s set) 2. R epeat alarm 1: On/ O f f 2: R epetition da ys 1: M ONDA Y 2: T UESD AY 3: W EDNESDA Y 4: T HURSDA Y 5: F RIDA Y 6: S ATURD AY 7: S UNDA Y 3. Alarm ton e 1: Stand ard 2: Open My Content
xvi 4. Snooze time-out 1: 5 minutes 2: 10 minutes 3: 15 minutes 4: 30 minutes 5: 60 minutes 6: Other 2. Cal endar 3. Notes 4. T o-do list 5. Calc ulator 6. Tim er 1. Normal time r 2. Interval timer 1: Add new time r 3. Settings 1: Continue to the next period 1: C ONFIR M FIRST 2: A UTOMAT IC 7. Stopw atch 1. Split timing 2. Lap timing WE B
xvii Legal Inf orma tion C opyright é 2006 Nokia . All righ ts r eserved. Nokia, Nokia C onnec ting P eople, Pop-P or t, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos ar e trad emarks or r egistered tr ademarks of Nokia C orpor ation. Other c o mpany and pr oduc t names mentioned her ein may be tr ademarks or tr ade names of their r espec tive owners. Bluetooth wir eless technolog y is a r egister ed tr ademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Includes RSA BS AFE cryptogr aphic or security pr otocol sof tware fr om RSA Se cur ity . Jav a⢠is a tradem ark of Su n Microsyst ems, Inc .
xviii The inf ormation c ontained in this user guide was written f or the Nokia 6165 and 6165i pr oducts. Nokia oper ates a policy of ongoing dev elopment . Nokia reserves the righ t to make changes to any of the products described in this document with out prior no tice. UN DER NO CI RCUMS T ANCES S HALL NOKIA BE R ESPONSI BLE FOR ANY L OSS OF D A T A OR I NC OME OR ANY SPECIAL, I NCI DENT AL, AN D C ONSEQU ENTIAL OR IN DIR ECT D AMAGES HO WSOEVER C A USED . THE C ONTENT S OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PRO VI DED â AS IS . â EX CEPT AS REQU I R ED B Y APPLICABLE LA W , NO W ARRANTIES OF ANY KIN D , EITHER EXPRESS OR I MP LIE D , IN CL UD ING , B U T N O T LI MI T ED T O , T H E IM PL IE D W AR RANTIES OF MERCHANT ABI LITY AN D FITNESS FOR A P AR TICUL AR PUR POSE, ARE MADE IN R ELA TION T O THE AC CU RA CY AND R ELIAB I LITY OR C ONTENT S OF TH IS DO CUM ENT . NO KIA RESE R VES THE RIGH T T O RE V IS E THIS DO CUMENT OR WIT H DRA W IT A T ANY T IME WIT HOUT P RIOR NO TICE. The wireless de vices described in this guide ar e appro ved f or use on the CDMA 800 and 1900, AMPS network s, and GP S in the 6165i device. C ontact your network oper ator for mor e inf ormation about netw orks. When using the f eatur es in this device, obe y all laws and r espect local customs as well as priv acy and legitimate righ ts of others. EXPORT CONTROLS This d evice may contain com modit ies, technolog y , or softwar e subject to expor t law s and r egulations by the U .S. and other c ountries. Div ersion c ontr ary to law is prohibited. C opyright pr otec tions may pr ev ent some images, music (including ring ing tones), and the conten t from being copied, modified, tr ansf erred, or f orwarded.
xix FC C/INDUS TR Y CANAD A NO TICE Y our device may cause TV or radio in t erfer ence (for e xample, when using a tel ephone in clos e pro xim ity to receiving equipment). The F CC or Industry C anada can require y ou to stop using your telephone if such interfer ence c annot be elimin ated. If you require assista nce, contac t your local se rv ice f a cility . Th is device com plies with pa r t 15 o f the FC C rules. Oper ation is subjec t to the f ollowing two conditions: (1) th i s device ma y not cause harmful interfer ence, and (2) this device must accept a ny in ter f erence r eceived, including interfer ence that may cause undesired oper ation. Any changes or modifications not e xpressly appro ved by Nokia c ould v o id the userâ s authority to oper ate this equipmen t .
xx
Section 1 Getting Star ted
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 3 Setting Up Service Section 1A Setting Up Ser vice In This Section â½§ Getting Started â½§ Setting Up Y our V oicemail â½§ Vo i c e m a i l P a s s w o r d â½§ Re gistering Y our Phone â½§ Getting Help â½§ Getting Noki a Help Setting up ser vice on your new phone is quick and easy . This sec tion walk s y ou through t he necessary st eps to unlock your phone, set up y o ur v oicemail, and con tact Nokia for help with y our phone.
4 Section 1A: Setting Up Service Getting Star ted Unlock ing Y our Phone T o unl ock y our phone, f ollow these e asy steps: 1. Press and hold to turn the phone on. (If y our phone is lock ed, it will displa y âÂÂPhone lock edâ on the standby screen.) 2. Press Menu . 3. Enter your f our - digit lock c o de. (F or security purposes, the code is not visible as you type.) 4. Press OK . Ti p: If you can âÂÂt recall y our lock code, try using the last four digits of y our wireless phone number , or try 0000. If neither of these work, contact your service pro v ider .
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 5 Setting Up Service Setting Up Y our V oicemail All unans wer ed calls to y o ur phone are automatically tr ansf erred to y our v oicemail, ev en if y our phon e is in use or turned of f . Theref ore, you will w ant to set up y our v oicemail and personal gr eeting as soon as y our phone is ac tiv ated. T o set up y our v oicemail: 1. Press and hold . 2. F ollow the system prompts to: 䡲 Create y our passcode. 䡲 Rec ord your gr eeting . 䡲 Rec ord y our name announcement . 䡲 Choose w hether or not to activa te S kip P ass Code (a f eature that lets you access messages simply by pr essing and holding , bypassing the need f or you t o e nt e r you r p a ss co d e) . V o icem ail Password Y ou'll cr eate y o ur v oicemail pa ssword (or passcode) when you set up yo ur v oicemail. Note: Vo i c e m a i l P a s s c o d e If you ar e concerned about unauthorized access to y our v oicemail accoun t , it is r ecommended that y ou enable y our v oicemail passcode (do not activa te One- T ouch Message Access ).
6 Section 1A: Setting Up Service R egistering Y our Phone R egister your phone at www . wa rra nty .noki ausa. c om or call 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-66 5-4228). Use this number if you ev er need to call the Nokia C are C ontact Center or hav e your phone r epair ed.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 7 Setting Up Service Getting Help Directory Assistance Y ou h av e access to a v ariety of services a n d inf orma tion, including r esidential, busine ss , and government listings. There i s a per - call charge to use Directory Assistance, and y o u will be billed f or air time. T o call Dir e ctory Assistance: ä³ Press . Oper ator Services Oper ator Serv ices pr ovi des assistance when pl acing col le ct calls or when placing calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party . T o acc ess Opera tor Ser vices: ä³ Press . F or mo r e inf ormation, please co ntact your service pr ovider .
8 Section 1A: Setting Up Service Getting Nokia Help If y ou need help with y our 6165i phone, the Nokia C are C ontact C enter is av ailable for assistance. Bef ore calling , we r ecommend that y ou write down the foll o wing inf ormation and hav e it av ailable: 䢠Electronic serial number ( ESN). 䢠Y our zip c ode (only in the US). The ESN is f ound on the type label, which is loca ted beneath the battery on the back of the phone. See âÂÂR emoving the Batteryâ on page 22.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service 9 Setting Up Service Co n t a c t N o ki a Please hav e your product with you when cont acting any of these numbers: Nokia C are C ontact Center Nokia Inc . 4630 W oodland Corpor ate B lvd. Suite #160 T ampa, Florida 33614 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-813-249-9619 We b s i t e : ww w .nokiausa.com/ sup por t In Canada, call: T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-2 26-6542) We b s i t e : ww w .nokia.c a F or TTY /TDD users: T el: 1-800-24-NOKIA (1-800-2 46-6542) Accessi bility Solutions Nokia is c om mitted to making mobile phones easy to use f or all individuals , including thos e with disabilities. F or more inf ormation, visit ww w .nokiaaccessibility .com .
Section 2 Using Y our Phone
Section 2A: P hone Basics 13 Phone Basics Section 2A Phone Basics In This Section â½§ Fr ont View of Y our Phone â½§ Ke y F u n c t i o n s â½§ Viewing the Display Screen â½§ F eatures of Y our Phone â½§ T urning Y our Phone On and Off â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Battery and Char ger â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Antenna â½§ Displa ying Y our Phone Number â½§ Nav iga ting Thro ugh Ph one Menus â½§ Making and Answering Calls â½§ Entering T ext Y our phone is packed with f eatur es that simplify y our lif e and expand y our ability to stay c onnected to the people and informa tion that are impor tant to you. This section will guide y o u through the basic fu nctions and c alling fea tures of your phone.
14 Section 2A: Phone Basics Fr ont V iew of Y our Phone 6165i Phone 14. Navigation K ey 11 . V o lu m e Co ntro l s 2. Displa y Screen 15. Signal Stren gth Indi cator 1. Battery Str ength Indic ator 3. Righ t Selec tion K ey 8. Microphone 13. Le ft Se lection K ey (Go to in standby mode ) 6. P ower/End K ey 16. E arpiece 10. Charger Jack 5. Center Selec tion K ey (Me nu in standby mode) 9. Accessory Jack 4. Headset Jack 12. Send/ Call K ey 7. Ca mer a Button
Section 2A: P hone Basics 15 Phone Basics Ke y F u n c t i o n s 1. Battery Strength Indica tor r epresen ts the curren t amount of charge a vaila b le in y our phone. When all bars ar e displ ay ed in the battery ic on, the phoneâ s batt ery is fully charged. W hen no bars are display e d, the phoneâ s battery is c om pletely discharged or empty . 2. Display Screen displa ys all the informa tion needed to oper ate y o ur phone, such as the call sta tus , the C ontact ent ries , the da te and time, the signal an d battery strength, and so on. 3. Right Se lecti on K ey allows y ou to select ac tions or menu items c orresponding to the bottom right line on the displa y scr een. This is usually the Back option, which allows y o u to r eturn to the pre vious menu, or the Exi t option, which cancels the cu rrent oper ation. This k ey also allow s y ou to return to the pr evious scr een in a da ta services session, and it allows y ou to turn on the camera in def ault standby mode. 4. Headset Jack allows y ou to plug in an optional headset f or co nv enient, hands-f ree con versa tions. 5. Cent er Sele ction K ey selects the highl ighted choic e when naviga t ing through a menu. Th is ke y also allows you to access the main menu in standby mode. 6. Po wer/ End K ey ends a call. Press and hold this k ey for about two seconds to turn your phone on or of f . While in the main menu, it r eturns the phone to standby mode and cancels y our inpu t . When y ou r eceiv e an incoming call, pr ess to dismiss the call and send th e caller to v oicemail. CA UTION! Inser ting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone.
16 Section 2A: Phone Basics 7. Camer a Button opens the Pictur es menu and allow s yo u to quickly access your phoneâ s built -in camera. 8. Microphone allows the other cal ler to hear you clearly when y o u speak. 9. Accessory Jack allows you to c onnec t optional accessories, such as a USB cable. 10. Charger Jack c onnects the phone to t he battery ch arger . 11. V olu me Contr ol s allow you to adjust the ringer v olume in standby mode (with the flip open) or adjust the v oice v olume during a call. T o mute the ringer during a n incoming ca ll, press the up or down v olume key . 12. Send/C all K ey allows y ou to place or receiv e calls, ans wer C all W aiting , use Thr ee- W ay C alling , or ac tiv ate Vo i c e D i a l . 13. Navigation K ey allow s y o u to scroll up , down, right, and lef t thr ough the phon eâ s menu options and pro vides shor tcuts from standby mode. T o acc ess the def ault shor tcuts: 䡲 Press Up to acces s Names. 䡲 Press Down to access My C o nten t . 䡲 Press Right to access Data Serv ices. 䡲 Press Left to access Messaging. 14. Lef t Selection K ey all ows y ou to selec t actions or menu items c orrespond ing to the bottom left li ne on the displa y screen. This usually displays Options f or corr es ponding menus. This k ey also allow s you to access the Go to menu in standby mode. CA UTION! Inser ting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone. Ti p: See âÂÂNaviga t ion K eyâ on page 59 to assign shor tcuts t o your f av orit e or often-used functions.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 17 Phone Basics 15. Signal Strength Indicator repr esents the signal strength by displa ying bars. The more bars displa yed, the better the sign al strength. 16. Ea r p i e c e lets you hear cal l ers , calling parties, tones , and automated pr ompts. V iewing the Displa y Screen Y our phoneâ s display scr een provides a w ealth of informat ion about y o ur phoneâ s status and options. The f ollow ing list identifies man y of the symbols youâÂÂll see on y our phoneâ s displa y screen: indicates Bluetooth wirel ess technolog y is active. indicates an inc om ing call, call-in-progr ess, or missed call. indicates that calls ar e not pos sible. indicates you ha v e new text messages. indicates y ou ha ve new multimedia messages. indicates y ou ha ve new v oicemail. (Press and hold to call y our vo icemail bo x .) indicates a car kit is connec ted to your phone. indicates your data services connec tion is ac tive (da ta is being tr ansf erred). indicates da ta services c onnec tion is dormant (no data is being sen t or receiv ed ). indicates that y o ur phone cannot c urren t ly access data services f eat ures.
18 Section 2A: Phone Basics indicates tha t your phone is r oaming . indicates tha t global positioning (GP S) is active. indicates tha t the GPS f eature is inactiv e. indicates tha t y our phoneâ s vibr ating aler t is on. indicates y our phone is in silent mode. indicates y our phone is oper ating in TTY mode. indicates that k eyguar d is on. indicates that the alarm is on. indicates that a hands-fr ee accessory is connected. indicates that the camera is ready for use. indicates that the sto pwa tc h is running . indicates that the countdown timer is a ctive. F ea tur es of Y our Phone C ongr atula tions on the pur chase of your phone. The 6165i phone by Nokia is ligh tweight, eas y-to-use, and r eliable, and it also of fers many significan t f eatur es and ser vice options. The f ollowing list pr eviews some of those f eatur es and pro vides page numbers where y ou can find out mor e: 䢠Dual-Band/T ri-Mode capability allow s you to mak e and receiv e calls while on the network av ailab le to y ou and to Note: Display indicat ors help you manage your roaming charges by letting you know when y ouâ re of f the network av ailable to you and whether youâ re oper ating in digital or analog mode. (F or more inf ormation, see âÂÂC ontrolling Y our R o aming E xper ienceâ on page 71.)
Section 2A: P hone Basics 19 Phone Basics roam on ot her analog network s and 1900 and 800 MHz digital network s where r oam ing agreemen ts hav e been implemen ted (page 71). 䢠Data services pr ovide access to the wireless In tern et in digital mode (pag e 159). 䢠Picture Messaging (page 123) and SMS T ext Messaging (page 153) pr ovide quick and c onv enient messaging capabiliti es. 䢠V oice C om mand lets y ou dial phone numbers b y speaking someoneâ s name or the digi ts of their phone number (page 109). 䢠Games, ringers , scr een sav ers, and other applications can be downloaded to mak e your phone as unique as y ou are (page 168). Additional charges ma y apply . 䢠The C o nt acts list allows you to stor e up to 500 ent ries , with up to fiv e phone numbers per entry (page 83). 䢠The built -in Or ganizer of f e rs a calendar and se ve ral other personal informa tion management featur es to help you manage your busy lif estyle (page 91). 䢠Y our phone is equipped with a GPS L ocation f eatur e that tells e merge ncy services d ispa tchers w here y ou are. The GPS f e atur e will also be used in c onnection with location-based services that may be a vaila ble in the future (page 55). 䢠Y our phoneâ s external L C D displa y allows y ou to monitor the phoneâ s sta tus and see wh oâ s calling without opening the phone. 䢠T9 T ext Input lets y ou quickl y type messages with one ke y press per letter (page 37). 䢠Speed dialing lets yo u dial phone numbers with one or two k ey presses (page 35).
20 Section 2A: Phone Basics Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O n a n d O f f Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O n T o turn y our phone on: ä³ Press and hold f or two seconds. Once y o ur phone is on, it m a y display âÂÂSear c hing f or Serv ice,â which indicates tha t y our phone is searching f o r a signal. When y our pho ne finds a signal, it automatically en ters standby modeâÂÂthe phoneâ s idle state. A t this point, you ar e r eady to begin making and receiving calls. If your phone is unabl e to find a signal af ter 15 minutes of searching , a P ower Sa ve f eatur e is automatically activ ated. When a signal is f ound, your phone a utomatically returns to standby mode. In P ower Save mode, y our pho ne searches f or a signal periodically without your i ntervention. Y ou can also initiate a search f or wireless service by pr essing any k ey (when y o ur phone is turned on). Tu r n i n g Y o u r P h o n e O f f T o turn y our phone off : ä³ Press and hold f or two seconds until y o u see the powering down anima tion on the display scr een. Y our scr een remains blank while y our phone is of f (unless the battery is char ging). Note: The P o wer Sa ve f eature helps to c onser ve y our battery power when you ar e in an area wher e there is no signal.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 21 Phone Basics Using Y our Phoneâ s Ba ttery and Charg e r Battery C apacity Y our phone is equipped with a 1150 mAh Lit hium Ion (Li-Ion) battery (BL -6C). It allows y ou to recharge y our battery bef ore it is fully dr ained. The batter y prov ides up to 4 . 0 hours of c ontinuous di gital talk time. (Standby time is measur ed with the phone closed.) When the ba ttery reaches 5% of its capa city , the batter y ic on blink s. When ther e ar e appro ximately two minutes o f talk time lef t, the phone sounds an audible alert and then powers down. WA R N I N G Use only Nokia-approv ed batteries and chargers with your phone. The f ailure to use a Nokia-appr oved battery and charger may incr ease the risk that your phone will overhea t, catch fir e, or explode, r esulting in serious bodily injury , death, or property damage. Note: Long backlight settings , searching for service, vibrat e mode, and brow ser use af fect the batteryâ s talk and standby times . Ti p: Be sure to w atch your phoneâ s battery lev el i ndicator and charge the battery bef ore it runs out of power .
22 Section 2A: Phone Basics R emoving the Ba tter y T o r emov e your battery : 1. Make sure the power is of f so that you donâÂÂt lose an y stored numbers or messages. 2. T o r emov e the back cov er , turn the phone upside down, push down on the back co ver and slide it tow ard the bottom of the phone . 3. Lif t up the ba ttery to remo ve it. WA R N I N G Do not handle a dama ged or leaking Li-Ion battery as you can be burned. Alwa ys switch the phone off and disconnect the charger bef ore r emoving the battery .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 23 Phone Basics Installing the Ba ttery T o install the Li-Ion battery: 1. T o install, insert the batt ery in to the op ening on the back of the phone and gently pr ess down until the latch s nap s into pla ce . 2. Slide the back co ver on to the back of the phone.
24 Section 2A: Phone Basics Charging the Battery Y our phoneâ s Li-Ion ba ttery is r e chargeable and, if not alrea dy , should be charged as soon as poss ible, so that y ou can begin using your phone. K eeping tr ack of your batteryâ s charge is impor tant . If y our battery lev el becomes too low , y our phone automatic a lly turns of f and y ou will lose all the inf ormation yo u wer e just working on. F or a quick check of your phoneâ s batte ry lev el, glance at the battery char ge indicator at the top of y our phoneâ s display scr een. If the battery ch arge is getting too low , the battery ic on blinks and the phone so unds a w arning tone . Alwa ys use a Nokia-appro ved desktop char ger , tra vel charger , or vehicl e power adapter to char ge y our ba ttery . Using the Char ger T o use the tr av el charger pro vided with y our phone: ä³ Plug the r ound end of the AC adapter in to the phoneâ s charg er jack and the oth er en d into an el ectrical outlet . It tak e s appro ximately 1 hour and 45 minutes (model AC- 4 charger) or appr o ximately 3 hours and 45 minutes (model A C -3 charger) to fully recharge a completely discharged ba ttery . Wi th the appro ved Li-Ion ba ttery , y ou can re charg e the battery bef ore it bec omes completely run down. The BL -6C batte ry pro vides up to 4.0 hours of t alk time. Oper ation times are estima tes and may v a ry depending on network conditions , charging , and pho ne use. WA R N I N G Using the wrong battery charger co uld cause damage to your phone and v oid the warran ty .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 25 Phone Basics Using Y our Phoneâ s Antenna Y our phone has an e x ternal an tenna loca ted tow ards the top of the phone with the fold closed. E xtend the ant enna fully . Hold the phone with the an tenna ar ea poin ted up and ov er your shoulder . As with any other r a dio transmitting ph one, do not touch th e antenna unnecessarily when the phone is switched on. C ont act with your phoneâ s antenna af f ec ts call quality and may cause the phone to oper ate at a higher power lev el than otherwise needed. A voiding c ont act with an tenna area when oper ating the phone optimiz es the antenna per f o rmance and battery lif e. An internal GP S antenna is activ ated when y ou place an emergency cal l or when y ou sele c t the L ocation inf o sharing mode from the Menu > Settings > C all menu. See âÂÂLoca tion Info Sharin gâ on page 55.
26 Section 2A: Phone Basics Displa ying Y our Phone Number Just in case you f o r get your phone number , your phone can remind y ou. T o displa y y our phone number : ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Phon e > Phone details > User details > My number (MDN) . âÂÂorâ Menu > Contacts > My phone number . (Y our phone number will be display ed.) Na vigating Through Phone Menus The na vigation k ey on y our phon e allows you to scr oll through menus quickly and easily . Depending on the options di spla yed, a scroll bar a t the right of the menu keeps tr ack of your position in the menu at all ti m es. T o na vigat e through a menu, simply pr ess the na viga tion ke y u p or d ow n . I f yo u are in t h e m ai n me n u , you m ay al so n av ig ate through the fir st -level menu options (su ch as Ca ll Log s , Messaging , Se ttings , etc .) by pressing the na vigati on k ey lef t or right. ( Y our main menu view option must be set to Grid .) F or a diagr am of your phoneâ s menu, see âÂÂY our Phoneâ s Menuâ on page ii. Ti p: To s e l e c t Menu , pres s the cen ter selection k ey wh en in standby mode. T o select menu opti ons (suc h as Settings ), use the na vigation k ey to highligh t the option an d press the cen ter selection k ey . See âÂÂNa vigati ng Thr ough Phone Men us. âÂÂ
Section 2A: P hone Basics 27 Phone Basics Selecting Menu I tems As y ou nav iga te thr ough the men u, menu options a re highligh ted. Selec t highl ighted options by pressing th e center selectio n k ey . F or example, if y ou want to view y our last inc oming call: 1. Press the center sele cti on key ( Menu ) fr om standby mode to access the main men u. 2. Selec t Call l ogs . 3. S c rol l d o w n ( p res s th e do w n n a vigation k ey) to highlight Incoming calls . 4. Press the cente r s elec tion key ( Selec t ). (If you hav e received any calls, the y ar e display ed on the scr ee n.) Backing Up Within a Menu T o access pre vio us menus: ä³ Press ( Back ) as many ti mes as needed . Cancel ing a command T o quickly end an oper ation and return to standb y mode: ä³ Press . Note: F or t he purposes of this g uide, the above steps condense into âÂÂSelect Menu > Call logs > Incoming calls .âÂÂ
28 Section 2A: Phone Basics Making and Answ ering Calls Making Ca lls Placing a call from y our wireless phone is as easy as making a call fr om any landline phone. Just enter the number and pre ss , a n d yo uâ re o n yo u r way t o c le a r c a l ls . T o make a call usin g y our k eyp ad: 1. Make sur e y our phone is on. 2. Enter a phone number from standby mode. (If you mak e a mistake while dial ing , pr ess ( Clear ) to er ase one digit at a time. Press and hold to er ase the entir e number .) 3. Press to mak e the call. (Y ou must also press [ Ye s ] a t the prompt, âÂÂR oaming ra te appl ies . Pla ce c all? â to make a call when you a re roaming and C all Guard is enabled. See âÂÂC ontrolli ng Y our R oaming E xperienceâ on page 71.) 4. Press or close the phone to end the call when y o u ar e fini shed. Y ou can also place calls fr om your phone by speed dialing numb ers from your conta c t li st a nd b y us ing you r Call log s. Dialing Options When you enter numbers in s tandby mode, you may press ( Options ) to see a va riety of commands tha t can be applied to the number yo u are en tering . T o initiate an option, scr oll to highlight the menu item and pr ess Select . Ti p: T o redial y our last outgoing call, press the send/ call k ey twice from standb y mode.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 29 Phone Basics 䢠Add to c ontact adds the number to an existing c ontact in your C ontacts list . (See âÂÂUsing Co ntactsâ on page 83.) 䢠Send message sends a te xt messag e or pictur e message to tha t number . (See âÂÂUsi ng SMS T ext Messag ingâ o n page 153 and âÂÂUsing P ic ture Messa g ingâ on page 123.) 䢠Inser t pause (âÂÂpâÂÂ) inserts a har d pause into the number string . (See âÂÂDialing and Sa ving Phone Numbers W ith P ausesâ on page 34.) 䢠In se r t wai t (âÂÂw â ) inser ts a two-second pause in to the number string . (See âÂÂDialing and Sa ving Phone Numbers W ith P ausesâ on page 34.) 䢠To h o m e or To f o r e i g n lets y ou use the currency c onverter to c onv er t the number using local or for eign ex change r ates. (See âÂÂUsing Y our Phoneâ s C alculatorâ on page 101.) 䢠Co u n td ow n ti m er lets you set a timer and a reminder . See âÂÂUsing Y our Phoneâ s Timerâ on page 10 3.) 䢠Call dials th e number . Answering C alls T o answer an incoming call: 1. Make sur e your phone is on. (If y our phone is of f , inc om ing calls go to v oicem ail.) 2. Press to answer an inc oming call. (Depending on y ou r phoneâ s settings , you ma y also answer inc oming calls by opening the phone, or by pressing an y number ke y .) Y our phone notifie s yo u of inc oming calls as follow s: 䢠The phone rings or vibr ates. 䢠The screen displa ys an incoming call message. If the incoming call is from a number stored in y our contact list, the entryâ s name is displa y ed. The callerâ s phone number may al so be displa yed, if a vailabl e . If y ou do not wish to answer , press the c orresponding selection ke y option on the incoming call display scr een.
30 Section 2A: Phone Basics 䢠Silence to mute the ringer . 䢠Dismiss to send the call to y our voice m ail bo x . Answ ering a R oam Call with C a ll Guar d Enabled Ca ll Guard i s an option tha t helps you m anage y our roaming charges when mak ing or rece iving calls while outside the network a v ailable to you. T o answer a call when y ou are r oaming and Call Guard is enabled : ä³ Select Answ er to answer the call. Ending a Call T o disconnect a call when you are finished: ä³ Close the phone or pr ess . Missed Call Notification When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed calls log is displa yed on your scr een. T o displa y the Missed call entry from the notification scr een: ä³ Highligh t the entry and press the center selec tion ke y . T o displa y a missed call entry from standb y mode: 1. Selec t Menu > Call lo gs > Missed call s . 2. Highlight the en try you w ant to view and pr ess the cente r sele ct ion key . Note: When your phone is of f , incoming calls go dir ec tly to v oicemail. Note: The Call logs function only records calls that occur while the phone is tur ned on. If a call is receiv ed while your phone is turned of f , it wil l not appear in the phoneâ s Incoming or Missed calls logs.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 31 Phone Basics Calling Emer gency Numbers Y ou can pl ace calls to emergency numbers such as 911 (dial and press ) , even if your pho ne is locked o r y o ur acc ount is r estricted. During an emer gency call, pres s to display y our options. T o select an option, highl ight it and pr ess Select . 䢠My p hon e num be r to quickly show y our phone number on the display screen. 䢠Speak erphone to activ ate speak erphone mode. (If y ou ar e in speakerphone mode, the option appear s as Handset to deactiv ate.) 䢠End all calls to end all activ e calls. A f ter ending calls, you must select Exit > Y es > Y es to exit Emer gency mode. 䢠T ou ch to nes to send a series of D T MF tones. 䢠C o ntacts to access the C ontacts men u. Note: When y ou place an emergen cy call, y our phone aut o ma tically ente rs Emerg ency mode. Ti p: Y ou may also toggle the phone mode during a call by pressing the right selection ke y (to switch between Spkrph. and Normal ). Impor tant Notice: Wir eless phones, including this device, opera te using radio signals , wireless network s, landline networks , and user-pr o gr ammed functions. Because of this , connections in all c onditions cannot be guar anteed. Y ou should neve r rely solely on any wireless device f or essen tial communica t ions like medical emer gencies.
32 Section 2A: Phone Basics Mak e sure y our phone is properly charged bef ore a t tempting any emergency calls. If your ba ttery becomes empty , yo u cannot r eceiv e or make calls , including emergency cal ls and must w ait a few mi nutes af ter the char ging begins to place you r c a l l. 1. Press as many times as ne eded to clear the displa y and ready the phone f or calls. 2. Enter the of ficial eme rgency number f or y our present location and press . Emergency numbers v ary by location. If certain fea tures ar e in use, y ou may f irst ne ed to turn those fea tures of f before y o u can mak e an emergency call. C onsult this guide f or more inf ormation. When making an emergency ca ll, giv e all the necessary inf ormation as accur ately as po ssible. Y our phone ma y be the only means of communica tion at the scene of an accident. Do not end the call until given permission to do so. In-Call Options Pr essing ( Options ) d u r i n g a c a ll d i s p l ay s a l i s t o f fe a t u r e s y ou ma y use during th e co urse of a ca ll. T o select an option, highlight the option and pr ess the center s elec tion k ey . The f ollowing func tions are av ailable through the Options men u: 䢠Speakerphone routes the phoneâ s au dio through the speak er or through the earpiece. (If you ar e in speakerphone mode, the option appears as Handset to deac tiv ate.) Ti p: Y ou may also toggle the phone mode during a call by pressing the right selection ke y (to switch between Spkrph. and Normal ). WA R N I N G Due to higher v olume lev els , do not place the phone near you r ear in speak erphone mode.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 33 Phone Basics 䢠Three-w ay call adds a new calling party to the line. 䢠End all calls ends all calls. 䢠T ou ch to nes sends a series of D T MF tones. 䢠C o ntacts accesses t he Contacts menu. 䢠Menu displa ys the phoneâ s main menu. During a call, the center se lect ion ke y func tions as th e Mute button. Press it to mute the phon eâ s microphone f or priv acy . Pr ess it again to Unmute the phone. End-of -Call Options Af ter receiving a cal l fr om or making a ca ll to a phon e number that is not in your c ontact list, the phone number and the dur ation of the call ar e display ed . Select Sav e if you wish to add the new number to y our Cont ac ts. Af ter receiving a cal l fr om or making a ca ll to a phon e number that is alr eady in your c ontact list, the c o nt act name and the dur ation of the call ar e display ed . Select Details > O ptions if y ou wan t to view or edit additional inf ormation f or the con tac t . Sa ving a Phone Numbe r Y our phone ca n stor e up to 500 c ontacts, with up to fiv e numbers per c ontact en try . Y our phone automatica lly sor ts the c ontact list alphabetically . T o sav e a number from standby mode: 1. Enter a phone number . 2. Press Sav e . 3. Enter th e new c o nt ac t name usin g the ke ypad. Note: The End-of -Call options ar e not displa yed f or calls ide ntified as (no number). Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T ext â on page 36 f or details on entering characters in text - entry screens.
34 Section 2A: Phone Basics 4. Press OK . 5. The new number is sav ed to your c ontact list . T o add other inf ormation f or the contact, press Opt ions . Dialing and Saving Phone Nu mbers With P auses Y ou c an dial or sa ve phone num bers wit h pa uses f or use with automa ted systems , such as v oicemail or cr edit card billing numbers. There ar e two typ es of pauses a v ailable on y our phone: 䢠Pa u s e sends the next set of numbers wh en you pr ess . The character âÂÂpâ appear s in the dial string . 䢠Wa i t automatically sends the next set of numbers af ter two sec onds. The char acter âÂÂwâ appears in the dial st ring . T o dial or sav e phone numbers with pauses: 1. Enter the phone number . 2. Quickly press r epeatedly un til the desir ed dialing c ode appears on the displ ay scr een (three pr esses for a pause or four presses f or a wait). 3. Enter addition al numbers. 4. Selec t Sa ve to enter t h e number in y our con tac t list. âÂÂorâ Press to call the number . Plus ( ) C ode Dialing When placing in ternational call s, y ou can use Plus Co de Dialing to automa tically enter the interna t ional access c ode f or y our location (for e xample, 01 1 f or interna tional call s placed fr om the United States ). Note: Y o u can have multiple pauses in a phone number and combin e two-seco nd and ha rd pa uses.
Section 2A: P hone Basics 35 Phone Basics T o mak e a call using Plus C ode Dialing: 1. Quickly press twice until a â â appe ars on the displ ay scr een. 2. Dial the coun try c ode and phone num ber yo uâ r e calling and press . (The access code f or international dialing will automa tically be dialed, f ollowed by the c ount ry code and phone number .) Dialing Fr om th e Contacts List T o dial an entry fr om your lis t of c ontacts: 1. Selec t Menu> C ontac ts > Names . 2. Highlight the entry you wish to ca ll. 3. Press to call the def ault number for the entry . Using Speed Dialing Y ou can stor e up to eight numbers i n y our phoneâ s speed dial memory t o make co nt acting friends and f amily as eas y as pr essing a button or two . W ith this f eatur e, you can en ter speed dial numbers using one k ey press f or locations 2 -9. T o activ ate speed dialing: 1. Selec t M e nu > Se ttings > C all > Speed dial ing . 2. Selec t On . T o use speed dialing f or loca tions 2-9: ä³ Pr ess and hold the appropria te ke y f or appro ximately two seconds. The displa y confirms that the num ber has been dialed when it shows â Calling... â . Ti p Fr om the main menu, selec t Go to > Nam es to disp lay your list of c ontacts. Ti p See â Assigning Speed Dialing Numbersâ on page 86.
36 Section 2A: Phone Basics Making Calling Card C a lls A fter y ou hav e sav ed your calling car d inf ormation in your phone, y ou can mak e a call using your c alling car d. See â Calling Ca rd â o n p ag e 5 6. T o mak e a call using a calling card: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > C alling car d . 2. Enter your loc k code, and then press OK . 3. Scroll to the calling car d of your choice and pr ess Selec t . 4. Press to r eturn to standby mode; then en ter the phone number , including any pr ef ix (such as 0 or 1) that y o ur calling car d m a y require when y ou make a calling card call. See your calling card for instruc tions. 5. Press and hold for two sec onds until â Car d callâ is di spl ay ed. 6. Wh en you hear the ton e or system message, press OK . Entering T ext Y our phone pr ovides con venien t wa ys to enter wor ds , letters , punctuation, and numbers whenever y ou are prompted to enter text (f or example, wh en adding a C ontacts entr y or wh en using Pictur e Messaging and S MS T ext Messaging). Selec ting a Char ac ter Input Mode When y ou r each a te xt entry sc reen (f or ex ample, select Menu > Messaging > T ext messages > Crea te message ), you can choose fr om six dif fer ent char ac ter input modes. 䢠T9 T ext Input to enter te xt using a predictive sy stem that reduces the amount of k eys that need to be pr essed w hile entering a word (see page 37).
Section 2A: P hone Basics 37 Phone Basics 䢠Abc to cy cle thr ough th e alpha char acters associated with the letters on the k eypad (see page 39). 䢠123 to enter numbers by pr essing the numbers on the k eypad (see page 40). 䢠Sy m b o l s to enter symbols (see page 40). 䢠Smileys to enter â emoticonsâ (see page 40). 䢠Te m p l a t e s to en ter preset messages (see page 40). Entering Char ac ters Usin g T9 T ext Input T9 T e xt Input lets you enter te xt in y our phone by pressing key s j u s t o nc e pe r l e tt e r . T 9 T e xt Input analyzes the letters y ou en ter usi ng a dictio nary and cr eat es a sui table word. (The wor d may change as y ou type.) W h e n T 9 T e x t I n p u t m o d e i s e n a b l e d , a n i co n s u c h a s is display ed at the top of the scr een. (Note the trai l following the pencil in the ic on.) T o enable T9 T ext Input mode, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Quickly pr ess repea tedly un til the T9 T ext Input ic on is displa yed at the top of the scr een. ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is displa yed, and then select Dic tio nar y on . ä³ Select Options > Di ctio nary on . By default, the first letter of entries and/ or sentences is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter the first letter is entered, the T9 T e xt Input icon changes to . T o switch between all lower case text and all uppercase te xt, press . When all uppercase mode is selected, is displa yed at the top of the screen. Note: T9 T ext Inpu t cannot be used when creating c o ntact names or banner text .
38 Section 2A: Phone Basics T o enter te xt using T 9 T ext Input mode: 1. Press the c orresponding k eys once per letter to ente r a wor d (f or example, type â Carâ by pressing ). Ignore the w ord displa yed on your screen un til y o u ar e done en tering te xt . Sinc e T9 T e xt Input tries to find matching words as you type, the wor d you are entering may ch ange as you pr ess each k ey . If y our word does not appear when yo u are finished , press to view other words associated with th is k ey combination . 2. Pr ess to accept a w o rd and insert a space. If the text y o u ar e entering has no ma tches, a âÂÂ?â is displa yed. Select Clear to go back and c orrect y our entry , or select Spell to tempor arily disable T9 T ext Input mode and use Abc mode to edit and sav e yo ur wor d to the T9 T ext Input dictionary . Adding a W ord to the T9 T ext Input Dictionary If a word tha t y ou wan t to enter does not displa y as an option when y ou are usin g T9 T e xt Input , y ou can add it to th e dictionary . T o add a word t o the T9 T ext Input dictionary: 1. Make sur e you ar e in T9 T e xt Input mode. 2. Selec t Options > Insert word . (Y ou are temporarily switched from T9 T ext Input mode to Abc mode.) 3. Enter the word using Abc (multi-tap) mode. 4. Selec t Sav e . The word will appear as an option the next time y ou press the associat ed k eys during T9 T ext Input . F or more in f ormation about T9 T ext Inpu t, visit the T egic W eb site at www . T9 .c om .
Section 2A: P hone Basics 39 Phone Basics Entering Char ac ters Usin g Abc Mode When Abc mode is enabled, a n icon such as is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o s witch to Abc mode from T9 T ext Input mode, do one of the f ollowi ng: ä³ Quickly pr ess repea tedly un til the Abc mod e icon is displa yed at the top of the screen. ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is displa yed, and then select Dic tio nar y of f . ä³ Select Opti ons > Dic tio nary off . T o s witch to Abc mode fr om 123 mode: ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Abc mode ic on is displa yed a t the top of the screen. By default, the first letter of entries and/ or sentences is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter the first letter is enter ed, the Abc mode icon changes to . T o switch between lowercase and uppercase, pr ess . When all upper case mode is selected, is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o enter char ac ters by using Abc mode (multi-tap ke y entr y): 1. K ey in y our text . (F or example, to enter the wor d âÂÂBill,â pr ess twice, thr ee times , three times , and three times again). (If you mak e a mistak e, press Clear to er ase a single character . Press and hold Clear to er ase an en tir e word.) 2. On ce a word is c om plete, press to cr eate a space, and c ontinue k eying in your te xt . 3. T o type in a number while in Abc mode, pr ess and hold that number on the k eypad.
40 Section 2A: Phone Basics By default, the first letter of an entry and/ or sentence is capitalized and the f ollowing letters are lower case. Af ter a char acter is enter ed, the curs or automa tically adv ances to the next space a f ter two seconds , or when y ou enter a char ac ter on a dif fer ent k ey . Characters scr oll in the f ollowing order: En t e r in g N u m be r s, Sym bo l s, S m il ey s, a n d Preset Messages When 123 mode is enabled (allowing y ou to enter numbers ), is displa yed at the top of the scr een. When S ymbol mode or Smiley mode (â emoticonsâ such as :-p) is enabled, is displa yed at the top of the screen. T o en ter numbers, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Inser t number . ä³ Press and hold a number k ey f or t wo sec onds while in the Ab c mode to inser t that number . ä³ Pr ess and hold until the Editor settin gs screen is disp lay ed, th en sel ec t Number mode . .@?!-,&:â 1/ M N O 6 A B C 2 P Q R S 7 D E F 3 T U V 8 G H I 4 W X Y Z 9 J K L 5 Space 0 R eturn
Section 2A: P hone Basics 41 Phone Basics T o en ter symbols , do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Inser t symbol while in T9 T ext Input mode, and then scr oll to select a symbol. ä³ Press while in the Abc mode to switch to Symbol mode, and then scr oll to select a symbol. T o en ter âÂÂemotic onsâ (smiley s), do one of the f ollowing: ä³ Select Options > Insert smiley and scr oll to selec t an emot icon. ä³ Press twice w hile in the Abc mode to switch to Smiley mode, and then scr oll to select an emo tic on. Entering Pr eset Messag es T emplates are pr eset messages that you can inser t into text messages , such as â Meet me at,â âÂÂL ets get lunch,â or a customized template of your own (such as signature text). T o en ter preset messag es: ä³ F r om the text entry scr een, selec t Options > Use template , and scr o ll to select a pr eset message. Ti p A subset of the symbol libr a ry is av ailable in Abc mode by pressing 1 when entering text. Note: Smileys cannot be used when cr eating c o ntact names or banner text . Note: See âÂÂPre set Messagesâ on page 51.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 43 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Section 2B C ontr o lling Y our Phoneâ s Settings In This Section â½§ Profiles â½§ Sound Settings â½§ Displa y Settings â½§ Messaging Sett ings â½§ TTY Use â½§ Go to Menu â½§ Call Settings â½§ Phone Settings â½§ Re setting Y our Phone Using av ailable menu options, y ou can customize y our phone to sound and oper ate just the w ay y ou want it . This section describes how you can chan ge your phoneâ s s ettings to best suit y ou r needs. T ak e a f ew mo ments to r eview these options and to adjust or add settings tha t are right f or you.
44 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Profiles Profiles defi ne how y our phone reacts when you receiv e a call or message, ho w your k eypad sounds wh en you press a k ey , and more. Ringing options , keypad t ones, and other settings f or each of the a vai lable profiles can be lef t at their def ault setting , or customized to suit y our needs. The f ollowi ng pr ofiles are a v ailable: Normal, Silent, Meeting , Outdoor , and two settings that ar e av ailable f or custom profile names. Profiles ar e also av ailable f or enhancements such as a headset or car kit . To s e l e c t a p r o f i l e : 1. Fr o m standby mode, press Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile of y our choice. 3. Selec t Activ ate to enable the pr ofile. Customiz ing a Pr ofile Y ou can customize a ny of the profiles a v ariety of wa ys. T o chang e profil e settings: 1. Fr o m standby mode, press Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile y ou w ish to customize. 3. Selec t Customize . 4. Highlight the option you wan t to customize: Inc oming call alert , Ringing tone , Inc oming call video , Ringin g volume , Light indicator , Vibr ating alert , Message aler t tone , Ke y p a d t o n e s , Wa r n i n g t o n e s , Alert fo r , or Pr ofile name . Note: Y ou cannot rename the Norm al pr ofile.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 45 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Setting a Timed Pr ofile Timed pr ofiles can b e used to pre ven t missed calls. F or exa mple, suppose you a ttend an e ven t that requir es your phone be set to Si lent bef ore the e vent starts, but you f orget to r eturn it to Normal un til long af ter the ev ent. A timed profile can pre v ent missed ca lls by returning your pho ne to the default profile at a time y ou specify . T imed pr ofiles can be set u p to 24 hours in adv ance. T o set a timed pr ofile: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Selec t the profile y ou wish to ac tiv ate and select Tim e d fo r t i m e d e x p i rat i o n . 3. Enter the time f or the profi le to expire in hh:mm, select am/ pm, and selec t OK . Sound Settings Ringer T y pes Ringer types help y ou identify incoming calls and messages. Y ou c an assign ring er types to indivi dual c ontact entries , types of calls , and types of m essages. 䢠Preprogr ammed Ringers include a v ariety of standard ringer types and f a miliar music . 䢠Vibr ating Ringer al er ts you to c alls or messages wi thout disturbing others. 䢠Downloaded Ring ers can be downloaded right to y our phone. (See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Con t entâ on page 168.)
46 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Selecting Ringer T ypes f or V oice Calls Y our phone pr ovides a v ariety of ringer options tha t allow y o u to cust omize y our ring and v o lume settings. These options allow you to identify incoming calls by the ring . Ringer types ar e associat ed with Profiles. T o sel ect a ringer type f o r v oice calls: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . 2. Selec t a profile f or w hich to cu sto mize the ringer type. 3. Selec t Customiz e > Ringing tone . 4. Selec t Open My C ontent > Rin gers and sc rol l t hrou gh th e a vailable li st of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. 5. Selec t Options > Set as ring tone . Selec ting Ringer T ypes for Messages Y ou can custo mize the aler t tone f o r incoming messages. T o select an alert tone for messages: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Pr ofiles . 2. Selec t a profile f or w hich to customize the message ringer type. 3. Selec t Customize > Message alert tone . 4. Scroll through the a vail able lis t of tones. A sample to ne will sound as y ou highlight each option. 5. Press Select to choose a tone. (Select Of f to disable aler t tone for messages.) Adjusting the Phoneâ s V olume Y ou c an adjust y our phoneâ s v o lume settings to suit your needs and your en vironmen t .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 47 Y our Phoneâ s Settings T o adjust y our pho neâ s volume settings: ä³ Use the v olume keys on the lef t side of yo ur phone to adjust the ringer v olum e in standby mode or to adjust the earpiece v olume during a call. Displa y Settings Changing the Banner The display ba nner is shown on y our pho neâ s screen while in standby mode. Y ou may choose to k eep the phoneâ s defaul t banner , or you may en ter your own custom gr eeting . T o cust omize the banner on y our phone: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Displ ay > Main disp lay > Banne r > Custom ize . 2. Enter the custom te xt for y our banner (up to 20 characters ) and press OK . Changing the Backlight Time-out The backlight time-out setting lets y ou select how long the displa y screen and k eypad ar e backlit af ter any k ey pr ess is made. T o chang e the backlight time-out setting: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Backlight time-out . 2. Ch oose a time setting ( Alwa ys on , Alwa ys of f , 7 seco nds , 15 sec o nds , 30 sec onds ), and then press Se lect . Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36 Note: Long backlight settings may r educe the batteryâ s talk and standby times .
48 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Changing the W allpaper Y our new phone of fers opti ons for wha t y ou see on the displ a y scr een while powering on or of f and when i n standby mode. T o chang e the w allpaper: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Standby mode settings > W allpaper . 2. Selec t Ope n Cam era > Capt ure > Set to cr eat e and set a new w allpaper image. âÂÂorâ Select Image > Pictures > My pictur es , or select Image > My C ontent > Screen sa vers , scroll to choose an image, and press Options > Set as wallpaper to set an existing image as w allpaper . Changing the C o ntr ast Y ou c an adjust the c ontr ast (bri gh tness) of an i m age to suit your surroundings while choosing wallpaper or a screensav e r . T o adjust the c o ntr ast: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > Main displa y > Standby mode settings > W allpaper . 2. Selec t Image > Pictures > Images . 3. Scroll to choose an image and pr ess View > Options > Set contr ast . 4. Press the na vigati on k ey lef t or right to adjust the screen co nt ra s t a n d p re s s OK . Ti p: T o turn wallpaper mode on or off , select Menu > Settings > Disp lay > Main Di splay > Standby mode settings > W all paper > On or Of f . Y ou must select a wal lpaper image bef ore turning wallpaper mode on.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 49 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Changing the Phoneâ s Menu Style Y our phone allow s yo u to cho ose how th e main menu appears on your displa y screen. The main menu can appear as a thr ee-by-thr ee grid of icons ( default) or a top-to-bottom list with captions. T o select the displayâ s menu st yle: 1. Press Menu > Option s > Main menu view . 2. Selec t List or Grid . Changing the Phoneâ s E xpression Y ou can custo mize y o ur phoneâ s di splay appear ance b y selecting a c olor scheme (expr ession) to r eflect your personality . T o chang e the displayâ s theme co lor: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Displa y > E xpressions > Select expression . 2. Scroll to highligh t a color scheme. 3. Selec t Options > A pply . Powe r S ave r Y ou can turn the power saver on, which allows the phone to c onser ve battery power . T o set the po wer sav er mode: ä³ In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Display > Main display > P ower sav e r > On or Of f . Messaging Settings Staying c onn ected to your friends and f amily has nev er been easier . With y our phoneâ s adva nced messaging capabilities , y ou can send and rec eiv e many dif fer ent kinds of te xt messa ges without placing a v oice call. (For mor e inf orm at ion, see â Acc essing Messaging â on page 166.)
50 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Y our phoneâ s messaging settin gs make te x t messaging even f aster and easier by letting you dec ide how y o u would lik e to be notified of new messages , create a signatur e with each sent message, and cr eate y our own preset messages , to name just a few . Displa ying Incoming Messages When y ou receiv e a text message or picture mes sag e, y our phone notifies y ou by displaying a new message ale r t o n yo ur displa y screen. Y ou can choose in stead to displa y the sender and beginning of text messa ges , and the incoming pict ure message for picture messaging. T o chang e the incomi ng message displa y of new text messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > Messag e settings > Other settings > Incoming msg. disp lay . 2. Selec t Message vi ew or Msg. aler t . T o chang e the incoming message display of ne w pic ture messages: 1. Press Men u > Messaging > Picture Message > Settings > Inc oming Pictur e Message displa y . 2. Selec t Message view or Messa ge aler t . Deleting T e xt Messages Y ou can delete text messages from y our phone w henev er you like. T o delete i ndivi dual text me ssages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages . 2. Selec t the location of the message y ou wis h to delete ( Inbo x , Outbo x , Sent items , Dr af ts , Archi ve , or Te m p l a t e s ). 3. Scroll to highlight the message you wish to delete and press Opt ions > Delete . âÂÂDelete message?â appears.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 51 Y our Phoneâ s Settings 4. Selec t Ye s . T o delete all te xt messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > Delete messages . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > Messag ing > Picture Message > Delete messages . 2. Selec t All , All read , or Al l unread . 3. Selec t Ye s . Pres et Messages Y our phone is pr eset with te mplates , also called preset messages, to help make sending te xt messages f aster and easier . These messages can be customized o r deleted to suit your needs. Y ou can ev en add your own pr eset messages to the list by saving them in the T emplates folder . T o cust omize or use a preset messag e: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T e xt messages > T emplates. The list of pr eset messages is displa yed. 2. Scroll to highlight a preset message and press Select . 3. Selec t Use to add the templa te te xt to a new text message. 4. Selec t Options with the pr eset me ssage highlighted to delete, edit, lock (protect th e m essage from deletion), or r ename the selected message. Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36
52 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o add a ne w preset messag e to the T emplates f older: 1. Press Menu > Messages > T e xt messages > Crea te Message . 2. Enter your pr eset message text and select Opt ions > Sav e > T emp lates. (Y our new message is added to the beginning of the list .)
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 53 Y our Phoneâ s Settings TTY Use A TTY (al so known as a TDD or T ext T elephone) is a telecommunica tions device tha t allows people who ar e deaf , hard of hearing , or who have speech or language disabilities , to communica t e by telephone. Y our phone is compatible with sel ect TTY d evices. A TTY d evice will activ ate TTY mode on the phone when it is pr o perly c onnec ted. Please check with the manufa c turer of y o ur TTY device to ensur e tha t it supports digital wire less transmission. Y our phone and TTY device will c onnect via a special cabl e that plugs in to your phone's headset jack. If this cable was not pro vided with your TTY device, con tac t your TTY de vice manuf a cturer to purchase the connect or cable. When establishing yo ur wireless se rvice, please call your service pro vider via the sta te T elecommunications R elay Service (TRS) by first dialing . Then pro vide the sta te TRS with thi s number : 866-727-4889. Note : In TTY Mode, y our phone will displa y the TTY access icon. If TTY mode is enabled, the audio quality of non- TTY devices connected to the headset jack may be impaired. Impor tant Notice: 911 Emergency Calling It is re commended tha t TTY users mak e emergency calls by other means, including T elec ommunications R elay Services ( TRS), analog cellular , and landline c ommunications. W ireless TTY calls made to 911 ma y be corrupted when receiv ed by public safety answering points (PS APs ) rendering some communica tions unintelligible. The problem enc ountered appears r elated to TTY equipment or sof twar e used by PSAPs. This ma tter has been brough t to t he a ttention of the FC C, and the wireless industry and PS AP community are curr ently working to resolv e this.
54 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Go to Menu Y our phone of f ers y ou the option of assigning a fa vori te or of ten-used f unction to the Go to menu . Pr essing in standby mode will launch y our Go to menu. Choosing Go to Options T o chang e the options in y o ur Go to menu : 1. Press ( Go to ) from standby mode, then pr ess Options > Select Options . ( The list of your phoneâ s options is display ed . Curren t Go to m enu options are ch ecked.) 2. Selec t Mark or Unmark to check or uncheck options. 3. Selec t Done when y ou hav e added all desir ed functions. 4. Press Ye s to sav e th e changes. 5. Fr o m standby mode, select Go to to display a list of the mark ed function s. Organizing Go to Options T o r e arr ange the Go t o menu options: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Go to > Options > O rganize . 2. Scroll to highlight the option yo u wi s h to re a r ra n g e, a n d select Mov e > Mov e up , Mov e down, Mo ve t o top, or Mov e to bottom . 3. Selec t Done when you ha ve mov ed all desir ed func tions. 4. Press Ye s to sav e th e changes.
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 55 Y our Phoneâ s Settings C all Settings Loca tion Inf o Sharing Y our phone is equipped with a L o cation f eatur e that all ows the netw ork to det e ct y our position f or u se in connec tion with location- based ser vices such as Emergenc y 911. T o enable your phoneâ s Loca tion fea ture: 1. Press Menu > Settings > C all > Location inf o sharing . (The disclaimer is display ed .) 2. Press More to read the Loca tio n disclaimer , and then press OK . 3. Se lec t On to share your phoneâ s lo cation on the network, or 911 only to hide your location fr om ev eryone ex cept Emergency 911 s er vi ces . 4. Press Select > Y es . Anyk ey Ans w er Anyk ey answer allow s y ou to answer an incoming call by briefly pressing an y k ey ex cept or . T o set an ykey answ er mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Anyk ey answer > On or Of f . Automa tic R edial Occasionally , your network ma y experience hea v y traf fic, resulting in a f ast busy signal when y ou dial. With automatic r edial activ ated, y our phone redials the number (number of times is specified by the network), and noti fies yo u once the network is a va ilable.
56 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o set aut omatic redial: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Automatic r edial > On or Off . Speed Dialing Y ou c an activ ate or deactiv ate speed dia ling f or Con tac ts. Wi th this f eatur e, yo u can en ter speed dial number s using one ke y press f or locations 2-9. T o turn speed di aling on or of f: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Speed dialing > On or Of f . Answ er When F o ld Is Open ed Y ou can set y our phone to answer calls when the f old is opened, r ather than requiring a k ey pr ess. T o set the ans wer mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Ans wer whe n f old is opened > On or Of f . Calling Car d If you use a calling car d for long distance calls , you can sa ve the calling card numbers in y our phone. Y our phone can store up to f our calling car ds. C ontact your calling car d compan y for more inf ormation. T o sa ve callin g card inf ormation: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Calling card . 2. Enter your loc k code, and then press OK . 3. Scroll to one of the f our card memory locations , and select Options > Ed it > Dialing se quence . Ti p See â Assigning Speed Dialing Numbersâ on page 86
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 57 Y our Phoneâ s Settings 4. Selec t one of the f ollowing sequence types: 䡲 Access no . pho ne no . card no . to d ial the acces s number , the phone number , and then the card number ( PI N, if requir ed). 䡲 Access no . card no . phone no . to dial th e access number , card number ( PIN, if required), and then the phone number . 䡲 Prefi x phone no. card no . to dial the prefix (numbers that must pr ecede the phone number) and phone number y ou want to di al, and then the card number ( PI N, if r equired). 5. Enter the requir ed information ( access number or prefix and ca rd numb er), and press OK to confirm your entry . 6. Selec t Car d n a me , enter th e card name, an d press OK . International Pr efix Y ou can stor e an interna tional di aling pr efix into y our phone . When y ou enter â â at the begi nning of a phone number , your phone automa tically inserts the international dialing pr efix that you ha ve stor ed after y ou press . T o enter a pr efix: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > International prefix and enter y our pr efix. Call Summary Y our phone can sho w the time spent on a call o n the display scr een af ter the call is c omplete. T o show or hide the call su mmary: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Cal l su m ma r y > O n or Of f . Ti p See â Making Calling Card Callsâ on page 36
58 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings Show Call T ime on Displa y Y ou can sele c t whether the active call timer is displa yed and running when you hav e a call in progress. T o show or hide the call ti me on the displa y: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Ca ll > Show call time on display > On or Of f . Ringing T one f or No Ca ller I D Y ou can select a dif f eren t ringing tone to distinguish incoming cal ls without caller I D . T o enable the ringing t one f or no caller I D: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Ringing tone f or no caller I D > On . 2. Press Select to accept the Nokia tune as the no caller ID ringing tone, or select Open My C o ntent > Ringers and scroll through the av aila ble list of ringing to nes. A sam ple will sound as y ou highlight each option. 3. Selec t Options > Set as ring tone . Phone Settings Phone Language Y ou c an choose to view y our phon eâ s menus and options in Englis h or Spanish. T o selec t your phon e lan guage: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone language > Englis h or Español . The phone language af fects the time a nd date f ormats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 59 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Na viga tion K e y The naviga tion ke y allows y ou to naviga te to the desired menu option fr om the main menu. The default shortcuts are: 䡲 Press Up to acces s Names. 䡲 Press Down to access My C o nten t . 䡲 Press Right to access Data Serv ices. 䡲 Press Left to access Messaging. T o chang e the naviga tio n k ey settings to y our own shor tcuts: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Nav iga tion k ey . 2. Scroll to hig h ligh t the shor tcut y ou wish to edit and select Change . ( The list of y our phoneâ s options is displayed. The current shor tcut option is selec ted.) 3. Sc roll to highlight a new shortcut option and press Select . My S ho r t cut s Y ou can change the right selec tion k ey shor tcut on the standby scr een fr om the def ault settin g to y our fa v orite function. T o assign a function as a shor tcut: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > My shortcuts > Right selection k ey . (The curr ent shortcut function is highlighted.) 2. Scroll to highligh t a new shor tcut function , and th en press Select . Automa tic K ey guard Wi th the automat ic k eyguar d, you can lock the k eypad to prevent k eys f rom be ing pressed a ccidenta lly . Once the k ey pad is closed f o r a set length of time, the k ey gua rd is turned on and y ou must press Unlock , then to disable the f eatur e.
60 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings If the keypad is locked, it un locks w hen y ou a nswer a call . Af ter the call, the lock automa tically resets. When the automatic k ey g uard is on, calls are sti ll poss ible to the of ficial emergency number progr ammed into y our phone. Enter the emergency number and pr ess . T o enable the ke yguard: ä³ F rom the standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Auto mat ic keygu ard > O n , enter the dela y time in mm:ss and se lec t OK . To u c h To n e s Touch to nes , or dual tone mult i-fr equency (D T MF) tones , ar e the tone s that sound when y o u press the k eys on y our phone k eypad. Y ou can us e touch ton es f or many automated dial-up services su ch as banking and ai rlines, or for entering y o ur v oice m ailbo x number and passwor d. T ouch tones are sen t during an activ e call. Y ou can send t hem manually from your phone k eypad, or send them automatically by savi ng them in your phone. Set T ype T o set the t ouch tone type: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > T ouch tones > Manual touch tones . 2. Selec t one of the following options: 䡲 Continuous sends the tone for as long as you pr ess and hold a k ey . 䡲 Fi xed sends tones of the dura tion you specify in the T o uch tone le ngth opti on. 䡲 Of f turn s of f tones. No tones are sent when y ou pr ess a ke y .
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 61 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Set Length Y ou c an specify touc h tone length f or the Fi xed optio n. T o set the t ouch tone length: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > T ouch tones > T ouch tone length > Short (0.1 seconds) or Lon g (0.5 sec onds ). Star t-up T one Y ou c an enable or disabl e the tone that is h eard when y ou turn on your phone. T o set the start-up tone mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Start-up tone > On or Of f . Help T ext Ac tiv ation Y our phone displa ys brief descri pt ions f or most menu it ems. When y ou arriv e at a f eatur e or me nu, pause f or about 10 seconds and w a it f or the help text to displa y . If necess ary , use the scroll k ey to page through the full help text. The def ault setting for help te xt is On . However , you can tur n hel p te xt on o r of f . T o set the help te xt m ode: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Help text activ ation > On or Of f . Phone Details Y ou c an view a wealth of inf ormatio n about y our phone, including its hardw are, sof twar e, brow ser , icons , and more.
62 Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings T o acc ess your phoneâ s details: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone details . Selec t from the f o llowing: 䡲 User details to access My n umb er (M DN) , Mobile st ation I D n umber (MSI D) , User name , and Dat a services sta tus . 䡲 V ersion details to view y our Phone model , Sof tware v ersion , Brows er version , and Hard ware versi on . 䡲 Sys tem details to view yo ur Sys t e m I D ( S I D ) , Channel , Pref erred roaming list (PRL) , Mode , and Frequen cy . 䡲 Icon details to view a list of your phoneâ s icons and descriptions. Phone Sof tware Updates Y ou c an view y our phon eâ s curren t sof twar e vers ion and update y our phoneâ s softw are if an upda te is av ailable. T o vi ew y our phoneâ s sof tware v ersion: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone sof tware updates > Current v ersion . T o check f or softw are updates: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Setti ngs > Phone > Phone sof tware upda tes > U pdates . (Y ou r phone connects to the W eb using a data services c onnection.) Ti p: Y ou can also view your phoneâ s softw a r e version fr om the Phone details menu ( M enu > Se ttings > Phone > Phone details > V er sion details > Softw a re v ersion ).
Section 2B: Controlling Your PhoneâÂÂs Settings 63 Y our Phoneâ s Settings Resetting Y our Phone R esetting the phone restor es all the f a ctory def aults, including the ringer types and displa y settin gs. The Contacts , Call Histor y , Scheduler , and Messaging ar e not af f ec ted. To r e s e t y o u r p h o n e : 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > Other settings > Restor e settings . 2. Enter y our f our -digit lock c ode and pr ess OK .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 65 Setting Security Section 2C Setting Y our Phoneâ s Security In This Section â½§ Accessing the Secu rity Settings Menu â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Lock F eature â½§ Restricting Call s â½§ Protecting Y our Pictures â½§ Security F eatur es for Da ta Ser vices By using the security settings on yo ur phone, you r eceive peace of mind without sacri f icing fle x ibility . This section will f amiliarize y ou with your phoneâ s security settings. W ith seve ral options a vailable, y ou can customiz e yo ur phone to meet y our personal needs.
66 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security Accessing the Security Settings Menu All of y our phoneâ s sec urity setti ngs a re a v ailable thr ough the Securit y settings menu. Y ou m ust enter y our lock code to view the Security sett ings menu. T o acc ess the Security settings menu: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Other settings > Security . 2. Ent er your f our -digi t lock code and p ress OK . Using Y our Phoneâ s Lock F eatur e T o pre ven t y our phone fr om unauthorized use, y ou can requir e the input of y our lock c ode to access y our phoneâ s f eature s . Locking and Unlocking Y our Phone When y our pho ne is lock ed, you can only r eceive incoming calls or make calls to 91 1, or special numbers (al lowed numbers). T o lock y our phone: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Phone lock and one of the following opti o ns: 䡲 Lo ck no w to immediat ely lock the phone . 䡲 On power-up to set y our phone to lock each time it is turned on . T o unl ock y our phone: ä³ F rom standby mode, pr ess Menu , enter y our lock c ode and press OK . Ti p: If you can âÂÂt recall your lock code, try using the last f o ur digits of your wir eless pho ne number , or try 0000. If neither of these w ork , ca ll yo ur s ervi ce p r ov ide r .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 67 Setting Security Allowing Numbers Wi th phone lock on, th e only outgoing calls you can mak e are to the emergency number pr ogrammed into y our phone or one of three numbers stored in the Allowed nos. when phone locked location: T o add an allo wed number: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Allowed no s. when phone lo ck e d . 2. Highlight an (empty) slot and select Assign . 3. Enter the phone nu mber and select OK to add a number not in your C ontac ts. âÂÂorâ Select Search to r ecall a number from C ontacts. 䡲 Hi ghlight an entr y and press Select . 䡲 If multiple phone numbers ha ve been enter ed for the contact, highlight the nu mber you wish to use and pr ess Select . Select OK to save the number . Changing the Lock C ode T o ensure the secu rity of y o ur pho ne, you may w ant to change the pr eset lock code to y our own selec ted f our digit number . A void using c odes similar to emergency numbers such as 911 to pre v ent acciden t al dialing of the emer gency number . Note: If an inc orrect lock c o de is enter ed five times in succession, your phone will not accept yo ur corr ec t lock code for fiv e minutes , ev en if you power of f the phone between incorrect entries.
68 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security T o chang e the lock code: 1. Fr om the Security settings men u, select Change lo ck c o de . 2. Enter your new lock code (mus t be 4 digits in length ) and press OK . 3. Re - enter your new lock co de for v erification, and then press OK . R estric ting C alls Ca ll restrictions allow y ou to block or allow certain incoming and outgoing phone num bers f or y our phone . Y o u can customize y our phone to allow a subset of calls and block all the rest, or block a subset of calls and allow all the r est . When calls ar e restricted, calls may be possible to the of ficial emergency number pr ogrammed in to your phone. To b l o c k c a l l s : 1. Fr o m the Security settings m enu, selec t Call r estrictions > Re stric t outgoing calls or Restrict inc oming calls . 2. Selec t Block ed numbers . 䡲 Press Select > All calls > Mark > Done > Y es to bloc k all cal ls. 䡲 Press Add restriction to add an indiv idual number to blo ck. â½§ Enter a phone number , or selec t Search rec a l l a nu mb er from you r Cont ac t s. H ig hl ig ht an e ntry and pr ess Selec t . If multiple phone numbers have been en ter ed f or the con tac t, highligh t the number y ou wish to use and press Select . â½§ Select OK to add the number . â½§ Enter a name f or the blocked number an d press OK .
Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security 69 Setting Security T o allo w calls: 1. Fr o m the Security settings m enu, selec t Call r estrictions > Re stric t outgoing calls or Restrict inc oming calls . 2. Selec t Allowed num bers . 䡲 Press Sele ct > All contacts > Mark > Done > Y es to allow calls to or from members of y our con tact list . 䡲 Press Add restriction to add an indiv idual number to allow . â½§ Enter a phone number , or â½§ Select Search r ecall a number from y our Con tacts. Highlig ht an entry and press Selec t . If multiple phone numbers hav e b een entered f or the c ontact, highlight t he number you wish to use and pr ess Selec t . â½§ Select OK to add the number . â½§ Enter a name f or the allow ed number and pr ess OK . Protecting Y our Pic tures Wi th the Pictur e priv acy settin g , you can k eep the photo s stor ed on your phone fr om being viewed by oth ers. W ith Picture priv acy enabled, y our four -digit lock code must be enter ed to access the Pictures menu. T o enable Picture priv acy: ä³ F r om the Security sett ings menu, select Pi ct ure priv acy > On .
70 Section 2C: Setting Your PhoneâÂÂs Security Security F eatures f or Data Services Enabling and Disabling Data Serv ices Y ou can disable data services without turning off your phone; howev er , y ou will not hav e access to all data services , including W eb and messaging . Disabling data services will av oid any charg es associa ted with dat a services. While signed out, you can still pla ce or receiv e phone calls, check v oicemail, and use other v oice services. Y ou may enable data services again a t any time. T o disable da ta ser vices: 1. Press Menu > Setti ngs > Dat a Services . 2. Selec t Disable Data Services . (A m essage will appear .) 3. Press More to view the message. 4. Press Disable Da ta Services t o c o n f i r m t h a t y o u w a n t t o sign out . T o enable data se r vices: 1. Press Menu > Settings > Da ta Serv ices . 2. Selec t Enable Da ta Services . (A message will appear .) 3. Press More to view the message. 4. Press the center s elec tion k ey to enable data services.
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 71 Ro a m in g Section 2D C ontr olling Y our R oaming Experience In This Section â½§ Understanding R oam ing â½§ Setting Y our Phoneâ s Roaming Options â½§ Using Call G uard â½§ Using Data R oam Guard â½§ Setting R oam ing T ones R oamin g is the ability to make or receive calls when youâ re o f f the network av ailable to y ou. Y our new dual-band/tri-mode 6 1 6 5 i p h o n e by N o k i a work s anywhere on the network a v ailable to y o u and allows you to roam on other analog n et wo rk s a nd 1900 and 800 MHz digit al network s wher e weâÂÂv e i mp le m e nte d roaming agreem ents wi th oth er car riers. This section explains how roaming work s , as well as detailing the special f eatur es that let y ou manage your ro am i n g exp e ri e n c e .
72 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience Understanding R oaming R ecognizi ng the R oaming Icon on the Displa y Screen Y our phoneâ s display scr een alwa ys lets you know when y ouâ re of f th e network av ailable to you. Any time y ou are r oam ing , the phone display s the roaming ic on ( ). If y ou are r oaming on an analog sy stem, the roaming icon will displa y along with the text âÂÂAna log R oam . â R oaming on Other Digital Netw orks When y ouâ re r oaming on digital networks , y our call qu ality and security will be similar to the quality y ou recei ve when making calls on the netw ork av ai labl e to y ou. Howev er , you may not be able to access certain fea tures , such as data services. Ti p: R emember , when you are using yo ur phone off the network av ailable to you, alwa ys dial numbers using 11 digits (1 area c ode number). Note: Unless your service plan includes roaming, you will pay a higher per -minut e r ate for roaming calls. Note: If y ouâ re on a call when you lea ve th e netw ork av ailable to y ou and en ter an ar ea wher e roamin g is a va ilable, your call is dropped. If your call is dropped i n an area where you think network ser vice is av ail able, turn your phone off and on again to re connect to the network av ailable to y ou.
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 73 Ro a m in g R oaming on Analog Network s When y ou roam on analog network s , y ou will experience a similar quality pro vided by other analog carriers toda y . Although some fea tures , such as data services, will be unav ailable, you can still mak e and receiv e calls and access v oicemail. If you ar e accustomed to network service, you may notice some of the foll o wing dif f erences when using anal og service: 䢠Y ou ar e more lik ely to experience stat ic, cross-talk, f ade-out, and dropped calls. 䢠Some fea tures tha t are standar d on the enhanced network av ailable to y ou, s uch as call w aiting , data services, and dir ect international dialing , ma y be unav ailable. 䢠Although callers can leav e v oicemail messages while y ou ar e roaming, you will not r eceiv e notification un til y ou return to the network a vailable to you. 䢠Ther e are securi ty and privacy risk s (eav esdropping and cloning) tha t ar e inherent t o c o n ven tional analog services today . 䢠Y our batteryâ s char ge will deplete more qui ckly and y o u will need to r echarge it mor e often when y ou use y o ur phone f or analog r oaming. Checking f or V oicemail Messages While R oaming When yo u are r oaming of f the network a v ailable to you, you will not r eceive on-phone notifica tion o f new v o icemail messages. Callers can s till lea ve messages , but you will need to periodically che ck your v oicemail for new messages if y ou ar e in a r oaming service area f or an extended peri od of time. Note: When us ing you r phone i n an alog mode, the phone ma y f eel wa rm. This is normal f or analog ope ra tion.
74 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience T o check y our v o icemail whi le roaming: 1. Dial 1 area c ode you r phone number . 2. When you hear y our v oicemail greeting , press . 3. Enter your passc ode at the prompt and f ollow the v oice prompts. When y ou retu rn to the networ k a vaila ble to you, v oicemail notificati on will resume as normal. Setting Y our Phoneâ s R o aming Options Y our phone allow s you to c ontr ol y our r oaming capabilities. By using th e R oam ing me nu opti o n, y ou can determine which signals your phone accepts. Set Mode Choose from thr ee diff eren t settin gs on your phone to c ontrol you r ro a mi n g ex pe r ie nc e . T o set y our phoneâ s roaming options: 1. Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Set mode . 2. Selec t fr om the following: 䡲 Home Only allows y ou to access the networ k av ailable to you only and pr even ts roaming on other networks. 䡲 Au tom ati c seeks netw ork service. When network service is unav ailable, the phone searches f or an alterna te system and a r oaming r ate applies. 䡲 Roaming only requires the phone to use a roaming system. The r oaming ra te applies until the phone is swi tc hed off . 3. Selec t Ye s .
Section 2D: Controlling Yo ur Roaming Experience 75 Ro a m in g Using C all Guard Ca ll Guard i s an option tha t helps you m anage y our roaming charges when mak ing or rece iving calls while outside the network a vai lable to you. W ith Call Guar d enabled when you ar e roaming , y ou must press ( Ye s ) at the prompts , âÂÂR oaming ra te applies. Place call?â to make a call and â Answer?â to answer an incoming call. To s e t C a l l G u a r d : ä³ Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Cal l guard > On or Of f . Using Data R oam Guard The da ta r oam guar d f eatur e aler ts y ou when y ou a ttempt to use da ta services whil e roamin g of f the network a vailable to y ou. With data roam gu ard enab led, you must respond to an onscreen pr ompt whenever data services ar e accessed in a roami ng are a. T o turn da ta roam g uard on or of f: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Roaming > Da ta roam guard > On or Of f .
76 Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience Setting R oaming T ones Y ou can set y o ur phone to ha ve a unique ringtone for inc oming r oaming calls and to indicate when a change of service to ro am in g h a s o c c u r re d . T o set y our phoneâ s r oam call ringing t one: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > Roaming > R o am call ringing tone > O n or Of f . T o set y our phoneâ s ser vice change tone: ä³ Press Menu > Settings > R oaming > Service chang e tones > On or Of f .
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 77 Managing Call L ogs Section 2E Managing C all Logs In This Section â½§ Viewing Call Logs â½§ Cal l Lo g Op t io ns â½§ C ontacting Call Log Entries â½§ Saving C ontac t Informa tion From C all Logs â½§ Erasing Call Logs Call logs k eep tr ack of receiv ed calls , calls made fr om your phone, message r ecipients, and miss ed calls. This section guides you through accessin g and making the m ost of your call logs.
78 Section 2E: Managing Call Logs View i n g Cal l Lo g s Y ouâÂÂll find the call log f eatur e very helpful . It is a list of the most r ecent phone numbers , con tac t list en tries, or addr esses f or calls/ m essages you placed, accepted, or missed. Call logs mak e redialing a number f ast and easy . The call log fea ture is c o ntinual ly updated as new numbers are added t o the beginning of the list and oldest en tries are r emov ed fr om the bottom of the list . Each entry c an display t h e da te and ti me of the cal l, the phone number (if a vailable), email ad dress , and the callerâ s name (if the number is alr eady in your C ontacts list). Duplicate cal ls or messages may only appear once on the list . T o vi ew a call log en try: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . Note: The C all logs function only r e c o r ds calls tha t occur while the phone is tu rned on. If a call i s re ceived wh ile y our phone is turned of f , it will not appear in t he phoneâ s Incoming or Missed calls logs. If you r eturn a call fr om the v oicemail menu, it will not appear in your phone â s Outgoing call log .
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 79 Managing Call L ogs C all Log Options F or additional informa t ion and option s on a particu lar call or message, highlight a call log entry and pr ess Vie w to displa y the en try phone number or email if a co ntact name is shown. Press Options to select from the f ollowing: 䢠Time of call (calls only) 䢠Ti me o f se nt m sg . (message recipien ts o nly) 䢠Send message 䢠Use number (calls only) 䢠Sav e (if not alr eady in C ontacts ) 䢠Add to c ontact (if not alread y in C ontacts) 䢠Delete 䢠Call (calls only) C ontacting Call L og Entries Y ou can quickly r edial, respond or re- send messages to call log entri es. Placing Ca lls T o place a call fr om a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , or Outgoing call s . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Press to connect . Note: Y ou cannot mak e calls fr om a ca ll log to entr ies iden tified as (no number).
80 Section 2E: Managing Call Logs Sending Mess ages T o send a messag e from a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Message R ecipients . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Pres s to sen d a te xt or pictu re m essag e. Sa ving C ontact Inf o rma tion F rom C all Logs Y our phone can stor e up to 500 con tac t entries with up to fiv e phone numbers per c ontact . T o sa ve a phon e number to a n ew contact from a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . 3. Selec t Options > Sav e . 4. Enter a new c ontact name and press OK . T o sa ve a phon e number to an e xisting c ontact fr om a call log: 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . Ti p: See âÂÂWireless Serv ice F e atures: The Basic sâ on page 143 Note: Y ou cannot save phone numbers or addr esses alr e ady in your Con t act s or informa tion from calls ide ntified as (no number ).
Section 2E: Managing Call Logs 81 Managing Call L ogs 3. Add the number to an existing c ontact using one of the f ollowing methods: ä³ Select Options > Sav e . Enter an e xisting co ntact name and press OK . Press Ye s to a dd the num ber to the c ontact inf ormation. ä³ Select Op tion s > Add to contac t . Sc roll t o highligh t the c ontact entry y o u wish to modify and select Add. Highligh t an entry type ( Gener al , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ) and press Select . Er asing Call L o gs Y ou can e r ase individual call log entries , an entir e call log , or all call logs. T o er ase call logs: 1. Press Menu > Call logs > Clear log li sts. 2. Selec t All call lists, Missed calls , Inc oming , Ou tgoing , or Msg . recipients . T o er ase a call log entry : 1. Press Menu > Call logs . 2. Selec t Missed call s , Incoming calls , Outgoing calls , or Message r ecipients . 3. Scroll to highlight the call log entry . 4. Selec t Options > Delete > Y es .
Section 2F: Using Contacts 83 Using C ontac ts Section 2F Using Contac ts In This Section â½§ Adding and Editing Contact Entries â½§ Creating a Contact Group â½§ Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers â½§ Finding C ontact Entries â½§ Selec ting a Rin ger T ype for an Entry â½§ Deleting C ontacts â½§ C ontac ts Settings Now that y ou know the basics that mak e it easier to sta y in touch with people and inf ormation, y ouâ re ready to explore y o ur phoneâ s more adv anced f eatures. Thi s section ex plains how to use your phoneâ s cont acts and helps you mak e the most of your c ontac ts and time when you are trying to connec t w it h the impor tan t people in your life.
84 Section 2F: Using Contacts Adding and Editing C on tac t Entries Y our phone can stor e up to 500 con tact entries with up t o fiv e phone numbers each. T o add a ne w entry : 1. Fr o m standby mode, enter a phone number and pr ess Sav e . Enter the name f or the entry and pr ess OK . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > C ontacts > Names > Options > Add new . Enter the name f or the entry and pr ess OK . Enter the number and press OK . 2. Press Done . C o ntact Entry Options T o access a c ontact entryâ s options, highligh t the entry and pr ess Options . Selec t fr o m the f ollowing: 䢠Vie w to display a phone number f or the entry . 䢠Add detai l to add a note, email address , street addr ess , or other informatio n to th e entr y . 䢠Edit numbe r to edit an entryâ s number . 䢠Delete to r emov e the en try . 䢠Send message to send a messa ge to a c o nt act . 䢠Use number to use the number as the basis f or a new entry or ca ll. 䢠Set as def ault to set the highlight ed number as the defaul t number when selecting this contact name. 䢠Change type to change the entry type ( Genera l, Mobile, Home, W o rk, or F a x). 䢠Add v oice tag to crea te a v oice tag f or the entry .
Section 2F: Using Contacts 85 Using C ontac ts 䢠Send bus. card to send a business card to the entry , such as to another phone, infr ar ed or Bluetooth capable device. 䢠Add to gr oup to add the entry t o a group . 䢠Speed dial to assign a speed dial number to the cont ac t ent r y . Adding a Phone Number to a Con tac t Entry T o add a phone number to an entry: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Selec t Options > Add detail > Number . 4. Selec t a number type ( Gener al , Mobile , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x ). 5. Enter the new phone number and press OK . Editing a Contact Entryâ s Phone Number T o edit an entryâ s phone number: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Highlight the number y ou wish to edit . 4. Press Options > E dit number . 5. Press to clear one digit a t a time . 6. Re -enter or edit the number and OK .
86 Section 2F: Using Contacts Creating a C ontac t Group Y ou can assign each c ontact in your c ontacts list to a group . A group name can be changed, group members can be added or remo v ed fr om the group , and the group can be assigned a distinctive ringer . T o crea te a contact group: 1. Selec t Menu > Con tacts > Gr oups > Add . 2. Enter a name for the new group and press OK . 3. Selec t Vie w > Ad d . 4. Hi ghl ig ht a co ntac t and press Selec t . 5. Selec t Add to a dd another con tact . Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers Speed dialing numbers can be assi gned when you add a new c o ntact en try , when y ou add a new phone number to an ex isting entry , or when you edit an e xisting nu mber . The keys 2-9 ar e av ailable f or speed dialing . (K ey 1 is the def ault k ey f or v oicemail.) T o assign a speed dial ing number to a n ew phone number: 1. Add a phone number to a new or to an e xisting co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Highlight the number and select Options > Speed d ial . 3. Scroll to an (empty) speed dialing loca tion and press Assign . (A c onfirmation message will displa y .) Note: See â Adding and Editing Con tac t Entriesâ on page 84.
Section 2F: Using Contacts 87 Using C ontac ts T o assign a speed dial ing number to an existing phone number : 1. Selec t Menu > C ontacts > Speed dialing . 2. Scroll to an (empty) speed dialing loca tion and press Ass ign . 3. Enter the existing number and pr ess OK , or pr ess Search to locate a number in Con tac ts. F inding Co ntact Entries There ar e sev era l way s to find your c ontact entries: by name, by speed dialing number , by group , and by v oice dial tags. F ollow the steps outlined in the sections below to display entri es fr om the C onta c ts menu. F inding Names T o find c ontact entries b y name: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names . 2. Scroll thr ough all the en tries using the na viga tion k ey . â orâ Select Options > Sear ch . Enter the first one or two letters of a name, or par t of a name. ( The more letters you enter , the mor e your sear ch narr ows.) Note: If you a t tempt to assign an already in-use speed dialing location to a new phone number , a dialog will appear asking if you wish to r eplace the existing speed dialing assignment. Sel ect Ye s t o assign the location to the new phone number and delet e the pre v ious speed dialing assignment .
88 Section 2F: Using Contacts F inding Speed Dial ing Numb ers T o find phone n umbers yo u ha v e stor ed in speed dial ing location s: 1. Press Menu > C ontac ts > Speed dialing . 2. Scroll through the entries using t he naviga tion k ey . Speed dialing numbers ar e displa yed i n numeric order . 3. T o displa y an entry , highlight i t and press View . 4. T o dial the phone number , press . F indin g Gr oup En tries T o find en t ries designated as part of a group: 1. Press Menu > Contacts . 2. Selec t Groups . 3. Scroll through the group titles using the navigation k ey . 4. T o displa y the entries with in the gr oup , pr ess Vi ew . Selecting a Ringer T ype f or an Entry Y ou can as sign a ringer type to a con tact entry or gr oup so y ou can identify the ca ller or group by a distinctive ringer . T o sel ec t a ringer type f or an entry: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names and highligh t a co nt a c t e n t r y . 2. Selec t Details . 3. Press Options > Add detail > T one . 4. Selec t a ringtone: 䡲 Selec t Def ault to enable the def ault ringing tone.
Section 2F: Using Contacts 89 Using C ontac ts 䡲 Selec t Open My C onten t > Ring ers and scr oll thro ugh the a v ailable list of ringing tones. A sample will sound as you highlight each option. Press Options > Selec t . T o select a ringer type f o r a group: 1. Press Menu > Contacts > Names . âÂÂorâ Press Menu > C ontac ts > Groups . 2. Highlight a gr oup and select Option > G r oup details > Group ringing tone . 3. Selec t Open My C ontent > Rin gers and sc rol l t hrou gh th e a vailable li st of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. Press Options > Select . Deleting C ontac ts Y ou c an er ase your c ontacts with a f ew k eys tr ok es. T o delete contac ts: ä³ Press Menu > C ontac ts > Delete all contacts > Y es . C ontacts Settings With the Settings option, y ou can customiz e y our Con tacts list and displa y information a bout C ontacts memory . Selec ting the Sc rolling View The Scrolling view option allow s you to select the wa y contact names and nu mbers are display ed.
90 Section 2F: Using Contacts T o sel ect the scrolling view : ä³ Press Menu > C ontacts > Settings > Scr olling view . Select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Normal name list to display con t act na mes only . 䡲 Name and number to displa y conta ct names and their primary number . 䡲 Large nam e list to display c ontact names in a large fo nt fo r m at . 䡲 Name and image to display c ontact names and an image associa ted with the c onta ct . V iewing Memor y Sta tus The Memory status option displays the amount of space av ailable f or contact en tries. T o check the C ontacts memory status: ä³ Press Menu > C ontacts > Settings > Memory status . (The fr ee and used memory are shown as percen tages and in a bar graph format .) Note: If your phone displa ys a message t hat the memory is full when you try to use a fea ture, delete some of the conten t stored in memory bef ore c ontinuing.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 91 Using Organiz er Section 2G Using Y our Phoneâ s Or ganizer In This Section â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Alarm Clo ck â½§ Using Y our Phon eâ s Calendar â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Note Pad â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s T o-do List â½§ Using Y our Phon eâ s Calculator â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Timer â½§ Using Y our Phoneâ s Stopwa tch Y our phone is equipped with se ver al personal inf orma tion managem ent f eature s that help you manage your busy lif es tyle . This section shows y ou how to us e these fea tures to turn y our phone into a time management planner that helps y ou keep up with y our c ontacts , schedules , and c o mmitmen ts.
92 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Using Y our Phoneâ s Alarm Clock Y our phone c omes with a built -in alarm clock with multiple alarm capabilities. If the alarm time is r eached while the phone is switched of f , the phone switches itself on and star ts sounding the alarm tone . If you select Stop , the phone asks whether y ou wan t to switch the phone on f or calls. Select No to switch the phone of f or Ye s to mak e and receiv e calls. Do not select Ye s when wir eless phone use may caus e in ter f erence or danger . T o acc ess the alarm clock menu: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > Alarm clock . Setting or Changi ng an Alar m Time The alarm clock is based on the phone clock. It soun ds an alert any time y ou specify and ev en works if the phone is turned off . T o set or change an alarm: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Alarm time > On . (This option appears only if an alarm is curr ently set .) 2. Use the navigation k ey to enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format and to select am or pm (if 12-hour fo rm at is s elec t ed) . 3. Press OK . â Alarm on â appears briefly in the display . Repea t Alarm Y ou c an set th e alarm to r epeat daily . Note: Y ou mu st set an alarm firs t .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 93 Using Organiz er T o set the alarm repeat: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Repea t alarm > Re petition da ys . 2. Press Mark or Unmark to check / uncheck the da ys you wa nt the alarm to r epeat. 3. Selec t Done . Setting the Alarm T one Y ou c an set whic h tone is pla yed w hen the al arm sounds . T o set the alarm tone: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Alarm tone . 2. Selec t an alarm tone: 䡲 Selec t Standard to enable the def ault alar m tone. 䡲 Selec t Open My C onten t > Ring ers and scr oll thro ugh the a v ailable list of ringing tones. A sample will sound as y o u highlight each option. Press Options > Select . Snooze T ime-out Y ou can set the dur ation of the snooz e for the alarm. T o set the snooze time-out: 1. Fr o m the alarm clock m enu, selec t Snooze time-out . 2. Highlight a time ( 5 minutes , 10 minutes , 15 minutes , 30 minu tes , 60 minutes , or Other ) and press Select . Alarm Co ndition s When the alarm sounds , y our phone beeps , vibra tes (if vibr ating alert is on for curr ently active pr ofile), and the display ligh t s up. W ith the phone on, selec t Sto p to shut the alarm of f , or selec t Snooze . When Sn ooze is pressed, the alarm snoozes f or the number of minutes y ou select ed and Snoo ze on appears in the displa y .
94 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer If y ou do not press a key , th e alarm stops af ter one minute and snoozes , then sounds again. T urning an Alarm Off T o disable an alarm: ä³ Fr om the alar m clock menu, select Alarm time > Off . Using Y our Phoneâ s Calendar The cal endar keeps tr ack o f remi nders, calls you need to make, meetings, and bir thdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these ev ents. Monthly view pr ovides an ov er view of the selected month and week s. It also allows y ou to jump to a specific da te. Any da ys or dates tha t appear in bold f ont c ontain calendar notes such as a meeting or r eminder . T o open the calendar vi ew: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > C alendar . Y ou can mov e the cursor in some calendar view s by using the navigation ke y . Going to a Date T o find a desi red date on the calen d ar: ä³ F r om the calendar view , selec t Options > Go to da te , enter the desir ed date, and then press OK . âÂÂorâ Use the na vigation ke y to scroll to th e desired da te. Ti p: In the calendar view , days with ev ents scheduled are in bold te xt .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 95 Using Organiz er Noting a Specific Date Y ou can apply fiv e types of note s to your calendar . Y our phone asks f or fur ther information depending on which note y o u choose. Y ou also ha ve t he option to set an alarm f or any note that y ou select . T o add a note to a da te: 1. Go t o the date on which you want to set a reminder . (See â Going to a Da teâ on page 94) 2. Selec t Options > Mak e a note . 3. Selec t one of the f ollowing note types and proce ed accord ing ly: 䡲 Meeting : Enter a subj ec t, location, star t date, sta r t time, end da te, and end time. 䡲 Ca l l : Enter a phone number , name, and time. 䡲 Bir thda y : Enter the person â s name and y ear of birt h. 䡲 Memo : Enter a subjec t, start date, and end da te. 䡲 Re m in d er : Enter t h e subject y ou wish to be re m i nd e d ab ou t . Y ou a re g iven the option to set an alarm. V iewing Notes Af ter you hav e crea t ed calendar notes, y ou c an view them. To v i e w n o t e s : 1. Fr o m the calendar view , scroll to a date c ontaining n otes (da tes that appears in bold type) and select Vie w to view all notes for that date. 2. Highlight a note and select Vi ew for note details. Options While Viewing a List of Notes The options listed below ar e av ailable while viewing the header of a note .
96 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o acc ess note options: ä³ Highlight a note and select Optio ns while viewing the list of notes f or a date to displa y the following: 䡲 Make a note to cr eate a new no te f or the selected date. 䡲 Delete to remove the note. 䡲 Edi t to make changes to the note. 䡲 Use detail to use the no te as the basis f or a new not e. 䡲 Move to mo ve the note to another da te. 䡲 Re p ea t to set the note to re cur on a r egular basis (dail y , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yea rly). 䡲 Go to date to jump to another d ate. 䡲 Go to today to jum p to todayâ s date. 䡲 Send note to send the note to anothe r device or in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) format by way of multimedia messages or SMS. 䡲 Co p y to mak e a copy of th e note, whic h you ca n then paste to another date. 䡲 Settings to set the date and t ime, format, day each week starts , and whethe r you w ant y our notes to auto-delete af ter a specified time. 䡲 Go to to- do li st to jump to the t o-do list . ä³ Highlight a note and select View > O pti on s to access a subset of the options abov e rela ted to the note you are curr ently vi ewing ( Delet e , Use detail , Mo ve , Rep ea t , Send note , Cop y , Settings , Go to to- do li st ). Note: If you ar e deleting a recurring note, select One occurrence to erase a single occurrence, or All occurre nces to erase all occurrences of the note.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 97 Using Organiz er Sending a Note Y ou can send a note as a message or in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) forma t . T o send a note: 1. Fr o m the calendar view , scroll to the da te containing the note y o u wish to send, and selec t Vi ew . 2. Scroll to the note you wish to send, and selec t Options > Send note > Send as message , Via calendar , Vi a infr ared , or V ia Bluetooth . 3. If you selected Via calendar , enter the number f or the r ecipien t and pr ess OK , or select Search to r etriev e a number fr om the con tacts list, and press Select . 4. If you selected Send as message , select Te x t m e s s a g e and the note appears in the display . 䡲 Selec t Send to > Recently us ed , Send to number , Send to e-mail , Send to many , or Send to distrib. list . 䡲 Enter the number f or the recipien t and press OK , or select Search to r etriev e a number from the con tac ts list , and select Send . Rec e iving Calendar Notes When y ou receiv e a calendar note in calendar -to- calendar (vC al) fo rmat, y o ur phone display s âÂÂCalendar note receiv ed. â When yo u receiv e a calendar note or text message, a message notifica tion appears in standby mode. Y ou can sa ve th e note in your calendar and set an alarm fo r any da te and time. T o sa ve calendar note s af ter viewing: ä³ Select Options > Sav e . T o discard calendar notes af ter viewing: ä³ Select Options > Discard . âÂÂorâ Select Exi t .
98 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Using Y our Phoneâ s Note P ad Y our phone comes with a note pad you can use to compose and store r em inders and notes to help keep y ou organized. Y ou can write and sa ve inf ormation in N otes , and send it via text message. T o acc ess the note pad: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Or ganize r > Notes . Editing Notes Y ou can add notes to th e note pad or edit existing notes. T o add or e dit a note: ä³ W ith the note pad open an d no notes cr eated, select Add note , create y our note, and select Sa v e when done. ä³ W ith the note pad open and if notes hav e already been cr eat ed, highligh t the note y ou wish to use and select View to read it, or select Option s to perform one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Make a note to crea te addition al notes. 䡲 Delete to disc ard a note . 䡲 Edi t to chang e or add information to a note . 䡲 Use detail to use t he note as a tem plate. 䡲 Send note to send a n ote as message . 䡲 De lete all n otes to delete all notes cr eated. ä³ While viewing a selected note, select Options to view a subset of th e options abo ve rela ted to the note ( Delete , Use detail , Send note ).
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 99 Using Organiz er Using Y our Phoneâ s T o- do List Use the to-do list f eature to k eep tr ack of y our tasks. Y ou can sav e a note for a task, select a priority le vel f or the note and mark it as done when yo u ha ve co mpleted it. Y ou can sort the notes by priority or by da te. T o acc ess your to-do list: ä³ F rom standby mode, select Menu > Org anizer > To - d o l i s t . Adding a T o- do Note T o cr eate a t o-do note: 1. In the to -do list, if ther e are no notes , selec t Add note . 2. Enter the subj ec t of the to-do note, an d selec t Sav e . 3. Selec t either High , Mediu m , or Low priority . En ter deadline da te, time, and alarm. V iewing a T o-do Note T o view to-do notes: ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do n ote, and select View to access t he to-do note details. Editing a T o- do Note T o edi t the c ontents of a to-do note: 1. In the to-do note view , select Edit . 2. Make y ou r changes to the note and press Sa ve .
100 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o -do Note Options T o acc ess to-do notes, do one of the f ollowing: ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do n ote, and select Options to select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Add adds another note. 䡲 Delete deletes the no te. 䡲 Mark note as done or Mark note as not done marks a note or task as c omplete or incomplete. 䡲 Use detail lets y ou use the note as a template f or new to-do note 䡲 Sor t by de adline sorts the not es acco rdi ng to their deadline. 䡲 Send sends the note to another device as a t ext message, as a calendar note to a n other compa tible device, via infrar ed, or via Bluetooth. 䡲 Go to Cale ndar lea ves the to-do list, and goes to the calenda r . 䡲 Sav e to C alendar sa ves the to-d o note to a date on your calendar . 䡲 De lete do ne note s deletes all done notes in the list (av aila ble only if th ere are no tes d one ). 䡲 De lete all n otes deletes all the to-do notes in the list . ä³ In the to-do list, highlight a to-do note, and selec t Vie w > Options to select from the f ollowing: 䡲 Deadline lets y o u change the note deadline. 䡲 Mark note as done or Mark note as not done mark s the note as c omplete or incomplete (a v ailable if note is not alr eady done). 䡲 Delete deletes the no te.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 101 Using Organiz er 䡲 Use detail lets y ou use the note as a template f or a new to-do note. 䡲 Edit priority lets yo u change the noteâ s priority le vel. 䡲 Send sends the note to another device as a t ext message, as a calendar note to a n other compa tible device, via infrar ed, or via Bluetooth. 䡲 Go to Cale ndar lea ves the to-do list, and goes to the calenda r . 䡲 Sav e to C alendar sa ves the to-d o note to a date on your calendar . Using Y our Phoneâ s Calcula tor The calcula tor in y our phone adds , subtracts , multiplies, divides , calculates the squar e and the squar e root, changes the sign of the number entered, and conv er ts currency v alues. T o acc ess your calcula tor: ä³ F rom standby mode, selec t Men u > Organizer > Calculat o r . Performing Calcula tions T o perform calcula tions: 1. In the calculator scr een, en ter th e first number in th e calculat ion using your k eypad. Press for a decimal point if necessary . Note: This calculator has limited accu r acy and is designed f or simple calculations.
102 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 2. Selec t Options to select an opera t ion: 䡲 Add 䡲 Subtract 䡲 Mu ltiply 䡲 Divide 䡲 Square 䡲 S quare root 䡲 C han ge si gn 䡲 To h o m e appli e s the local e x change ra te to the number when con v erting currency . 䡲 To f o r e i g n applies the for eign exchange ra te to the number when con v erting currency . 䡲 Ex change ra te sets the number as the local or f oreign exc ha n g e rat e . 3. Enter the s eco nd number in your calcu lati o n. 4. Selec t Equals if calcula tion is complete or Options if more fun ct io ns a re requ ired . 5. Press Clea r to er ase a digit . Pr ess and hold Clea r to erase the entir e equation. Changing Currency Ra tes Y our ca lculator can be used to c ov er t currency v alues from local curr ency units to fo r eign, and vice v ersa. The curr ency ex change r ate can be set f or local and f oreign unit s. Ti p: T o cycle thro ugh the add, subtract, multiply , and divide characters , you can also press * . T o change the sign of the number , you can also pr ess the naviga t ion ke y up or down.
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 103 Using Organiz er T o set the currency e xchange r ate: ä³ W ith no entries in the calcul ator scr een select Options > Exchange rate . Select For eign units in home units or Home units in f oreign units . Enter the e x change r ate and press OK . âÂÂorâ Enter a v alue in the calcula tor screen. Select Options > Exchange rate . Select For eign units in home units or Home units in f oreign units . Pr ess OK . Using Y our Phoneâ s Timer Y ou can use y our phone as a timer f or a specified ti me length (up to 99 hours , 59 minutes , and 59 sec onds) . When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Press an y ke y during the alarm to stop the al arm. Af ter on e minu te the timer a ler t stops automatically . T o acc ess the timer mode: ä³ F rom standby mode, pr ess Menu > Organi zer > Ti mer . Note: When you change base currency , you must enter the new ra tes because all pre v iously set ex change ra tes are set to z ero . Note: The timer only work s when the phone is on . Once you tu rn of f you r phone, th e timer is no longe r active. Note: Using the time r or allowing it to run in the back ground when using ot her f eatur es incr eases the demand on ba ttery power and r educes t he batte ry life.
104 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer Setting the T imer Y ou c an use y o ur ti mer as a normal timer , which will run f or a fix ed time period , or as an interv al timer , which c an measure sev era l time periods in succession. T o set a normal timer: 1. In timer mode, s elect Normal timer , enter the time (in hh:mm:ss forma t), and then press OK . 2. Enter a note for the timer , and select Start . The icon appe ars in stan dby mod e when t he time r is set . When the time runs out, y our p hone so unds an alar m and displays the timer note. T o set an interval timer: 1. In timer mode, s elect Inter v al tim er > Add new tim er . 2. Enter a name for the timer and press Sa ve . 3. Enter a name for the first time period and press Sa ve . 4. Enter the time for the period (in hh:mm:ss forma t), and then pr ess OK . 5. T o add a nother interv al period, highligh t the existing period and pr ess Select > Add period . 6. When all periods are added, select Back > Star t timer . 7. Selec t an in terv al period to start from, and pr ess Star t . 8. Enter a note for the timer , and select Start . The icon appe ars in stan dby mod e when t he time r is set . When the time runs out, y our p hone so unds an alar m and displa ys the timer note. When each i n t e r va l p e r i o d i s c o m p l e t e , pr ess Next to start the next in terval. T o bypass havi ng to press Nex t each time, fr om the timer mode select Settings > Continue to th e nex t pe riod > Auto matic .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 105 Using Organiz er Changing the Time A f ter you hav e set the timer , y ou can chang e the time. T o chang e a normal timer: 1. With a timer runnin g , selec t Change time . 2. Enter the new tim e and press OK . 3. Add or modify the note, and press OK . T o chang e an interval timer period: 1. In timer mode, s elect Inter v al timer , highlight the interv al timer y ou wish to modify , and press Select . 2. Selec t Vi ew ti m er , highlight the time r period you wish to modify , and press Select . 3. Selec t Edit period > Sa ve and en ter the new time f or the period (in hh:mm:ss format), then press OK . Stopping the Ti mer Bef ore the Alarm Sounds Y ou c an stop the timer early . To s t o p t i m e r s : ä³ In ti mer mode, se lect Menu > Orga nize r > Timer > Stop time r . F or an in ter v al timer , sel ect Next to s top the ex isting time period and skip to the n ext , or Quit to end all timers. Using Y our Phoneâ s Stopwa tch Y our phone has a stopwa tch tha t can be used to tr ack time. The stopwa tch displays time in hours , minutes , seconds and fractions of a sec ond in hh:mm:ss.ss f ormat . Note: Using the stopw atch or allowin g it to run in the back ground when using other f eatur es incr eases the demand on battery power and reduces the battery life.
106 Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer T o acc ess the stopwa tch: ä³ Fr om standby mode, selec t Menu > Org anizer > Stopw atch . Measuring Time Y our stopw atch has two modes: split timing and lap timing . T o use the stopwa tch timing function: 1. Fr o m stopwa tch mode, selec t Split timing or Lap timing > Start . The running time is display ed. 䡲 Split timing : Use the split time function for such things as a long distance r ace w hen y ou need to pace yourself . Select Split to note the elapsed time. The timer c ontinues to run an d the split time appears below the running time. Ea ch time y ou select Split, the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list . 䡲 Lap timing : Use th e lap time fu nction when you w ant to tr ack how lo ng it takes to co mplete each cycle or lap . Select Lap to note the lap ti me. The clock stops , then starts immediately fr om zero . The lap time appears below the running time. Ea ch time y ou select Lap , the new measured time appears a t the beginning of the list . 2. Selec t Stop to end the ti ming and displa y the total time or select Stop > Options > Star t or Res e t to continue or re se t t i m in g . Oper ation Note If you pr ess and return to standby mode, the clock c ontinues to run in the back ground and the ic on appears in the upper lef t corner of the scr een. ä³ T o return to t he stopwa tch mode, from sta ndby mode, select Menu > Org anize r > Stopw atch > C ontinue . T o stop the clock, select Stop .
Section 2G: Using Your PhoneâÂÂs Organizer 107 Using Organiz er Saving, Viewing or Deleting Lap and Split Times ä³ T o sav e a time while the clock is running , select Stop > Sav e , enter a name f or the measuremen t, and select OK . If y ou do not ent er a name, t he total time is used a s the def ault title f or the lap or split time. ä³ T o view a sav ed tim e, in stopwa tch mo de, select Show last time or Vie w t im es . ä³ T o delete a sav ed time, in stopwa tch mode, select Delete time s > On e by on e or Delete all .
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 109 Using V oice Ser vices Section 2H Using Y our Phoneâ s V oice Ser vices In This Section â½§ Using V oice Commands and V oice Dialing â½§ Managing V oice Memos Y our phoneâ s V oice Services let y ou place calls using y our v oice, store voice rem ind ers, and record me mos right on your ph on e. This section includes easy-to-f ollow instruc tions on using v oice-ac tiv ated dialing and managing v oice memos.
110 Section 2H: Using Voi c e Serv ices Using V oice C ommands and V oice Dialing Bef ore usi n g v oice tags , note tha t: 䢠V oice tags ar e not language-dependent . They ar e dependen t on the speak erâ s v oice. 䢠Y ou must say the name exactly as you said it when you record ed it . 䢠V oice tags are sensitiv e to backgr ound noise. Rec ord v oice tags and use them in a quiet en vironmen t . 䢠V ery shor t names are not ac cepted. Use long names and av oid similar names f or dif f er ent numbers. Using Y our Phone Handsfre e With V oice C ommands Y ou c an set v oice c ommands , which allo w handsfr ee oper ation of cer tain f eat ur es in y our phone. Assigning a V oice T ag to a Command Befor e us ing voice c o mmands, y o u must first add a voice tag to the phone function. T o add a v oice tag: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Other Settings > V oice naviga tion and select the phone func tion you wish to tag : Pr o files , Messages , Infr ared , V oice recorde r , or Cal l lo g s . Ti p: R ecor d v oice dial tags in a qu iet environmen t and without the aid of an accessory (for e xample, a headset or hands-fr ee car kit). Note: Using v oice tags ma y be diffi cult in a noisy en vironme nt or during an emergenc y , so y ou should not r ely upon v oice dialin g in all circumstan ces.
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 111 Using V oice Ser vices 2. If necess ary , selec t an option associa ted with that functio n and press Add . Select Star t , and speak the v o ice tag clearly into the microphone. Do not select Quit unless y o u wan t to cancel the rec ording. The phone r eplay s and then sa ves the r ecorded tag. Using a V oice C ommand Af ter you ha ve associa ted a vo ice tag with a f u nction in y our phone, you can issue a comman d by speaking the v o ice tag . T o use a vo ice c ommand: 1. Fr o m standby mode, press . When âÂÂSpeak nowâ is displa yed, pronounce the v oice tag clearly into the mi crophone. 2. When the phone finds the v o ice tag , âÂÂF ound:â is displa yed, and the phone pla ys the rec ognized v o ice tag thr ough the earpiece. The function you r equested is activ ated. Vo i c e C o m m a n d O p t i o n s Af ter you ha v e associated a v oice tag to a c ommand, y ou can select one of the following options: 䢠Pla yback to listen to the v oice command tag . 䢠Change to chan ge the voice c o mmand . 䢠Delete to er ase the voice c ommand tag. Using V oice T ags to Dial a Phone Number Y ou c an use a v oice dial tag to automa tically dial a phone number in y our contacts. (A v oice dial tag is a c ommand you r eco rd a nd use to place calls wi thout using the k eypad.) Y our phone can store up to 25 v oice dial ta gs. Assigning a V o ice T ag to an Entry Befor e you can us e v oice dialing , you must first assig n a v o ice tag to the num ber .
112 Section 2H: Using Voi c e Serv ices T o assign v oice tags: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > C ontacts > Names . 2. Hi gh li g ht th e co nta c t t o w hi ch you want to a ss ig n a vo i c e t a g a n d s e l e c t Details . 3. If necess ary , highlight the number you wish to use. Select Options > Add v oice tag . 4. Press Star t , w ait f o r the tone, and then speak clearly into the mic rop hone. Do not select Quit unless y ou w ant to cancel the r ecor ding. The phone automatically stops r ecor ding and sa ves and r epla ys the v oice tag. 5. Af ter you ha ve associa ted a v oice tag to a con tact, you can selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags > Select a contact > Playback , Change , or Delet e . Dialing a Number T o dial a n umber usin g a v oice tag: 1. Press and hold . 2. When you hear se v eral beeps and âÂÂSpeak nowâ is displa yed, r elease the key . 3. Pronounce the v oice tag clea rly into the microphone. 4. When the phone finds the v o ice tag , âÂÂF ound:â is displa yed, and the phone automa tically dials the number . If the phone does not loca te a number or rec o gnize the voice tag , âÂÂNo m atch f o undâ is displa yed.
Section 2H: Using Voice Services 113 Using V oice Ser vices Managing V oice Memos Y ou can use y our phoneâ s V oice Ser vices to rec ord brief memos to r e mind y ou of important e ven ts, phone numbers , or grocery list items. R ec ording Speech or Sound T o mak e and play back a r e cor ding: 1. Fr o m standby mode, select Menu > Media > R ec ord er . 2. Press the cente r sele ction ke y to begin r ecor ding. 3. Af ter the rec order star t tone is heard, begin r ecordi n g speech or sound . 4. When you ar e finished rec ording , press the center sele cti on key to st o p re cordi ng an d yo ur reco rdin g is sav ed to the Ringers fol d e r . 5. Selec t Reco rd i n gs l i st , open th e Ringers fo ld e r , a n d s c ro l l to th e reco rdi ng you c reate d . 6. Selec t Options > Play last recorded or Send last r ecorded to play or send your r e c o rding . Vo i c e M e m o O p t i o n s Af ter y ou hav e sav e d the r ec ording to the Ringers f older , highlight the r ecording , and select Listen t o p lay th e re cordi ng using the earpiece, or Options to: 䢠Delete : Er ase the recor ding . 䢠Re na m e : Change the n ame of the r ec ording . 䢠Set as tone : Use y our rec o rding as a ringtone, message tone, alarm tone, or c ontact entr y tone. 䢠Details : Check the size an d crea tion da te of the r ecor ding .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 115 Cam e ra Section 2I Using the Built-in C amer a In This Section â½§ About Y our Camer a â½§ T aking a Photo â½§ Re cording a Vi deo Clip â½§ Using My Albums â½§ Using Picture Messaging Y our phoneâ s built- in camer a giv es y ou the ability t o take fu ll- color digital pictures, view y our pic tures using the phoneâ s d isplay , and instantly send them to f am ily and friends. Itâ s fun and as easy to use as a tr aditional point -and- click cam er a: just tak e a pi c t u re, v i ew i t o n yo u r p h o ne â s d i sp l ay , a n d s en d it f ro m you r phone to up to 10 people. This section explains the f eatur es and options of y our phoneâ s built -in camer a.
116 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera About Y our Camer a Y ou can use your phone to tak e photos and rec o rd video clips with the built -in 1-megapixel camer a and flash. The camer a lens and flash ar e located on the fron t of the phone. Captur e buttons are a v ailable whether the phone is open or closed. The camer a produces photos in JPEG format and video clips in H.263 f ormat . Af ter y ou tak e a pic tur e or video, y ou can at tach it to a message or sa ve it as a wal lpaper . When y ou at tach a pic tur e to an entry in y our list of c ont ac ts, the picture is displa yed when the c ontact calls you. The Nokia 6165i supports an image c apture r esolution from 320x240 pix els to 1152x864 pix els, and video resolution of 128x96. The imag e resolution in these ma terials may appear dif f eren t . T aking a Photo T aking pic tures with y our phoneâ s built- in camer a is as simple as choosing a subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a button. Y ou can activa te the phoneâ s camer a mode whether the phone is open or closed . Note: See âÂÂF ron t V ie w of Y our Phoneâ on page 14. Note: When using the fea tures in this phone, please follow local laws and r espec t priv acy rights and additional rights of other people.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 117 Cam e ra To t a k e a p h o t o : 1. In standby mo de, pr ess Ca mera to activ ate the camer a. âÂÂorâ W ith the phone closed, pr ess and hold the camer a button on the right side of the phone. 2. Selec t Cap t u re or pr ess the camera button on the right side of the phone to take the photo . When taking a photo , a shutter sound is heard, the photo is displa y e d on the scr een, and either a blinking ic on or scrolling indica tor is display ed as the photo is sa ved i n Pictures > My a lb ums > My p ic tu res > S to red i n c am era . 3. Selec t Back to tak e another ph oto , or Optio ns and choose from one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Zoom to zoom in closer bef ore capturing a photo or to get a closer look at the captur ed photo; use the scr oll key t o naviga te around t he photo . 䡲 Tr a n s f e r to send the image via infrar ed or Bluetooth. 䡲 Print to print the image using a USB cable. 䡲 Delete to erase the i mage from memory . 䡲 Vi ew pi c t ure s to open the image gallery of pictures stor ed in the camer a. 䡲 Change caption to rename the image f ile. 䡲 Set as image to set the curr ent pictur e as wallpaper , scr een sa ver , or con tac t image. 䡲 Details to view the name, size, date and time of crea tio n, resolution, or da te an d time of upload of a captured photo. Note: The Camer a func tion is t he default shortcut for the right selection key in standby mode. If a dif f e ren t func tion has been set f or this ke y , use Menu > P ictures > C amera to ac tiv ate the camer a. See â My Shortcutsâ on page 59.
118 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera Photo Settings and Options When the phone is in camer a mode, press Options and selec t from the f o llowing: 䢠Vid eo switches to video camer a mode . See âÂÂR ecording a V ideo Clipâ on page 119. 䢠Zoom lets y ou use the navigation k ey lef t an d right to adjust the cameraâ s zoom setting . 䢠Night mode on or Ni ght mode of f turns night mode on or of f to select a low light setting . (This option is gra yed out when the flash is on.) 䢠Flash on or Flash of f turns the flash on or of f . ( This option is gr ay ed out when the nig ht mode se tting is on .) 䢠Self -timer on or Self -timer o f f lets you use the self -timer to delay capturing a photo for 10 sec onds. 䢠Settings lets y ou selec t fr om the f ollowing options: 䡲 Image quality : Selec t from High , Normal , or Basic . 䡲 Image size : Selec t from 1152x8 64 , 800x600 , or 320x240 . ( The higher the r eso lution, the lar g er the image file size.) 䡲 Ca m era s o u nd s : T u rn t h e c a m e ra âÂÂs h u t t e r â s o u n d On or Of f . 䡲 Self-timer lights : Sele ct On or Of f . 䡲 Def ault title : Select Auto mat ic to name each image file âÂÂImagexxx. â Select My title to en ter y our own title te xt that will be used f or images. Note: K eep a safe distance when using the flash. Do not use the flash on people or animals a t close range. Do not c over the flash while taking a pic ture.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 119 Cam e ra 䡲 Def ault mode : Select Standard phot o or Vi de o to set which mode will start when y ou turn on the came r a f e ature. R ecording a V ideo Clip Y ou c an play o r re c o r d video clips with y our phone. To r e c o r d a v i d e o c l i p : 1. In standby mo de, select Camera > Options > Video . âÂÂorâ Menu > P ictures > Camcor der . 2. Press Reco rd . (Wh ile you are record ing , th e reco rdin g indicator and the remaining rec ording time display .) 3. Selec t Pa u s e to pause the r ecor ding , C ontinue to resum e th e re cordin g , o r Stop to stop the rec ordi ng . The phone sav es the rec ording in Pictur es > My albums > My videos > Stored in V ideo recorder . 4. Selec t Back to r ecor d another video , or s elect Options and choose fr om one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Send to deliver the video clip to a r ecently used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. Note: The Camer a func tion is t he default shortcut for the right selection ke y in standby mode. See â My Shortcutsâ on page 59.
120 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 䡲 Tr a n s f e r to se nd the vide o clip via i nfr ared or Bluetooth . 䡲 Delete to erase the video clip from memory . 䡲 Vi ew v id eo s to open the video clip gallery . 䡲 Change caption to rename the video cli p. 䡲 Set as video clip to set the current video clip as screen sav er , call video , or conta ct video . 䡲 Details to view the name, size, date and time of crea tio n, or date and time of upload of a video clip. Vi de o O p t i o n s When the phone is in video mode, pr ess Options and select from the f o llowing: 䢠Still image to switch to photo mode. See âÂÂT aking a Photoâ on page 116. 䢠Zoom to z oom in closer before r ecording a video or to get a closer look at the r ecorded video . 䢠Mute to turn the sound on or of f . 䢠Flash on or Flash of f to turn the flash on or of f . 䢠Settings : See page 118 .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 121 Cam e ra Using M y Albums Use My albums to or ganize y o ur captur ed images. T o access My albums: ä³ In standby mode, selec t Menu > P ictur es > My albums to choose one of the following options: 䡲 My pi ct ure s to selec t an image Stored in camer a or Sav ed to phone . A f ter you hav e high lighted an image, you ma y Open the image for viewing, or you may choose the following from the Options men u : â½§ Send to deliv er the image to a recen t ly used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. â½§ Tr a n s f e r to send the image via infr ared or Bluetooth. â½§ Print to print the image using a USB cable. â½§ Delete to er ase the image from memory . â½§ Mark to select the image. â½§ Mark all to select all images in the phone or camer a gallery . â½§ Set as image to set the current image as wall paper , screen sa v er , or cont act image . â½§ Change caption to rena me the image file. â½§ Start slide show to displa y all of the images in the album in succession. â½§ Details to view the name, size, da te and time of crea tion, resolution, or d ate and time of the selected photo . 䡲 My vid e os to select a video Stor ed in camera or Sav ed to ph one . Af ter you ha ve hi ghlighted a video clip , you
122 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera may Pla y the clip, o r you ma y choose the following from th e Optio ns menu: ⽧ Send to deliv er the video clip to a r ecently used number , an enter ed number , an email address , a c ontact, or via data services. ⽧ Tr a n s f e r to send the video clip via infr ared or Bluetooth. ⽧ Delete to er ase the video clip from memory . ⽧ Mark to select the video clip. ⽧ Mark all to select all video clips in the phone or camer a gallery . ⽧ Set as video clip to set the current video clip as scr een sav er , call video , or cont ac t video . ⽧ Details to view the name, size, da te and time of crea tion, or date and time of upload of a video clip. ⽧ Change caption to rena me the video clip . 䡲 Onli ne album s to select one of the following options: Vi ew online albums , Upload pictures , or Upload videos .
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 123 Cam e ra Using Picture Messaging Use Picture Messaging to send a picture message or to check your inbo x for r eceived picture messages. Sending a Pi cture Mess age Once y ouâÂÂve t ak en a picture or vid eo, y ou can us e the messaging capabilities of y our phone to instantly shar e it with f a mily and friends. Y ou can send pic tures or videos to up to ten people at a time using their email addresses or their wireless phone numbers. Sending Pictures T o send a pictur e using Picture Me ssaging: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Crea te Picture Mes s age > Send picture . 3. Ch oose new or stored images to send: 䡲 Selec t Camera to open the gallery of i m ages stored in y o ur camera. Scr oll to the image y ou wish to send, and then select Options > Send > R ecently u sed , Send to num ber , Send to e-mail , or View c ontacts to enter re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. 䡲 Selec t Ta k e n e w p i c t u r e to take and send a new image. Select Options > Send > Recentl y used , Send Note: Only c ompatible de vices th at of fer pictur e message f eatur es can receive and display pict ure messages. The appearance of a message may v ary dependin g on the re ceiving de vice.
124 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera to nu mbe r , Send to e-mail , or View c ontac ts to ente r re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. Sending Video Clips T o send a v ideo using Picture Messaging: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Crea te Picture Mes sage > Send video . 3. Ch oose new or stored videos to send: 䡲 Selec t Vid eo reco rd er to open the gallery of videos stor ed in your camer a. Scroll to the vi deo clip you wish to send, and th en select Options > Send > Rec e ntl y u s ed , Send to number , Send to e-mail , or View con t ac t s to enter r ecipient s. Sel ect Other services to access o nline pictur e managemen t tool s. 䡲 Selec t Ta k e n e w v i d e o to tak e and send a new video clip. Select Options > Send > Re cently used , Send to number , Send to e-mail , or Vi ew contacts to ent er re c ip i e nt s . S e l ec t Other services to access online pictur e manage men t tools. Ti p: Select Options > Mark all , then selec t Options > Send to highlight all of the images stored in your camer a for sending in a Picture Mail message. Ti p: See âÂÂT aking a Photoâ on page 116. Ti p: Select Options > Mark all , then selec t Options > Send to highlight all of the videos stored in your camer a for sending in a Picture Mail message.
Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 125 Cam e ra V iewing Picture Messag es Y our phone can r eceiv e picture message alerts in the inbox. The number of messages in the inbox is shown in paren theses on the Picture Message scr een. T o acc e ss y our Picture Message inbox: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e > Inbo x . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e > Inbo x . (When you open the in bo x , th e list of picture messages is display ed. The newest m essages are displa yed first. ) 2. Scroll up and down to highlight a message, and then press Select > V iew to access the message from the W eb site. Deleting P icture Messag es Y ou c an clean up your P ictur e Message in bo x by deleting picture me ssages. T o delete P i cture Messages: 1. In standby mo de, select Menu > Pictur es > Picture Messag e . âÂÂorâ In standby mode, selec t Menu > Messaging > Picture Messag e . 2. Selec t Delete messages , and then select one of the f ollowing options: All , All re ad , or All unread . 3. Highlight Uploads or a n album title and select Open to display thumbnails of y our conten t in the selected location. Ti p: See âÂÂR ecording a V ideo Clipâ on page 119.
126 Section 2I: Using th e Built-in Camera 4. Use your na viga tion k ey to select a picture or video . 5. Selec t Options to displa y your online options. Ti p: T o expand a selected pic ture or video from thumbnail to full-screen, select Open or Play .
Section 2J: Using My Content 127 Using My Content Section 2J Using My C ontent In This Section â½§ Managing F olders and F iles â½§ My Co ntent O pti on s This sec tion explains the f eatur es and options of your phoneâ s My C ontent f eatur e. Games, r ingtones , scr eensav ers , and applica t ions reside in My Co nten t .
128 Section 2J: Using M y Content Managing F olders and Files My C ontent is used to store and m anage multimedia files such as images , audio files , themes, video clips , and so on. Y ou can keep all y our do wnloads inside o f folders in My Cont ent . T o access My C ontent files: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Selec t one of the f ollowing folders: 䡲 Gam es 䡲 Ringers 䡲 Screen sav ers 䡲 Applica tions 䡲 Messaging Downloaded c onten t can be viewed and accessed in these My C ontent f olders. Getting New C ontent T o acc ess the data ser vices do wnload menus: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Select the type of file you wish to download and pr ess OK . 3. Selec t Get new and press OK . Note: See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Cont entâ on page 168. Note: If conten t has been downloaded, additional folders other than those listed may be av ailable and can be accessed from the My Conte nt menu.
Section 2J: Using My Content 129 Using My Content Co n t e nt M an a ge r My Cont ent Ma na ge r i s a st or age area on the network av ailable to y ou that is assigned specifically to y our acc o unt. It allows y ou to store all of y our Premium Ser vice downloadable files. The files r emain in My Cont ent Ma nager until their license terms hav e e xpiredâÂÂe ven af ter y ou ha v e downloaded the c ont ent to y our phone. This provid es you with a c onvenien t place to access inf ormation about y our downloaded files without having to store the inf ormation in you r p h o ne â s m e m or y . M y C ontent Options T o access My C ontent options: ä³ Select Menu > My C ontent > Options and one of the f ollowing: 䡲 Memor y status to view used and av ailable memory . 䡲 Get new to access the data se r vices download menus 䡲 Co n t e n t m a n a g e r to access My C onten t Manager . Note: See âÂÂDownloading Premium Services Cont entâ on page 168. Note: If your phone displa ys a message t hat the memory is full when you try to use a fea ture, delete some of the conten t stored in memory bef ore c ontinuing.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 131 Using Blue toot h Section 2K Using Bluetooth In This Section â½§ T urning Bluetooth On and Of f â½§ Using the Bluet ooth Settings Menu â½§ P a iring Bluetooth Devices â½§ Bluetooth Accessories Y our phone f eatur es built -in Blue tooth technology , allo wing you to share information easier than ev er before. Bluetooth is a shor t - r ange c ommunications technology that allow s you to c onnec t wirelessly to a number o f Bluetooth devices , such as headsets , hands-free car kits , and Bluetoot h enabled handhelds, PCs , printers , and other wireless phones. The Bluetooth c ommunication r ange is usually up to appro ximately 10 meters (30 f eet). A Bluetooth connection can be used to send and receive images , texts , galle ry files, v o ice rec o rdings, video clips, notes, business car ds, and cale ndar notes. Y ou can synchr onize y o ur phone and your PC using a Bluetooth connection .
132 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth Since de vices with Bluetoot h c onnectivity c ommunicate using r adio wa ves , y our phone and the other device do not need to be in dir ect line-of-s igh t . The two de vices must be within a maximu m of 10 meters (30 f eet) of each other , althou gh the c onnec tion can be subjec t to inter f erence from obstructions such as walls or other electr o nic de vices. This phone is complia nt with Bl uetooth Specificat io n 1.2, which suppor ts the f ollowing profil es: obje ct push pr ofile, file tr ansf er profile, dial-up networking pr ofil e, headset pr ofile, hands-free pr ofile, generic access profile, serial port profile, and generic object ex change profile. T o ensure in teroper ability between other devices supporting Bluetooth techn ology , use only Nokia-appr ov ed enhancements f or this m odel. Check with the manufacturers of other device s to determ ine their c ompatibility with this phone. This section details how to set up and mak e the most of y our phoneâ s Bluetooth capabil ities. Tu r n i n g B l u e t o o t h O n a n d O f f By def ault, y ou r phoneâ s Bluetooth fu nct ionality is turned off . T urning Bluetooth on ma k e s y our phone â disc ov er ableâ by other in-r ange Bl uetoot h devic es. T o turn Bluetooth on: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth > On . Note: The Bluetooth application consumes the bat tery and reduces the battery life a nd operating time of the phone. Take this into account when performing other operations with your phone.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 133 Using Blue toot h If you choose the Bluetooth Of f setting , all ac tive Bluetooth c onnec tions end an d Bluetooth cannot be used for sending or r eceiving da ta. Bluetooth Sta tus Indicat ors The f ollowing icon shows y our Bluetooth connec tion status at a glance: 䢠âÂÂBluetooth is active. Using the Bluetooth Settings Menu The Bluetooth S ettings menu allows you to set up many of the char ac teristics o f yo ur phoneâ s Bluetooth service, including: 䢠Changing your Bluetooth s ettings. 䢠Searching f or Audio Enhanc ements. 䢠Displaying t he active de vice and paired de vices. T o acc ess the Bluetooth Settings menu: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth s ettings . Setting Y our Phoneâ s Name The phone name sec tion of the Bluetooth Settings menu allows y o u to select a Blue tooth nam e f o r your phone. Y our phoneâ s Bluetoot h name wil l appear to other in-r ange Bluetooth device s, depending on y our visibility settings. Note: There may be restrictions on using Bluetooth technology in some locations. Che c k with your local authorities. Note: Any changes you mak e to your Bluetooth settings will be sav ed t o the curren t profile when you e xit the B luetooth settings menu.
134 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth T o set a Bluetooth name f or your phone: 1. Fr om the Bluetooth Settings men u, select My p ho neâ s na me . 2. Press repea tedly to clear the curren t name. 3. Use your ke ypad to enter a new name and press OK to sav e and exit. V isibility The Bluetooth Settings m enu allows y o u to manage your visibility to other Bluetooth devices. T o c onfigure y our phoneâ s visibility (disc ove r ability) to other Bluetooth devices: 1. Fr om the Bluetooth Settings men u, select My phoneâ s visibilit y . 2. Selec t y our desir ed visibility setting: 䡲 Shown to all to allow all other Bluet ooth devic es to detect and identify y our phone. 䡲 Hidden to pr even t other Bluet o oth de vices from detecting and iden tifying y our phone. P airing Bluetooth De vices The Bluetooth pairing process allow s you to establish trusted c onnec tion s between your phone and another Bluetoot h device. When de vices are pair ed, a passkey is shar ed between d e v ic e s, a l l o w i n g fo r fa s t , s e c u re c onnec tions while bypassing the dis c overy and auth entication process.
Section 2K: Using Bluetooth 135 Using Blue toot h Searching f or De vices The Search f or audio enhancemen ts o ptions allows you to view a list of , and connect to , audio-enabled enhancemen ts within r ange o f y our phone. T o pair y our phone w ith another Bluetooth device: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > C onnec tivity > Bluetooth > Search f or audio enhancemen ts . (Y our phone will display a list of disco vered in-r ange Bluet ooth devices.) 2. Selec t the device y o u wish to pair with and press the cente r sele ct ion key . 3. Enter the passke y and press the center se lection k ey . Pa i r i n g D e v i c e s If you will be using a Dial-Up Network (DU N) profile to pair with a PC or PD A, you will need to allow the other dev ice to initiate pai ring with y our phone. T o allo w your phone to be pair ed with another Blueto oth devic e: 1. Selec t Menu > Settings > C onnec tivity > Bluetooth > Pa i re d D e v i c e s > N e w . 2. F o llow the onscr een pr ompts to enter y our passk ey and pr ess the center se lec tion ke y . V iewing Ac tiv e De vices With Bluetooth pairing , you can view the device to which you ha ve an a ctive co nnection. T o vi ew active de vices: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > Co nnec tivity > Bluetooth > Active device .
136 Section 2K: Using Bluetooth Blueto oth Accessories Y our phone is c ompatible with the foll o wing wir eless Bluet ooth heads ets: 䢠HS-4WâÂÂWir eless boom headset 䢠HS-11WâÂÂWir eless headset 䢠HS-21WâÂÂWir eless clip-on headset 䢠HS-26WâÂÂEconomical wireless headset 䢠HS-36WâÂÂWir eless headset 䢠HS-37WâÂÂWir eless headset Note: If infrar ed co nnec tivity is activa ted ( Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrar ed ), Bluetooth connectivity will be deactiv ated.
Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements 137 Accessori es & Enhancements Section 2L Accessories and Enhancemen ts In This Section â½§ Ru les About Accessories â½§ Enhancem ents Y ou can use man y dif f er ent Nokia- appro v ed accesso ries and enhance m ents with y our phone.
138 Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements R ules About Accessories 䢠K eep all accessories and enha ncements out of the r each of small children. 䢠When you disc onnect the power cord of an y accessory or enhancement, gr asp and pull the plug , not the cord. 䢠On a regular basis, ensure th at enhance ments installed in a v ehicle are mounted a nd oper ating properly . 䢠Installa tion of any comple x car enhancements must be made by qualified personnel only . Ba ttery The f ollowing battery i s supplied with y our phone: 䢠BL -6 C 1150 mAh Standard Li -Ion Bat tery Check the battery to ensur e that it is this model. Charg er Either of the f ollowing chargers is supplied with y our phone: 䢠AC -3 Compact Char ger 䢠AC -4 Tr a v e l C h a r g e r Check the model number of an y charger bef ore use with this phone. WA R N I N G Use only batteries , chargers, and enhancemen ts approv ed by Nokia for use with this par ticular model. The use of any other type may inv alidate any appr ov al or warr anty , and may be dangerous. F or av ailability of approv ed enhancements , please check with your dealer . Note: Se e âÂÂChargers and Adapters â on page 139 f or enhanc emen ts.
Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements 139 Accessori es & Enhancements Enhancements Use the f ollowing appro ved enhancemen ts with your Nokia phone. Headsets Use the f ollowing headsets with y our phone: 䢠HBD - 4 Boom Headset 䢠HS-5 Standard Headset 䢠HS-9 CDMA 2.5 mm Headset Ca r K i ts Use the f ollowing car kits with y our phone: 䢠BHF-3 Headr est Handsfr ee 䢠BHF-4 CDM A Headr est Handsfr ee 䢠HF - 3 Easy-to-Use Hand sfree 䢠HF - 6W Wi rel ess Plug-i n Ca r Handsfr ee 䢠CK -10 Basic Car Kit 䢠CK -1W Wirel es s Ca r Ki t 䢠CR -30 Mobile Ho lder Charg ers and Ad apters Use the f ollowing chargers and adapters with your phone: 䢠DC-4 Mobile Charger 䢠CA- 44 Charger Adapter Use the CA-44 char ger adapter to connect the phone to Nokia chargers with a la rger barr el size. Note: See âÂÂChar g erâ on page 138 f or standard accessories.
140 Section 2L: Accessories & Enhancements C o nnect ivity , Memory , and Other The f ollowing enhancemen ts an d applicat ions are av ailable f or use with y o ur phone: 䢠PC Suite Sof tware 䢠LPS-4 L oopset 䢠CA- 53 Connectivity Cable Bluetooth See âÂÂBluetooth Accessoriesâ on pag e 136.
Section 3 Wi r eless Ser vice F eatur es
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 143 Wir eless Ser vice Section 3A Wi reless Service F eatur es: The Basics In This Section â½§ Using V oicemail â½§ Using SMS T e xt Messaging â½§ Using Caller I D â½§ Responding to Call W aiting â½§ Making a Thr ee-W ay Call â½§ Using Call For warding Now tha t y ouâ ve master ed y our phoneâ s fundamentals, itâ s time to explore the callin g feat ures that enh ance your wireless servi ce. This section o utlines y our basic ser vice f eatures.
144 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Using V oicemail Setting Up Y our V oic email All unanswered calls to y our phone are automatically tr ans f erred to y our v oicemai l, ev en if y our pho ne is in use or turned off . Ther efor e, y ou will w ant to se t up y our v oicemail and personal greeting as soon as yo ur phone is ac tiv ated. T o set up y our v oicemail: 1. Press and hold . 2. F ollow the system prompts to: 䡲 Create y our passcode. 䡲 Rec ord your gr eeting . 䡲 Rec ord y our name announcement . 䡲 Ch oose whether or not to ac tiva te One- T ouch Message Access (a f eatur e that lets you access messages simply by pressing and holding , bypassing the need f or yo u to enter y our passcode). Note: V oicem ail Passcode If you ar e concerned about unauthorized access to y our v oicemail accoun t , it is r ecommended that y ou enable y our v oicemail passcode. (Do not ac tiv ate One- T ouch Message Access.)
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 145 Wir eless Ser vice V oicemail Notification Ther e are se v eral w ays your phone alerts you of a new message: 䢠By displa ying a message on the scr een. 䢠By sounding the as si gned ringer type. 䢠By displa ying a t the to p of y our screen. New V oicemail Mes sage Alerts When y ou receiv e a new voice message, your phone alerts you and pr ompts you to ca ll yo ur v oicemail. T o call y our v oicemail: 1. Press an d hold . 2. Enter your passc ode. Retrie vi ng Y our V oicemail Messages Y ou c an r eview y our messages dir ectly fro m y our wir eless phone or from any other touch-to ne phone. T o dial from y ou r wir eless phone, y ou can either speed dial yo ur v oicemail or use the phone menus. T o acc ess messages using speed dial: ä³ Pr ess and hold . (Y our phone will dial y ou r v oicemail box.) Note: When y ou ar e ro aming off the network av ailable to you, y ou may n o t r eceiv e not ifica tion of new v oicemail me ssa ges . It is rec ommended that you periodically check y our voicemail by dialing 1 area co de your wireless number . When your v oicemail answers, pr ess ( * ) and enter your passcode. Y ou will be charged roaming r ates when accessi ng v oicemail while roaming of f the network av ailable to you. Y our phone accepts messages e ven w hen it is turned of f . Howev er , you ar e only notified of new messages when y our phone is turned on and y ou are in a ne twork ser vice ar ea.
146 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics T o acc ess your messag es using the phon e menus: 1. Selec t Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > Listen to v oice me ssages . 2. Press Select to listen to your messages. T o acc ess your messag es using another phone: 1. Dial your wir eless phone number . 2. When your v oicemail answers , press . 3. Enter your passc ode. Note: Y ou are char ged fo r airtime minutes when you ar e accessing your v oicemail from your wireless phone. Ti p: When you call in to v oicemail, you first hear the header inf ormation ( date, time, and sender informa tion) for the message. T o skip directly to the message, press 4 during the header .
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 147 Wir eless Ser vice V o icemai l Button Gu ide Her eâ s a quick guide to y our ke ypad functions while listening to voicemail messages. Date/Time Send Reply Advance Replay Rewind Forward Erase Call Bac k Save Cancel Help Skip Vo i c e m a i l O p t i o n s Y our phone off e rs sev eral options f o r organizing and accessing your v oicemail. Using E xper t Mode Using the Ex per t Mode setting for y o ur personal voicemail bo x helps you na vigate through the v oicemail system more quickly by shor tening the v oice prompts you hear a t each lev el. T o turn E xper t Mode on or of f: 1. Press and hold to access your v oicemail. (If your v oicemail box c ontains an y new or sav ed messages , press to acces s the main voicemail m enu.) 2. Press to change your P ersonal Options, f ollowing the system pr ompts . 3. Press fo r Ex p e r t Mo d e . 4. Press to turn E x pert Mode on or off .
148 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Setting Up Group Distribution Lists Y ou can cr eate up to 20 separa te group lists , each with up to 20 customers. T o set up a gr oup distribution list: 1. Press and hold to access your v oicemail. (If your v oicemail box c ontains an y new or sav ed messages , press to acces s the main voicemail m enu.) 2. Press to change your P ersonal Options, f ollowing the system pr ompts. 3. Press f or Admini str ativ e Options. 4. Press f or Gr oup Distribution Lists. 5. F ollow the v oice prompts to cr eate, edit, r ename, or delete group lists. Callback Y ou c an r eturn a call af ter listenin g to a message without disc onnec ting from v oicemail. T o use the callback function: ä³ Pr ess af ter listening to a message. (Once the call is c omplete, y ouâ re r eturned to the voicemail main menu.) V o icema il-to- V oi cemai l Mess age Y ou can r ecor d and send a v o ice message to other v oicemail users. T o r ecord and send a v oicemail to other v oicemail users: 1. Fr o m the main v oicemail menu, press to send a message . 2. F ollow the v oice prompts to enter the phone number . 3. F ollow the v oice prompts to rec ord and send y our v oice message.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 149 Wir eless Ser vice V o icema il-to-V oicema il M essage Reply Y ou can r eply to a voice message r eceived fr o m any other v oicemail user . To s e n d a r e p l y : 1. Af ter listening to a voice message, press . 2. Follo w th e v o ic e pro mpt s to record a n d se nd you r rep ly . V o icema il-to- V oi cemai l Mess age Forwarding Y ou can f o rw ard a v oice messa ge, e xcept those ma rked â Priv ate, â to other v o icemail users. T o f or ward a messag e: 1. Af ter listen ing to a messa ge, pr es s . 2. F ollow the v oice prompts to enter the phone number . 3. F ollow th e v oic e pr ompts to rec ord your intr oduc tion and for ward the voice me ssage . V o icema il-to- V oic emai l Receipt Reques t Y ou can r eceive c onfirmation tha t y our v oice message has been liste ned to when you send, forw ard, or r eply to other v oicemail users. T o r equest confirmation: 1. Af ter you ha v e rec orded a m essage, press to indicate y o u are sa tisfied w ith the message y ou rec orded. 2. Press to mark r eceipt requ ested. 3. Press to send y our voicemail message.
150 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Co n t i n u e R e co r d i n g When lea v ing a v oice message, y ou can choose to cont inue r ecor ding even af ter youâÂÂv e stopped. T o con t i nu e r eco r d in g : ä³ Bef ore pr essing to indicate t hat you a re sati sfied with the message you recor ded, press to co nt i n u e re co rd i n g . Extended Absence Gr eeting When y our pho ne is turned of f or you ar e off the network av ailable to y ou for an e x tended period, this greeting can be pla yed instead of y our normal personal greeting. T o r ecord an e xtended absence gr eeting: 1. Fr o m the main v oicemail menu, press f o r Pe r s o n a l O p t i o n s. 2. Press f or gre etings . 3. Press to r ecord an E xtended Absence Greeting. Clearing the Message Ic on Y our phone may tempor arily continue to displa y the message ic on af ter you ha ve check ed y our v oice and text messag es. T o clear the i con fr om the displa y screen: ä³ Select Menu > Messaging > V oice messages > Clear new v oicemail ic on > OK .
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 151 Wir eless Ser vice Vo i c e m a i l M e n u K e y F ollowing the prompts on the v oicemail system, y ou can use y our k eypad to na vigate thr ough th e v oicemail menu. The f ollowing list outlines your phoneâ s voicemail menu struc ture. Listen Envelop e Informat ion Reply Advance 8 Seconds Replay Rewind Forward Message Erase Callback Save Options Send a Message (continued)
152 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics Persona l Options Notification Options Phone Notifi cation Numeric Pagin g to a Phon e Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Admini strative Op tions Skip passcode Autoplay Message Date & Time On/Off Change passcode Group Di stribution List Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Greeting s Personal Greeting s Name Announceme nt Extend ed Absenc e Greeting Return to Personal Opti ons Menu Expert Mode (On/Off) Place a C all Disc onnec t
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 153 Wir eless Ser vice Using SMS T ext Messaging Wi th SMS T ext Messaging , you can use other peopleâ s phon e numbers to sen d instant text m essages from y ou r phone to their messaging-r eady phonesâÂÂa nd they c an send messages to yo u. When y ou receiv e a new message, it will automatically di splay on y our phoneâ s scr een. In addition, SMS T e x t Messaging includes a v ari ety of pr e-set messages , such as âÂÂIâ m running late, Iâ m on my w ay ,â that mak e c omposing messages fast and easy . Y ou can als o customiz e your own pre-set messages (up to 160 characters ) from your phone. Y our phone suppor ts the sending of text messages bey ond the character limit of a single message . Longer messages are sent as a ser ies of two or more m essages. Y ou may be charged acc ordingly . Characters tha t use accents or other mark s take up more space, limiting the number of char ac ters that can be sent in a single message. C omposing SMS T ext Messag es T o comp ose an SMS T ext m essag e: 1. Selec t Menu > Messaging > Te x t m e s s a g e s > Create mess age . 2. Enter the te xt for y our message in the te xt editor . 3. Press Send to and select one o f the following: 䡲 Re ce nt l y u se d to select from the last-used names stor ed in your phoneâ s mem ory . 䡲 Send to number to use the keypad to enter the wireless phone number of the person to w hom you wish to send a message. 䡲 Send to e-mail to en ter the recipien t â s email addr ess. Note: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36.
154 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics 䡲 Send to m any to en ter a combination of r ecipients (r ecently used, indivi dual numbers , individual emails and distribution lists ). 䡲 Send to distr ib . list to se lect recipients from your distribution lists (qualifying C ontacts entries must con tai n a wireless phone number or an email address ). 4. Press Send . (Y ou may also select additional messaging options by pr essing Options > Sending option to set the callback number , add a signa ture te xt, or change the message priority .) Accessing SMS T ext Messag es T o r ead an SMS T ext message: ä³ When you receive a te xt message, it will automatically appear on y our phoneâ s main display scr een. Use your navig ation k ey to scr oll down and view the entir e m essage. T o chang e the incomi ng message displa y of new text messages: 1. Press Menu > Messaging > T ext messag es > Message settings > Other settings > Incoming msg. displa y . 2. Selec t Message vi ew or Msg. aler t . T o r eply to an SMS T ext messag e: 1. While the message is open, selec t Re pl y . 2. Selec t from the following text options for y our reply : 䡲 Em pty scree n 䡲 Original text 䡲 Te m p l a t e 䡲 Ye s , No , OK, Thank y ou , Congr atulations , Happy bir thda y , I lov e you too , Hugs and kisses , Sorry , or Sorry , Iâ m la te . Note: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 155 Wir eless Ser vice 3. Press Send . (Y ou may also select additional messaging options by pr essing Options > Sending option to set the callback number , add a signa ture te xt, or change the message priority .) Using Pr eset Messag es Pr eset messages (tem plat es ) make sending te x t messages to your friends , f amily , and cowork ers easier than e ver . See âÂÂPreset Messagesâ on page 51. Using C aller I D Ca ller I D allows people to id entify a caller bef ore answering the phone by displa ying the number of the incoming call. If you do not w ant y our number displayed when y o u make a call, just f ollow these easy steps. T o block y our phone number fr om being display ed fo r a specific outgoing cal l: 1. Press . 2. Enter the number y ou wan t to call. 3. Press . T o permanently block your number , call y o ur service pro vider . Note: When sending me ssages , your phone may displa y â M essage sent. â This is an indication that the message has bee n sent by your phone to the message center number progr ammed into y our phone . This is not a n indication that the message has been received a t the intended destination. F or more details about messaging services , check with your service provider .
156 Section 3A: Wireless Service Features: The Basics R esponding to C all W aiting When y ouâ re on a call, C all W aiting alerts you of incoming calls by sounding two beeps. Y our phoneâ s screen inf or ms you that another call is c o ming in and display s the callerâ s phone number (if it is a v ailable and you ar e in digital mode). T o r espond to an incoming call whil e youâ re on a call: ä³ Pr ess . ( This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.) T o switch back to the first caller: ä³ Pr ess again. Making a Three-W a y Call With thr ee-wa y calling , y ou can talk to two people at the same time. When using this f eature , the normal air time r ates will be charged for each of the two calls . T o mak e a three-w ay call: 1. Enter a number you wish to call and press . 2. Once you ha ve established the c onnec tion, enter the s e co n d number y ou wish to call and press . (This puts the first caller on hold and dials the sec ond number .) 3. When youâ re connected to the second party , press again to beg in y our thr ee-w ay c all . Ti p: F or t hose calls where y ou don âÂÂt wan t to be interrupte d, you can temporarily disable C all W aiting by pressing *70 befor e placing your call. Call W aiting is automatically r eactiva ted once you end the call.
Sectio n 3A: Wire less Servic e Features : The Basics 157 Wir eless Ser vice If one of the p eople you called hangs up during your call, you and the remaining caller sta y connecte d. If you initia ted the call and ar e the first to hang up, all thr ee callers are disconnected. Using C all F or w arding Call F orwar ding lets y ou forwar d all your inc oming calls to another phon e numberâÂÂev en when y our phone is turned off . Y ou can c ontinue to make calls fr om y o ur phone when Call F orwar ding is activ ated. T o activ ate Call F or war ding: 1. Press . 2. Enter the area c ode and phone number to which yo ur futur e calls should be f or war ded. 3. Press . (Y ou will see a message and hear a tone to c onfirm the activ ation of Call F orwar ding .) T o deactiv ate Ca ll F or war ding: 1. Press . 2. Press . (Y ou will see a message and hear a tone to c onfirm the deactiv ation.) Note: Call W aiting and three-w ay calling ar e not av ailable while roaming of f the network av ailable to you. Note: Y ou are charged a higher ra te for calls that y ou hav e fo r war ded.
Section 3B: Data Services 159 Data Services Section 3B Da ta Ser vices In This Section â½§ Dat a Services A pplica tions â½§ Getting Started W ith Data Services â½§ Accessing Messaging â½§ Downloading Premi um Service s C onte nt â½§ Exp lo ri n g t he Web â½§ Data Se rv ices F AQs Data services o f fer easy and amazing f eatures y ou will really use. These f eatur esâÂÂincluding messa ging , games , downloadable ringer s and scr een sa versâÂÂlet you ha ve fu n, stay in touc h, and sta y inf o rmed no matter wher e you go on the network avail ab l e t o you . This section introduces these a d v anced services and w alks y o u thr ough the necessary steps to start taking adv antage of yo u r p h o n e â s data service s.
160 Section 3B: Data Services Data Services Applications Her e is a brief list of many of the appli cations a vailable through your phone. Picture Messag e : Ins tantly shoot, share, and print sharp , high-r esolution digital pictures , and take and send short video clips with your phone. Messaging : Send and r eceive emails and chat on y our phone. Games : Pla y e xci ting g ames w ith f ull-c olor gr aphics , sound, a nd vibr ation. Choose fr om hundr eds of games to pla y any time. Ringer s : Personalize your phone by downloading and assigning dif fer ent ringers to numbers in your C ontacts. Screen Sa vers : Download unique images to use as scr een sav er sâÂÂor mak e it easy to tell whoâ s calling by assigning specific images to numbers in your C ontacts. We b : E xperience full- color gr aphic versions of popular W eb sites from y our phone.
Section 3B: Data Services 161 Data Services Getting Star ted With Da ta Ser vices Wi th your wir eless phone and service, you ar e ready to start enjoying the adv antages o f da ta services. This s ection will help you learn the basics of using your data services, including managing y o ur user name, launch ing a data c onnec tion , and naviga t ing the W eb with your phone. Yo u r U s e r N a m e When y ou buy a compatibl e phone and sign up for service, youâ re automa tically assigned a user name, which is t ypically based on your wir eless phone n umber . When you use da ta ser vices, your user name identifies y o u o n the network av ailable to you. The us er name is also useful as an address f or email, as a wa y to personalize W eb services, and as an online vir tual identity . Y our user name will be automa tically pr ogr amm ed in to your phone. Y ou don't have to en ter it . Find ing Y o ur U se r N ame If you aren't sur e what y ou r user name is, y ou ca n easily find it on your phone. T o find y our user name: ä³ F rom standby mode, you can find your user name by selecting Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone d etails > User details > User name .
162 Section 3B: Data Services Launching a Data C onnec tion T o laun ch a data c onnection: ä³ Select Menu > W eb . (Y o ur da ta connection will star t and the home page will be displayed. ) A connection messag e will appear onscreen while c o nnecting . If you had a pr evious data connec tion , the last page you visited wil l displa y when yo u launch y our br owser . When this occurs, y ou may not see the c o nnec ting message when you launch the session. Although the br owser is open, yo u are not currently in an active data sessionâ that is , no data is being s e nt o r r e c e i v e d . A s s o o n a s y o u n a v i g a t e t o a n o t h e r p a g e , t h e active session will launch and y ou will see the connecting message. Net Guard When yo u first connect to the W eb, the Net Guard will displa y to c onfirm tha t yo u wa nt to c onnect . This f eatur e helps y ou av oid accidental c onn ections. Y ou c an disable the Net Guard in the futu re by selecting Alw ays Auto-C onnect when the Net Guard is displa yed. T o chang e your Net Guard settings: ä³ Select Menu > Setti ngs > PCS V ision > Net guard . 䡲 On to ac tiv ate th e Net Guar d . 䡲 Of f to deac tiv ate the Net G uard. Note: If Net Guard is enabled and di spla ye d (see page 162), pr ess OK to continue and launch the W eb . Note: When enabled, the Net Guard appears only once per session. The Net Guard does not displa y if the phone is merely reconnecting due to a time-out .
Section 3B: Data Services 163 Data Services C onnec tion Status and Indicators Y our phone's displa y lets you know the curren t status of yo ur da ta connection t hro ugh indic ato rs which appear a t the top of the scr een. The f ollowing symbols ar e used: Y our da ta connection is ac tiv e (da ta is b eing tr ansf e rred); the tr ansmit / receiv e symbol will blink to indicate da ta tr ansmission. Incoming v oice calls go directly to v oicemail; o utgoing v oice calls can be made, but the data c onnec tion will term inate. Y our data c onnec tion is dorman t (no d ata is being sent or r eceiv ed). Though not curren tly ac tiv e, when dorman t the phone can restar t an active c onnec tion q uickly ; v oice calls can be made and r eceiv e d. Y our ph one is not cur rently able to access data fe a t u r e s . If no in dicat or appears , your ph one does not hav e a curren t data connection. Impor tant Notice: Use only ser vices that y ou trust and that off er adequate security and pr otection against harmful sof twar e.
164 Section 3B: Data Services Na viga ting the W eb Navi gating thr ough menus an d W eb sites during a data session is easy once you'v e learned a f ew basics. Here ar e some tips for getting around . Sof tk ey s During a data session, the bottom line of your phone's display c ontains one or more sof tk eys. T hese k eys are shor tcut c o nt rols f or naviga ting ar ound the W eb , and the y corr espond to the sof tk ey buttons directly below the phoneâ s display scr een. To u s e s o f t k e y s : ä³ Pr ess the desir ed sof tke y button. (If an additional pop-up menu appears when y ou press the sof tkey button, selec t the menu it ems using your ke ypad [if they ar e numbered] or by highlighting the option and pressing selection k ey .) Scrolling As with othe r par ts of y our phon e's menu, you'll hav e to scroll up and down to see ev er y thing on some W eb sites. T o scr oll line by line thr ough W eb sites: ä³ Pr ess the na vigati on k ey up and down. T o scr oll page by page thr ough W eb sites: ä³ Pr ess the v olume buttons on the side of the phone . Ti p: Depending on which W eb sites you visit, the labels on the sof tke ys may change to indicate their function.
Section 3B: Data Services 165 Data Services Select ing Once y ou've l earned how to use s of tke ys and scr oll, y ou can start navi gating the W eb . T o sel ect on-screen items: ä³ Use the naviga tion key to highligh t the desired item, then pr ess the center s elec tion k ey button. Links that appear as underlined text allow y ou t o jump to W eb pages , select special func ti ons, or ev en place phone calls. T o sel ect links: ä³ Highlight the link and press the center s elec tion k ey . Going Bac k To g o b a c k o n e p a g e : ä³ Press . Going Home T o r eturn to the home page from any other W eb page: ä³ Press and hold . Ti p: Y ouâÂÂll find that the left so f tke y is used primarily for selecting items. This soft k ey is of ten labeled âÂÂOK. â If the items on a page are numbered, y ou can use your ke ypad (number keys ) to sele ct an item. (T he tenth item in a numbered list ma y be selec ted by pressing the 0 k ey on your phoneâ s keypad, e ven though the number 0 doesnâÂÂt appear on the screen.) Note: The right selec tion k ey is also used for deleting text (lik e a BA C KSP ACE key ) when you are en tering text.
166 Section 3B: Data Services Accessing Messaging Y ou can send and r eceiv e emails and te xt messages and participate in W eb -based chat r ooms right fr om your phone. Messaging allow s y ou to s ta y c onnec ted to friends, f amily , and c oworkers 24 hours a day anywher e on the network avail ab l e t o you . Messag e T ypes There a re man y types of te xt messaging av ailable on y our phone. These include SMS T ext Messaging , Instant Messaging, Email, and Chat. Accessing Email Pro viders Wi th data services , y ou can use popula r email services su ch as Y ahoo!î Mail and Ear thLinkî to keep in touch, ev en while you â re on t h e g o. T o acc e ss email pr oviders from y our phone: 1. Fr o m the home page, selec t Messaging > Email . 2. Selec t an email pro vider , such as Y ahoo! or Ear thlink . 3. Use your ke ypad to enter the r e quir ed sign-in inf ormation fo r the selected provider , such as user name, email addr ess, and/ or password, and select Sign In. (Y our mailbo x for the selected pro vider will displa y .) 4. F ollow th e onscreen instruct ions to read, reply to , c ompose, send, an d manage your email account . Impor tant Notice: E xercise caution w hen opening messages. Email messages may c o ntain malicious sof twar e or otherwise be har mful to your phone or PC. Note: The inf ormation r equired f or sign in will v ary depending on the email provider y o u ar e accessing .
Section 3B: Data Services 167 Data Services Accessing Instant Messaging Data services also provide you with acc ess to popula r instant messaging (IM) clients , including AOLî Instan t Messenger TM , MSNî Messenger , and Y ahoo!î Messenger . T o acc e ss instant messaging clie nts fr om your phone: 1. Fro m t h e h o me p a g e , s e l e c t Messaging > Instant Messaging . 2. Selec t an email pro vider , such as A OL Instant Messenge r , MSN Messenger , or Y ahoo! Messeng er . 3. Use your k eypad to enter the r e quired sign in information f or the selected prov ider , such as user name and/ or passwor d, and select Sign In . (Y our IM screen f or the selected pro v ider will displa y .) 4. F ollow th e onscreen instruct ions to read, reply to , c ompose, send, an d manage your IM account . Accessing W ireless Cha t r ooms Data services giv e you the ability to join wir eless chat rooms from y ou r phone. T o acc ess a chatroom fr o m the brow ser: 1. Fro m t h e h o me p a g e , s e l e c t Messaging > Chat . 2. Selec t a chat pr ovider . 3. F ollow th e onscreen instruction s to begin chatting . Note: The inf ormation r equired f or sign in will v ary depending on the instant messaging provider y o u ar e using .
168 Section 3B: Data Services Downloading Premium Services C o nt ent Wi th data servicesand y our new phone, you ha ve access to a dynamic v ariety of Premium Service cont ent, such as downloadable Games , Ringers , Screen Sa vers , and other applica tions. (Additional char ges may apply .) The basic steps r equired to access a n d download Premium Service con t ent ar e outlined below . Accessi ng the Download Menus T o acc ess the download menus: 1. Selec t Menu > My C ontent . 2. Selec t the type of file y ou wish to download ( Games , Ringers , Screen sa v ers , Appl icat ions , or Messaging ) and press Select . 3. Selec t Get New and press Select . T o ac cess the d ownload menus fr om the W eb bro wser : 1. Fr om th e h o m e p a g e , s e le c t Downloads . 2. Selec t Games , Ringers , Screen Sa vers , o r Applica tions to go to th e corr esponding do wnload m enu. (F or more inf ormation on na vigating the W eb, see âÂÂNav igati ng the W ebâ on page 164.) Selecting an Item to Download Y ou can sear ch for av ailable items to download in a number of wa ys: 䢠Fe at u re d displa ys a rota ting selection of fea tur ed item s. 䢠Categor ies allow s you to narrow your sear c h to a general category , such as Mo vie/ TV Themes for Ringers or C ollege Logos f or Screen Sa vers. (T here ma y be sever al pages of av ailable c ontent in a li s t . Select Next 9 to view additional items.)
Section 3B: Data Services 169 Data Services 䢠Search allow s you to use your k eypad to enter search criteria to loca te an item. Y ou may en ter an entire w o rd or title or perform a partial-word sear ch (for e xample, entering â goo â r eturns âÂÂGood Olâ Boy ,â âÂÂThe Go od, the Bad, and the Ugly ,â and âÂÂGoofy - ClubâÂÂ). Downloading an Item Once youâÂÂve selec ted an item you wish to download, hi ghligh t it and press the selection k ey . Y ou will see a summary page for the item including its title, th e v endor , the download detail, the file size, and the c ost . Links allow y ou to view the License Details page, which outlines the price, license type, and length of license f or the download, and the Te r m s o f U s e page, which details the Pr em ium Services T erms of Use and your r esponsibility for pa yment . T o downloa d a selec ted ite m: 1. Fr o m the inf ormation page, select Buy . ( Th e ite m wi ll download automa ticall y . When the New Download screen appears , the item has been su ccessfully downloaded to y our phone.) 2. Selec t an option to c ontinue: 䡲 Selec t Use/Run/ View to assign the downloaded item (or to launch, in the case of a game or application) . Y our W eb session w ill end and y ou will be redir ec ted to the appropria te phone menu screen. 䡲 Selec t Set as to assign a ringer or scr een saver to a phone function. 䡲 Selec t Settings to co nfigure downloaded games or applications. 䡲 Selec t Shop to brow se f or other items to download. Note: If you ha ve not pre viously purchased an item, you will be prompted to cr eate your purchasing pr ofi le.
170 Section 3B: Data Services 䡲 Press EN D to quit the brow s er and return to standby mode. Ex p l o r i n g t h e W e b Wi th W eb access on y our pho ne, y ou can brow se full- c o lor graphic v ersio ns of your f av o rite W eb sites, making it easier than ev er to stay inf ormed while on the go. F ollow spor ts sc or es and br eaking new s and wea ther and shop on yo ur phone anywhere on the network a v ailable to y o u. In addition to the fea tu r es already cov ered in th is section , the home page of f e rs access to these co lor ful, gr aphically rich W eb categories , including Ne ws , We a t h e r , Spor ts , Entertainmen t , and Mone y , as well as useful managemen t options including Fin d .. . and My Ac cou nt . Man y sites ar e av ailable under more than on e menuâÂÂchoose the one tha t's mo s t conve ni e nt for you . Using the Brow ser Menu Navi gating the W eb from y our phone using home page is easy once y ou get the hang of it . Although the home page off ers a br oad and conv enient arr a y of sites and services for y o u to brow se, n ot all sites are r epresen ted, and certain func tions , such as going directly to specific W eb sites , ar e not av ailable. For these and other functions, y ou will need to use the br owser menu. The brow ser m enu of f ers additional func tionality to expand y our use of the W eb on your phone. Opening the Brow ser Menu The brow ser me nu ma y be opened anytime you ha ve an active data session, fr om any page you are viewing.
Section 3B: Data Services 171 Data Services T o acc e ss the brow ser menu: ä³ Select Menu (pr ess ). ( The brow ser menu will be dis played in a drop- dow n list .) The main browser menu page ( Naviga te ) will be displayed. Options av ailab le under the Navig ate menu in clude: 䡲 Back : R etu rns th e browser to the previously viewed page. 䡲 Home : Retu rns the br ow ser to the home page. 䡲 Go to U RL : Allows y ou to na viga te dir ectly to a W eb site by entering its UR L (W eb site address ). 䡲 Search : Laun ches a W eb search. 䡲 Mark Page : Allows y ou to bookmark new sites. 䡲 Fo r w ar d : Mov e forwar d to a pre viously viewed page. 䡲 Re fr e sh : R eloads the current W eb page. 䡲 Ex it we b : Close out of an W eb sess ion. 䡲 Advanced... : Di spla ys additional options: â½§ Settings ... : Allows y ou to configur e the browser Homepage , Scr oll Mode , Conne ction Timeout , and Ke y P r e s s T i m e o u t . â½§ Security ... : Allows y ou to configure browser security settings f or Secure Prompt , Send R eferr er , Authentication , Curren t Certificate , and Certificate In f o . â½§ Clear . .. : Allow s you to clear the br owser Hist ory , Cac h e , Cookies , and Auto Fill . â½§ Re star t Br owser : R efreshes the current br ows er sess ion . â½§ About ... : Displays te chnical inf ormation about the br owser , its v ersion, an d the encryption v ersion, and pr ovides links to cer tificate inf ormation f or the v a rious components.
172 Section 3B: Data Services ä³ Press the scroll k ey lef t or right to acc ess the Bookmarks , History , and T ools br owser menus. 䡲 The Bookma rk s menu lists all of y our bookmarked W eb pages f or easy access. Selec t More ... > Me nu to access Bookmarks options for Details , Delet e , New Bookmark , New F older , Mov e , Mov e to f older , Set as HomeP age , Delete all , Hotk eys , and to Can ce l the br owser menu. 䡲 Th e Hist ory menu provides a list of link s to your most recently visited W eb sites. T o na vigate to a sit e, highlight it and press Selec t . Selec t More... > Menu to access History opti ons f or Pr ev History , Show U RL , Delete , Delete All , and to Ex it the browser menu. 䡲 Op tions av ailable un der the To o l s menu include: â½§ Show UR L : Displays the UR L (W eb site address ) of the site youâ r e curren tly viewing . â½§ Sav e P age : Allows y ou to sa ve a co py of the current W eb page. â½§ Sav ed P ages : Displa ys a list of your sa ved W eb pages. â½§ Fin d T ext : Allows you to search for text on a W eb page. ä³ Select Dismiss (press ) to clear the br owser menu fr om the scr een and return to the active W eb page.
Section 3B: Data Services 173 Data Services Creating a Bookmark Bookmarks allow y ou to store the address of y ou r f av orite W eb sites f or easy access at a la ter time. To c r e a t e a b o o k m a r k : 1. Go to the W eb page you w ant to mark. 2. Press to open the brow ser menu. 3. Selec t Mark P age from the Navi ga te men u . 4. Selec t Pick to set the W eb page as y our home page, o r Unpick to cancel the action. 5. Scroll down until the Sav e button is highlighted, and then pr ess the center selection ke y to s av e the bookmark. Access ing a B ookmark T o acc ess a bookm ark: 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Press the scr oll k ey lef t or righ t until y ou r each the Book marks brow ser menus. 3. Scroll to highligh t the bookmark youâ d lik e to acces s and press the cent er selec tion ke y t o go to the W eb site (or pr ess the number c orrespond ing to the bookmark y o u wish to access). Note: Bookmarking a page does not store the page c o nten t s , just its address. Some pages cannot be bookmarke d. Whether a par ticular W eb page may be mark ed is con t rolled by its crea tor .
174 Section 3B: Data Services Deleting a Bookmark To d e l e t e a b o o k m a r k : 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Press the scr oll k ey lef t or righ t until y ou r each the Book marks brow ser menus. 3. Scroll to highligh t More... and then press Select . 4. Scroll to highlight the bookmark y ouâ d like to delete and select Menu > D elete > OK . Going to a Specific W eb site T o g o to a par ticular W eb site by entering a UR L (W eb site addre s s ): 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Go to U RL . 3. Selec t Edit with the U RL field highlighte d . 4. Use your k eypad to en ter the U R L of the W eb si te you wish to go to . 5. Selec t Done > Select to g o to the W eb site. R eloading a W eb P age T o rel oad (ref res h) a W eb pag e: 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Ref resh fr om the Navi gate menu. (The browser will r eload the curr ent W eb page.) Ti p: See âÂÂEntering T extâ on page 36 Note: Not all W eb sites are viewable on y our phone.
Section 3B: Data Services 175 Data Services Restarting the W eb Brow ser If the W eb brow ser appears to be malfunctioning or sto ps responding , you can usually fix the problem by simply r estarting th e br owser . T o r estar t the W eb bro wser : 1. Press to open the brow ser menu. 2. Selec t Adv ance d from the Navigate menu, and then select Restart Br ow ser .
176 Section 3B: Data Services Data Services F A Qs How will I know when my phone is ready f or data serv ices? Y our user n ame wil l be displa yed wh e n yo u a c c e s s Menu > Settings > Phone > Phone det ail s > User details > User nam e . How do I sign-in f or the first time? Y ou ar e automatically signed in to access data services when you t ur n o n yo u r p h on e . How do I know when m y phone is c onnected to data services ? Y our phone automa tically c onnects when data services ar e used or an incoming message arriv es. Y our phone will also displa y the or indica tor . Ca n I mak e calls and use data servic es at the same time? Y ou cannot use v oice and data services simultaneously . If y ou r eceiv e a call while data services are activ e, the call will be f orwar ded to voicemail. Y ou can place an outgoing call anytime, but it will interrupt an y in-progr ess data services session. When is my da ta connection active? Y our c onnec tion is active when data is bein g transferred . outgoing calls are allowed; in coming calls go dir ec tly to v oicem ail. When active, the indicator flashes on y our phoneâ s displ ay screen.
Section 3B: Data Services 177 Data Services When is my da ta connection dormant? If no data is r eceived f or 10 sec onds , the connection goes dormant. When the connection is dormant, v oice calls are allowed. (The connection ma y become a c tiv e again quickly .) If no da ta is receiv ed f or an e xtended period of time, the co n n e c t i o n w i l l t e r m i n at e . Can I sign out of data services? Y ou can sign out without turning of f y o ur phone; howev er , y ou will not be able to browse the W eb or use other data services. While signed out, you can sti ll place or r eceiv e phone calls, check v o icemail, and use other v o ice ser vices. Y ou may sign in again a t any time. T o sign out, go to Menu > Set tings > Da ta Services > Di sable Data Servic es in your phoneâ s m enu.
Section 4 Saf ety and W arr anty Inf ormation
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 181 Impor tant Saf ety Information Section 4A Impor tant Saf ety Inf o rma tion In This Section â½§ Gener al Precautions â½§ Maintain ing Safe Use of and Acce ss to Y our Phone â½§ Using Y our Phone With a Hearing Aid Devic e â½§ Caring f or the Battery â½§ Radiofrequ ency (R F) Energ y â½§ Ownerâ s Recor d â½§ Phone Guide Proprietary Notice This phone guide c ontains impor tant oper ational and saf ety inf o rma tion that wil l help y ou saf ely use your phone. Fa i l u r e to read and follow the in formation provided in th is phon e guide may result in se rious bo dily inju ry , d eath, or prope rty damage.
182 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Gener al Precautions There ar e sever al s imple guideline s to opera t ing your phone properly and maintaining safe, satisf a cto ry serv ice. 䢠Hold the pho ne with the antenna raised, fully- e xtended, and over yo ur s h ou l d er . 䢠T r y not to hold, bend, or twist the phoneâ s antenna. 䢠DonâÂÂt use the phone if the a ntenna is damaged. 䢠Use onl y in the norm al positi on as explained in the product documenta tion. Do not touc h the antenna unnecessarily . 䢠Speak dir e ctly in to the mo uthpie ce. 䢠Use a sof t, cl ean, dry cloth to cl ean any lenses , such as camer a, pro ximity sensor , and light sensor . 䢠Av oid exposing your phone and accessories to r ain or liquid spil ls. If your phone does get wet, immediately turn the power o f f and remov e the battery . 䢠Do not switch the phone on when wi reless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . 䢠Obey all local laws. Alway s keep y our hands free to oper ate the vehicle while driv ing. Y our fir st consider ation while driv ing should be road saf ety . 䢠Y our phone is not w ater -re sista nt. K eep it dry . Pre cipita tion, humid ity , and all types of liquids o r moisture can contain minerals that will c orr ode electr onic cir cuits . If y our p hone d oes g et wet, r emov e the battery , and allow the phone to dry completely bef o re r eplacing it . 䢠Use of vibr ation can aggr av ate injuries. Do not turn vibr ation on if y ou hav e any aliment in the bones or join ts of your fingers, hands , wrists, or arms . 䢠Although your phone is quite sturdy , it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. A void dr opping , hitting , bending , or sitting o n it . 䢠P arts of the phone a re magnetic . Metallic m aterials may be attr a cted to the phone . Do not pla ce credit car ds or other magnetic stor age media near the phone, because inf ormation stored on them ma y be er ased. 䢠When connecting to any other device, read its user guide f or detailed safety instruc tions. Do not connect incompatible products . 䢠Any cha nges or modi fication s to your phone not expressly appr oved in this document c ould vo id your warr anty f or this equipment and v oid your authority to ope ra te this equipment . 䢠Remember to make back -up copies or keep a written record of all impor tant information.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 183 Impor tant Saf ety Information Maintaining Saf e Use o f and Access to Yo u r P h o n e Do Not Rely on Y o ur Phone f o r Emergency C alls Mobile phones operat e using radio signals, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions. Theref ore yo u should ne ver r ely solely upon any mobile phone f or essential communication (e. g., medical emergencies). Emergency calls may no t be possible on all cellular networks or when certain network services and/ or mobile phone features ar e in use. Check with your local service provider for deta ils. Using Y our Phone While Driving T alki ng on y our phone while driving (or oper ating the phone without a hands-free device) is prohibited in som e jurisdict ions. Laws vary as to specific restric tions. R emem ber that safety alwa ys comes firs t . F o llowing Saf ety Guidelines T o opera t e your phone safely and ef ficiently , alwa ys follow any special regula t ions in a given area. T urn your phone off in areas where use is f orbidden or when it may cause in ter f erence or danger . Using Y our Phone Near Other Elec tronic De vices Most mo dern electronic equipm ent is shie lded from r adiofrequency (RF ) signal s. However , RF signals from wirele ss phones may aff ec t in adequately shielded elec tronic equipment . RF signa ls may aff ect i mproperly instal led or inadequately shi elded electronic operating systems and/ or enter tainment systems in motor v ehicles. Check with the manuf a cturer or their repr esentativ e to determ ine if these systems are adequately shielde d from external RF signals. Also check with t he manuf ac turer regarding any equipment tha t has been added to y our vehicle. C o nsult the manuf ac turer of any persona l medical devices , such as pacemak ers and hearing aids , to determine if they ar e adequately shielded fr om external RF signals. Note: F or the best care of your phone, only authorized person nel should service your phone and accessories. F ailure to do so may be dangerous and void y our warran ty . Note: Alwa ys turn of f the phone in health care f acili ties and request permission bef ore using the phone near medical equipment.
184 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation T urnin g O f f Y our Ph one Before Flying T urn off y our phone before boarding any aircr aft. T o prev ent possible interfer ence with aircraf t systems, the U.S . Feder al Aviation Administra tion (F A A) regulations require y ou to have permission from a cr ew member to use your phone while the pl ane is on the ground. T o prev ent any risk of inter f erence, FC C regulations prohibit using your phone w hile the pla ne is in the air . T urnin g O f f Y our Phone in Dangerous Areas T o av oid inter fering with blasting oper a tions, turn yo ur phone of f when in a blasting ar ea or in other areas with signs indi cat ing two-w ay ra dios should be turned off . Construction crew s of ten use remote-contr ol RF devices t o set of f explosives. T ur n your phone off when you'r e in any area that has a potentially e xplosiv e atmo spher e. Although it's rar e, your phone a nd accessories co uld gener ate spark s. Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or ev en death. These ar eas are of ten, but not alwa ys, clearly marked. The y include : 䢠Fue ling ar eas such as gas st at ions. 䢠Below deck o n boa ts. 䢠Fuel or chemical tr ansf er or sto rage f acil ities. 䢠Areas where the a ir contains chem icals or pa rt icles suc h as grain, dust, or meta l powder s. 䢠Any other area where y ou would normally be advised to turn of f your vehicleâ s engine. R estric ting C hildrenâ s Access to Y our Phone Y our phone is not a toy . Do not allow children to play with it as they could hurt themselves and others, damage the pho ne or make calls that increase you r in voi ce . Oper ating Envir onment This phone me ets R F exposure guidelin es when used eithe r in the normal use positi on against the ear or when position ed at least 2 .2 centimeters (0.87 inch) from the body . When a carry ca se, belt cl ip , or holder is used for body-worn oper ation, it should not co nt ain metal and sho uld positio n the phone the abov e-stated distance from your body . T o transmit data files or messages, th is phone requir es a qua lity connection to the network. In some cases, tr a nsmission of data files or messages may b e delay ed until such a connection is av ailab le. Ensure that the above separ ation distance inst ructio ns are f ollo wed until the tr a nsmissio n is c ompleted. Note: Nev er transport or st ore flammable gas or liquids or explosives in the c ompar tment of your v ehicle that con tains yo ur phone or accessories.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 185 Impor tant Saf ety Information Hearing aids Some digital wireless devices may inter f ere with some hear ing aids. If interfer ence occurs, consult y our service provider . Pa c e m a ke r s P acemak er man uf acture rs rec ommend th at a mini mum separ at ion of 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained b e t w e e n a w i r e l e s s d e v i c e o r p h o n e and a pacemaker to av oid pot ential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and rec ommendations of Wi reles s T echnology Resear ch. T o minimiz e the potential for inter ference, person s with pa cemakers shoul d: 䢠Alw ay s k eep the de vice m ore th an 15 .3 ce ntim eters ( 6 inch es) f ro m their pacemaker . 䢠Not ca rry the device in a breast pock et . 䢠Hold the device to th e ear opposi te the pace maker to minimize the potential for inter f erence. If you suspect interfer ence, switch off yo ur device and mov e the device awa y . Using Y our Phone With a Hearing Aid Device Y our phone has been tested f or hearin g a id device compa tibility . When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detec t a buzzing , humming , or whining nois e. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this inter f erence noise, and phones also vary in the am ount of interference they gener ate. The wireless telephone in dustr y has developed ratings for some of th eir mobile phones, to assist hearing devi ce user s in find ing ph ones tha t may be compatible with their he aring devices. Not all phones have been ra t ed. Phones that are r ated will hav e the ra t ing on the box . Y our 616 5i by Nok ia has an M3 ra t ing. The M3/M4 r atings do not gua r antee successful inter opera ti on between yo ur phone and hearing aid device. Res ults will vary depending on the lev el of immunity of yo ur hearing device and degree of y our hearing loss. The more immune y our hear ing aid device is, the less likely y ou are to experience inter f erence noise from your wireless phone. He aring aid Note: Phones r ated M3 or M4 meet FCC r equiremen t s and ma y genera te less i nterfer ence t o hearing devices than phones that ar e not labeled. M4 is the better /higher of the two rati n g s.
186 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation device s shoul d have r at ings si milar to phones. Ask y our hearing healthcar e prof essional for the r ating of y our aids. Most new hearing aids have a t least an M2 immunity level. Add the M-r a tings of your hearing aid and y our phone to determine probable usability: 䢠Any combined rating equal to or greater than six off er s best use . 䢠Any c ombined ra ting equal to five is c onsidered normal use. 䢠Any combined r ating equal to f our is co nsidered usable. Thus , if you pair an M 3 hearing aid w ith an M3 phone, you will have a combined r ating of six f or âÂÂbest use. â It is f urthe r sugges ted that you experiment with m ultiple pho nes (even those not labeled M3 o r M4) to find t he one that wo rks best with your hearing aid dev ice. Should yo u ex perience inter f erence af t er purchas ing and beginning to user y our phone, pr omptly r eturn it to the store wher e purcha sed fo r ex change or refund. Getting the Best Hearing De vice E xperience Wit h Y o ur P ho ne T o further minimize interference: 䢠There is usually less interference on the microphone se tting than the telecoil setting . 䢠Use phones with a pull-out an t enna. Phones with embedded antennae may pr oduce m ore interfer ence. 䢠P osit ion the ph one s o the an tenna i s f a rthest from your hearing aid. 䢠Move the phone around to find the point wit h least inter fer ence . 䢠Set the pho neâ s Disp lay and K eypad backlight settings to ensure the mini mum t ime in terv al: 1. Sel ect Me nu > Settings > Displa y > Main Displa y > Backlight time-out . 2. Sel ect Alwa ys of f . 3. Press Select > Y es .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 187 Impor tant Saf ety Information Hearing Aid C ompa tibility This de vice model c omplies wi th the req uir ements of the FC C rul es go vernin g hearing aid compatibility . Device models meeting these requirements ha ve an M3 micr ophone or higher ra t ing . The M-ra ting , shown on the device, re f ers to lo wer RF emissi ons lev els. A higher M-r ating gener ally ind icates that a device model has a l ower RF emissio ns lev el which m ay impro ve the likelihood that the device wil l succes sfully oper ate with certain hearing aids. Some hearing aids are mor e immune than ot hers to interfer ence . Please consult your hearing health prof e ssional to determine the M-rating of y o ur hearing aid and whether y our hearing aid will work wit h this devic e. More inf orm at ion can be found at www .nokiaaccessibility . com/ . C aring f or the Ba tter y Y our phone is powered by a rechar ge able ba ttery . The full per formanc e of a new battery is achieved only af te r two or t hr ee complete charge and discharge cy cles. The battery can be charged and disc harged hundr eds of times, but will eventually wear out . When the talk and st andby time s are noticeab ly sho r ter than norm al, replace the batt ery . Use only N okia-a pprov ed batteries, and r echa rge y our batter y only with Nokia-approved chargers designated f or this phone. Protecting Y our Battery The guidelines l isted below wil l help you get the mos t out of your batteryâ s performance. 䢠Recen tly , there ha ve been some public reports of wireless phone batteries ov erheating, catching fir e or explodin g. I t appears that m any , if not al l, of these repor ts inv o lve c o unter f e it or inexpensive, aftermarket -brand batteries with unknown or ques tionable manuf acturing standards. Nokia is no t aw are of similar prob lems with Nok ia phones resulting from the proper use o f batteries an d accessories approved by Nokia. Use only appro ved batteries and accessories f ound through Nokia. Buyi ng the ri ght batteries and acce ssories is the best way to ensure theyâ re genuine and safe. 䢠In order to av oid dam age, charge the battery only in temperatur es that r ange from 32ð F to 113ð F (0ð C to 45ð C). 䢠DonâÂÂt use the battery charger in dire ct sunlight or in high humidity areas , such as the bathr oom . 䢠Nev er dispos e of the batter y by incineration. 䢠K eep th e metal contacts on top of the battery clean. 䢠DonâÂÂt a ttempt to disassemble or shor t-circuit the battery . 䢠The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time .
188 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation 䢠Itâ s best to r eplace the ba ttery when it no longer provides acceptable per f orm ance. It can be r echarged hundr eds of times bef ore it needs repla cing . 䢠DonâÂÂt store the battery in high tem per atur e areas for long periods of time. It â s best to follow these storage rules: 䡲 Le s s t ha n on e mo nt h: -4ð F to 140ð F (-20ð C t o 60ð C) 䡲 Mo re than one month: -4ð F to 113ð F (-20ð C t o 45ð C) Disposal of Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) Batteries F o r safe disposal options of your Li-Ion ba tteries, contact y our nearest authorized ser vice center . Bat tery Informa tion F o r battery installation and replacement, see âÂÂUsing Y o ur Phoneâ s Battery and Charger â on p age 21 . Y our device is powere d by a rechar ge able battery . The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cy cles. The battery can be charged and disc harged hundr eds of times but it will eventually wear out . When the talk a nd standby ti mes are noticeabl y shorte r than normal , buy a new ba tt ery . Use only Nokia- approv ed batteries, and rechar ge yo ur battery only with Nokia-appro ved chargers designa ted for this device. If a r eplacement battery is be ing used fo r the first time or if the battery has not been used for a prolong ed period, it may be necessary to connect the charger then disc onnec t and rec o nnect it to begin charging the battery . Unplug the charger from the elec trical plug and the de vice when not in use. Do not leav e the battery connected to a charger . Ov ercharging may shorten its lif etime. If lef t unused, a fully cha rged battery will lose its charge o ver time. T empera ture ex tremes can af fect the ability of y o ur battery to charge. Use the batter y only for its intended purpose . Nev e r use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not shor t-circuit the battery . Accide ntal short-circuiting can occur when a metalli c objec t such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct c onnection of the positive ( ) and negative (-) terminals of the battery . (Thes e look like metal strips on the battery .) This might ha ppen, f or ex ample, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Shor t-circui ting the termi nals may damage the battery or the connecting objec t . Note: Be sure to dispose of your ba tter y properly . In some areas , the disposal of batteries in household or business trash ma y be prohibited.
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 189 Impor tant Saf ety Information Lea v ing the battery in hot or c old places , such as in a closed ca r in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lif etime of the battery . Alwa ys t ry to keep the battery between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A device with a ho t or cold battery may not work temporarily , ev e n when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is par ticularly l imited in tempera tures well below freezing . Do not dispose o f batteries in a fire as they may e xplo de. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dis pose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle wh en possible . Do not dispo se as ho usehold waste. Nokia Ba ttery Authen tication Guidelines Alwa ys use ori ginal Nokia batteries for your safety . T o check that you are getti ng an original Nokia ba ttery , purcha se it fro m an authoriz ed Nokia dealer , lo ok for t he Noki a Origin al Enhancements logo on the pack aging and inspect the hologr am la bel using the f ol lowing steps: Successful completio n of the t hree st eps is no t a total assurance of the authenticity of the battery . I f you ha v e any reason to beli ev e that your battery is not a n authentic ori ginal Nok ia battery , you should refrain fr om using it and take it to the nearest authorized Nokia service point or dealer f or assis tance. Y our authori zed Nokia service poin t or dealer will inspect the battery f o r authenticity . If authenticity cannot be verified, r eturn the battery to the pla ce of purchase.
190 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Authentica ting the Nokia Hologram 1. When looking at the holo gram on the label, you should s ee the Nokia connec ting hands symbol from one angle and the Nokia Original Enhancements l ogo when looking from anot her angle. 2. When y ou angle the hologram lef t, right, down, and up , you should see 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on each side respectively . 3. Scratch the side of t he label to reveal a 20-digit co de, fo r ex ample 12345678919876543210. T urn the battery so tha t the numbers are f acing upwards. The 20-digit code reads star ting from the number at the top row f ollowed by the botto m row . Co nfirm tha t the 20-digi t co de is valid by f ollowi ng the instruc tions at www .no kia .c om/ ba tt er yc hec k . What if y our battery is not authentic? If y ou cannot confirm that y our Noki a battery w ith the holo gr am on the label is an authentic Nokia battery , please do not use the battery . T a k e it to the nearest authorized N okia service poi nt or dealer for assistance. The use of a battery that is not approv ed by t he manuf acturer may be danger ous and may r esult in poor per f orm ance and damage to y o ur device and its enhancement s. It may al so inv alidat e any appr ov al or warr anty appl ying to the device. T o find out more about origina l Nokia batteries, visit www .nokia. com/ battery .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 191 Impor tant Saf ety Information Radiofr equency (RF) Energy Understanding How Y our Phone Opera tes Y our phone is basically a radio transmi tter and receiver . When itâ s turned o n, it receiv es and transmits radiofr equen cy (RF) signals. When yo u use your phone, the system handling your call c o ntrols the power lev el. This power can ra nge from 0.006 w att to 0.2 wa tt in digital mode. FCC No ti ce This phone m a y caus e TV or radio interf erence if used in close proximity to r eceiving equipment. The FC C can r equir e you to stop using the phone if such interference cannot be elimina ted. This phone complies with part 15 of the FC C rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this phone does not cause harmful inter fer enc e. Knowing Radio F requency Saf ety The design of your phone complies with upda ted NC RP standards described below . In 1991-92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (I EEE) and the American Natio nal Standards Institut e (A NSI) joined in updating ANSIâ s 1982 standard for saf ety leve ls with respect to huma n ex posur e to RF signals. More than 1 20 scientists, engine ers and phys icians from universitie s , gov e rnment health agencie s and industries dev eloped this up dated standar d af ter re viewing the av ailable body of r e search. I n 1993, the F ederal C o mmunications C ommission (FC C) adopted this updated standard in a regula t ion. In August 1996, the FC C adopted hybrid standard co nsisting of the existing ANSI/I EEE standa rd an d the guidelines published by the National C ouncil of R adiation Protection and Measur e ments (NCRP). Body -W orn Oper ation T o maintain compliance with FC C R F exposure guidelines, if you wear a handset on y our body , use the supplied or approved carrying ca se, hols ter or other body-worn acc essory . Use of non-approved a ccessori es may violate FC C R F exposure guidelines. F o r more information about R F exposure, visit t he FCC W e bsite at www .f cc.go v .
192 Section 4A: Important Safety Info rmation Specific Abso rption Ra tes (SAR) f or Wireless Phones The SAR is a value that corr e sponds to t he relativ e amount of R F energ y absorbed in the head of a user of a wir eless handset . The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing , measuri ng and calculation pr ocess. It does no t repr esent how much R F the phone emits. All phone models are tested at their highest v a lue in strict labo r ator y settings. But when in op er ation, the SAR of a phone can be subst antially less than the level r eported to the FCC. This is because of a va riety of factors including its pro ximity to a base st ation antenna, phone design a n d other f act ors. What is impor tant to remember is that each phone mee ts strict f ederal guidelines. V ariations in SARs do not represent a v ariation in safety . All phones must meet the f edera l stan dard, which incorporates a substantial ma rgi n of sa fety . A s s tat ed above , vari ations in SAR v alues between dif f erent model phones do not m ean v ariations in safety . SAR v alues at or below the f eder al standard of 1.6 W /kg are c onsidered saf e for use by the public . The highest repor ted SAR values of the 6165i are: AMPS mode (P art 22): Head: 1.03 W /kg; Body-worn: 0. 81 W /kg PCS mode (P art 24): Head: 1.06 W /kg; Body-worn: 0. 74 W /kg FC C Radiofrequency Emission This phone meets the FC C Radiof requency Emission Gu idelines. FC C I D number: QMN RM-125 . Inf orma tion abo ut y our phon e can b e foun d at http:/ /w w w .fcc. gov / oet /fccid by searching t h e Equipmen t Author iza t ion S ystem using FC C ID QMN RM-125 .
Section 4A: Importa nt Safety Information 193 Impor tant Saf ety Information Ownerâ s Rec ord The model number , regulatory number and seri al number a re locate d on a nameplate inside the battery compar tment . R ecord the ser ial number in the space provided below . This will be helpful if you need to c o nta ct us about your phone in the futur e . Model: 6165i by Nokia Serial No.: Phone Guide Proprietary Notice CDMA T echnology is licensed by Nokia. T9 T ext Input is licensed by T egic C ommunications and is co ver ed by U.S . P at . 5,818,437, U .S. P at . 5,953,541, U .S. Pa t . 6,011,554 and other paten ts pending . Phone Guide template vers ion 5A (September 2005).
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 195 Wa r r a n t y Section 4B Manuf a cturerâ s W arr anty In This Section â½§ Nokia One- Y ear Limited W arranty Y o ur phone has been designed to pr ovide y ou with r eliable, worry -free service. If f o r any r eason you hav e a problem with y o ur equipment, please r efer to the manuf ac turerâ s warr anty in this section.
196 Section 4B: ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty Nokia One- Y ear Limited W arr anty Nokia In c. ( âÂÂNokiaâ ) warr a nts that this cellula r phone (âÂÂProduct âÂÂ) is free from def ec ts in material and wor kmanship that result in Produc t failur e during normal usage, accor ding to the following terms a nd conditions: 1. The l imited warr anty f or the Produc t extends for ON E (1) year beginning on the da te of the pur chase of the Product. This one year period is extended by e ach whole day that the Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2. The l imited warr anty extends on l y to the original purchaser (âÂÂC onsumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assi gnable or tr ansfer able to any subs equent purchas er/ end-user . 3. The l imited warr anty extends only to Consumers w ho purchase the Product in the Uni ted States of America. 4. During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s so le option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly opera te for their intended use wi th new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replaceme nt is needed because of product malfunction or failur e during normal usage. No charge w il l b e m a d e t o t h e Co n s u m e r fo r a ny s u c h p a r t s . N o k ia wi l l a ls o p ay f or the l abor charges incu rred by No kia in repairing or replacing the defective parts . The limit ed warr anty does not cov er def ects in appear ance, cosmetic , decor ativ e or structural items , including framing , and any non-opera tive parts. Nok iaâ s limit of liability under the limited warran t y shall be the ac tual cash v alue of the Product at the time the C o nsumer returns the Product f or repair , deter mined by the price paid by the C onsumer for the Pr oduct less a reasonable amoun t f or usage. Nokia shal l not be lia ble f or any ot her loss es or damages. These remedies are the C onsumerâ s exclusive r emedies for br each of warr anty . 5. Upo n request from Nokia, the Consumer m ust prov e the date of the original purchas e of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt . 6. The Consumer shal l bear the cost of shi pping the Pr oduct to No kia. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the C o nsumer af t er the completion of ser vice under this limited wa rra n ty . 7. The Consumer shall ha ve no c over age or benefits under thi s limited warr anty if any of the followin g conditions are appl icable: a) The Pr oduct has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions , improper storage, e xposure to moisture or dampness, unauthoriz e d modifica tions , unauthorized co nnections, unauthoriz e d repair , misuse, neglec t, abuse, acciden t, alter ation,
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 197 Wa r r a n t y impr oper installa tion, or ot her acts whic h are not the f ault of N okia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Pr oduct has been damaged f rom external causes s uch as co llisio n with an ob ject, or from fir e, flooding, sand, dirt, windstor m, lightning , earthquake or da mage fr om exposur e to weather conditions, an Act of God, or batter y leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any elec trical so urce, damage caused by co mputer or in ternet vi ruses , bugs, worm s , T r ojan Horses , cancelbot s or damage caused by the connection to other products not r ecommended f or inter connection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the C o nsumer of the alleged defect or malfunctio n of the Product wit hin f our teen (14) days af te r the expir ation of the appl icable limit ed warr anty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been remov ed, defa ced or altered. e) The def ect or damage was caused by the def ec tive function of the cellul ar system o r by inadequa te signal reception by the external an tenna, or vi ruses or ot her soft war e proble ms in troduc ed into the Product . 8. Nok ia does not w arran t uninterrupted or error -free opera tion of the Product. If a problem dev elops during the limited warr anty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall r eturn th e Product to the place of purchase for re pa ir o r rep l acement processing . b) If âÂÂaâ is not convenien t beca use of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Consumer shall ship the Product pr epaid and insur ed to Nokia. See ww w.nokiausa.c om/ suppor t f or the address of the repair center nearest you. c) The Consumer shall include a return addr ess, da y time phone number and/ or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and ser vice agr eement (if applicab le). E xpenses rela ted to removing the Pr oduc t from an instal lation are not c ov ered under this lim ited warr anty . d) The Consumer will be bi lled for any parts o r labor cha rges not co ver ed by this lim ited warran ty . The Consumer will be responsi ble f or any expenses related to reinstallation of the Product . e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warran t y within 30 da ys after r e ceipt of the Product . If Nokia cannot per form repairs co ver ed under this l imited warr anty within 30 day s, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same def ec t, Nokia a t its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable am ount for usage. In
198 Section 4B: ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty some states the Consumer may hav e t he right to a loaner if the repair of the Product t akes more than ten (10) days. Please contact the Nokia Customer Serv ice Cen ter at the telephone number listed at the end of thi s w arran ty if you need a l oaner and the repair of the Product ha s taken or is estimated to take more than ten (10) days. f ) If the Product is returned duri ng the limited warran ty period, but the problem with the Product is not cover ed under the ter ms and conditions of this li mited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to hav e the Product repaired, with al l shipping charges billed to the C onsumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Pr oduct wil l be r eturned freight c ollect . If the Product i s returned af ter the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s norm al ser vice polic ies shall a pply and the Consumer w ill be r esponsible f or all shippi ng char ges. 9. Y ou (the C onsumer) understand that the product may c onsist of r efurbished equipment that c ontains used c om ponents , some of which hav e been repr ocessed. Th e used components c o mply with Product performance and reliability spec ifications. 10. ANY IMPLI ED W ARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P A R TICU LA R PU RPOSE OR US E, SHALL B E LIMI TED T O THE DU RA TION OF THE F OREGO I NG LIMITED WR ITTEN W ARRANTY . O THERWISE, TH E FO REGO I N G L IMI TE D W ARR ANT Y IS THE C ONS UME RâÂÂS SOL E A ND EX CLUSIVE R EMED Y AN D IS I N LI EU OF A LL O TH ER W AR RANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLI ED . NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPEC IAL, IN CI DENT AL, PU N ITIVE OR CONSEQU ENTIAL D AMAGES, INC LUD ING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI P A T ED B ENEFITS OR PROFI TS , L OSS OF SA VI NGS OR R EVENU E, L OSS OF DA T A, PU N ITI VE D AMAGES, L OSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASS OC IA TED EQU I P M ENT , C OS T OF CAPIT AL, C OS T OF ANY SUBS TIT UTE EQUI P MENT OR F AC I LITI ES, D OWNTIME, TH E CL AIMS OF A NY TH I R D P AR TI ES, INCL UDING C US T OM ER S , AND INJUR Y T O PR OPE R TY , RESUL TING FRO M THE PU RCHASE OR USE OF T H E PRODUCT OR AR ISING FRO M BREA CH OF THE W AR RAN TY , BREA CH OF C ONT RA CT , NEGLIGEN CE, S TRICT T OR T , OR ANY O TH ER L EGAL OR EQU IT A BLE THEORY , EVEN I F NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELI HOOD OF SUCH D AMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FO R DELA Y I N RENDERI NG SER VICE UN DER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR L OSS OF USE DU RI NG TH E PER IOD THA T TH E PROD UCT IS B EI N G R EP A I R ED . 11. So me states do not allow limita tion of how l ong an implied warr anty lasts, so the one year warr anty limitation m ay not apply to yo u (the Consumer). Some sta te s do not allow the e xclusion or limitation of incidental and c onsequential damages , so certain of the abov e limitations or exc l usions may not apply to you (the C onsumer). Thi s limited warranty giv es the Consumer spec ific legal
Section 4B ManufacturerâÂÂs Warranty 199 Wa r r a n t y rights and the C o nsumer may also hav e ot her rights which va ry from state to state. 12. Nok ia neither assumes no r authorizes any authorized service ce nter or an y other pers on or e nti ty to assume f or it a ny ot her obliga tion or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limite d warr anty including the provider or seller o f any e xtended wa rran ty or serv ice agr eement. 13. This is the entir e warranty bet ween Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contempor a neous agreements or understandings, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no r epresenta tion, promis e or condition not con t ained herein shall modify these terms. 14. This lim ited warr anty allocates th e ri sk of fai lu re o f t he Pro du c t between the Consumer and Nokia. The allo ca tion is rec o gnized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15. Any a ctio n or lawsuit for breach of warran ty mus t be commenc ed within eighteen (18) m onths fo llowing purchase of the Product . 16. Questi ons concerning this limited warr anty may be dir ected to : Nokia Inc. T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimil e: (813) 249-9619 TTY / TDD Users Only: 1- 800-24-NOKIA (1-800-246-6542) W ebs ite: w ww .nokiausa.c om/ support .
Index 201 Index Index Symbols code dialing 34, 57 A Abc mode 39 accessing your phoneâÂÂs d etails 62 accessories 136, 138 accessory jack 16 adjusting your phoneâÂÂs volume 47 alarm clock 92 analog roam 72 answer mode 56 answering calls 29 antenna 25 anykey answer 55 automatic keyguard 59 automatic redial 56 B backlight t ime-out 47 banner 47 battery capa city 21 care 18 7 charging 24 model 21, 138 replacing 22âÂÂ23 strength indicator 15 Bluetooth 131âÂÂ136 pairing 134 bookmarks 173 brightness 48 browser menu 170 C calculator 101 calendar 94âÂÂ9 7 Call Forwarding 157 Call Guard 30, 75 call key 16 call logs 77âÂÂ81 call settings 55âÂÂ58 Call Waiting 156 caller ID 58, 15 5 calling cards 56 calls calling card 56 emergency 31, 55, 66, 183 from call log entries 79 hands-free 32 incoming 29 missed 30 outgoing 28 restricti n g 68 setting ringtones for 46 three-way 33, 156 voice-activated 110âÂÂ112 camcorder 119 options 120 camera 115âÂÂ126 car kits 139 change time 105 changing your wallpaper 48 charger 24 adapter 139 jack 16 models 138 charging the batt ery 24 chat 167 contact lists 80 contacts 83âÂÂ89
202 Index groups 86 names 84 options 84 contra st 48 countdown timer 103 customer service 6 D data roam guard 75 Data services 159âÂÂ175 and messaging 166 and roaming 73 applications 160 downlo ads 128 enabling and disabling 70 FAQs 176 security features 70 user name 161 default settings 63 deleting messages 50 dialing 911 3 1, 55 dialing options 28 directory assistance 7 display screen 15, 17, 48 display settings 47âÂÂ49 displaying your phone number 26 distribution lists 86, 88 downlo ads 168 dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones 60 E earpiece 17 electronic serial number 8 Email providers, accessing 166 emergency calls 31, 5 5, 66, 183 emoticons 41 end key 15 enhancements 138 entering text 36âÂÂ41 expressions 49 F FCC Notice 191 G getting help 7, 61 getting new content 128 Go to menu 54 GPS 55 groups 86, 88 H hands-free 32, 110 headset jack 15 models 139 Hearing Aid Compatibility 185 help 7 help text 61 I icon glossary 17, 62 incoming calls 29 infrared 136 installing the battery 23 instant messaging accessing 167 international calls 34, 57 K key functions 14 keyguard 59 keypad 47, 147
Index 203 Index L location info 55 lock code changi ng 67 entering 66 locking your phone 66 long distance calls 56 loudspeaker 32 M main menu 2 6, 49 making calls 28 calling c ard 56 internatio nal 34, 57 voice-activated 110âÂÂ1 12 menu navigation 26 menu style 49 menus voicemail 151 messages alerts for 145 deleting 50 display format 50 to call log entries 80 while roaming 73 messaging settings 49âÂÂ52 microphone 16 missed calls 30 My albu ms 121 My Conten t 127 My Content Manager 129 N navigation key 16, 26, 59 Net Guard 162 networks 71, 72, 145 Nokia Care Contact Cent er 6, 8 notepad 98 notes 95 numbers 40 O operator services 7 options camcorder 120 contacts 84 dialing 28 Go to menu 54 in-call 32 menu 27 My Content 129 photo 118 roaming 74 shortcut 54 voice command 11 1 voicemail 147 organizer 91âÂÂ98 P phone 138 adjusting volume 47 alarm clock 92 answer mode 56 details 62 language 58 locking and unlocking 66 ownerâÂÂs record 193 powering on and off 20 registration 6 resetting 63 safety 181âÂÂ193 settings 58âÂÂ62 software updates 62 software version 62 phone number 26, 62 caller ID 29
204 Index saving 33 picture options 118 Picture Messaging 123 picture privacy 69 plus code dialing 34, 57 power ke y 15 Power Save mode 20 preset messages 41, 51 profile settings 44âÂÂ45 R registeri ng your phone 6 removing the battery 22 resetting your phone 63 restricting calls 68 righ t sele ction key 59 ringtones 46, 58, 76, 8 8, 93 roaming 28, 30, 71âÂÂ76 options 74 setting roam mode 74 S safety 138, 1 81âÂÂ193 security 65âÂÂ70 security settings 66, 171 send key 16 settings Bluetooth 133 call 55âÂÂ58 phon e 58 âÂÂ62 profiles 44 roaming 74 shortcuts 54, 59 sounds 45 speed dialing 56 shortcuts 16, 54, 59 signal strength indicator 17 smileys 41 SMS messaging 153 software updates 62 version 62 sound settings 45âÂÂ47 speakerphone 32 speed dialing 56, 86 start-up tone 61 stopwatch 105 symbols 41 T T9 Text Input mode 37 taking a photo 117 templates 41, 51 text entering 36 input modes 36 text messages 153 three-way calls 33, 156 timed profiles 45 timer 103 to-do list 99 touch tones 60 TTY service 53 TTY/TDD 53 turning your phone on and off 20 U user name 161 using the charge r 24 V video 119 options 120 voice co mmands 111
Index 205 Index voice dialing 110, 111 voice memos 113 Voice Services 109âÂÂ1 13 voice tags 110 voice-activated di aling 110â 112 voicemail 5, 73 menus 151 options 147 setting up 144 volume controls 16, 47 W wallpaper 48 warranty 195âÂÂ199 Web 170âÂÂ175 browser menu 170 custom er support 7 getting new content 128 security settings 171 Wireless services features 143âÂÂ157 wrong lock code 68